diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/AMBuilder b/dlls/sqlite/AMBuilder
index f342256b..f1172888 100644
--- a/dlls/sqlite/AMBuilder
+++ b/dlls/sqlite/AMBuilder
@@ -29,57 +29,16 @@ binary.sources += [
'sqlitepp/SqliteResultSet.cpp',
'sqlitepp/SqliteDatabase.cpp',
'sqlitepp/SqliteDriver.cpp',
- 'sqlite-source/alter.c',
- 'sqlite-source/analyze.c',
- 'sqlite-source/attach.c',
- 'sqlite-source/auth.c',
- 'sqlite-source/btree.c',
- 'sqlite-source/build.c',
- 'sqlite-source/callback.c',
- 'sqlite-source/complete.c',
- 'sqlite-source/date.c',
- 'sqlite-source/delete.c',
- 'sqlite-source/expr.c',
- 'sqlite-source/func.c',
- 'sqlite-source/hash.c',
- 'sqlite-source/insert.c',
- 'sqlite-source/legacy.c',
- 'sqlite-source/loadext.c',
- 'sqlite-source/main.c',
- 'sqlite-source/opcodes.c',
- 'sqlite-source/os.c',
- 'sqlite-source/pager.c',
- 'sqlite-source/parse.c',
- 'sqlite-source/pragma.c',
- 'sqlite-source/prepare.c',
- 'sqlite-source/printf.c',
- 'sqlite-source/random.c',
- 'sqlite-source/select.c',
- 'sqlite-source/table.c',
- 'sqlite-source/tokenize.c',
- 'sqlite-source/trigger.c',
- 'sqlite-source/update.c',
- 'sqlite-source/utf.c',
- 'sqlite-source/util.c',
- 'sqlite-source/vacuum.c',
- 'sqlite-source/vdbe.c',
- 'sqlite-source/vdbeapi.c',
- 'sqlite-source/vdbeaux.c',
- 'sqlite-source/vdbefifo.c',
- 'sqlite-source/vdbemem.c',
- 'sqlite-source/vtab.c',
- 'sqlite-source/where.c',
+ 'sqlite-source/sqlite3.c',
]
if builder.target_platform == 'windows':
binary.sources += [
'thread/WinThreads.cpp',
- 'sqlite-source/os_win.c',
]
else:
binary.sources += [
'thread/PosixThreads.cpp',
- 'sqlite-source/os_unix.c',
]
if builder.target_platform == 'windows':
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/Makefile b/dlls/sqlite/Makefile
index a3616833..eb5a1b11 100755
--- a/dlls/sqlite/Makefile
+++ b/dlls/sqlite/Makefile
@@ -20,14 +20,7 @@ OBJECTS = basic_sql.cpp handles.cpp module.cpp threading.cpp amxxmodule.cpp oldc
thread/BaseWorker.cpp thread/ThreadWorker.cpp thread/PosixThreads.cpp \
sqlitepp/SqliteQuery.cpp sqlitepp/SqliteResultSet.cpp sqlitepp/SqliteDatabase.cpp \
sqlitepp/SqliteDriver.cpp
-OBJECTS += $(SQL)/alter.c $(SQL)/analyze.c $(SQL)/attach.c $(SQL)/auth.c $(SQL)/btree.c \
- $(SQL)/build.c $(SQL)/callback.c $(SQL)/complete.c $(SQL)/date.c $(SQL)/delete.c \
- $(SQL)/expr.c $(SQL)/func.c $(SQL)/hash.c $(SQL)/insert.c $(SQL)/legacy.c \
- $(SQL)/loadext.c $(SQL)/main.c $(SQL)/opcodes.c $(SQL)/os.c $(SQL)/os_unix.c \
- $(SQL)/pager.c $(SQL)/parse.c $(SQL)/pragma.c $(SQL)/prepare.c $(SQL)/printf.c \
- $(SQL)/random.c $(SQL)/select.c $(SQL)/table.c $(SQL)/tokenize.c $(SQL)/trigger.c \
- $(SQL)/update.c $(SQL)/utf.c $(SQL)/util.c $(SQL)/vacuum.c $(SQL)/vdbe.c $(SQL)/vdbeapi.c \
- $(SQL)/vdbeaux.c $(SQL)/vdbefifo.c $(SQL)/vdbemem.c $(SQL)/vtab.c $(SQL)/where.c
+OBJECTS += $(SQL)/sqlite3.c
##############################################
### CONFIGURE ANY OTHER FLAGS/OPTIONS HERE ###
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/msvc12/sqlite.vcxproj b/dlls/sqlite/msvc12/sqlite.vcxproj
index 2deb36ae..bdd6324f 100644
--- a/dlls/sqlite/msvc12/sqlite.vcxproj
+++ b/dlls/sqlite/msvc12/sqlite.vcxproj
@@ -200,4 +200,152 @@
+=======
+
+
+
+
+ Debug
+ Win32
+
+
+ Release
+ Win32
+
+
+
+ {4FDFD106-7163-44F0-85C4-9FAFECD14973}
+ sqlite
+ Win32Proj
+
+
+
+ DynamicLibrary
+ MultiByte
+
+
+ DynamicLibrary
+ MultiByte
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ <_ProjectFileVersion>10.0.40219.1
+ true
+ false
+ AllRules.ruleset
+
+
+ AllRules.ruleset
+
+
+ $(ProjectName)_amxx
+ $(ProjectName)_amxx
+
+
+
+ /D "NO_TCL" %(AdditionalOptions)
+ Disabled
+ ..\;..\..\..\public;..\..\..\public\sdk; ..\..\..\public\amtl;..\sqlite-source;..\sqlitepp;..\thread;$(METAMOD)\metamod;$(HLSDK)\common;$(HLSDK)\engine;$(HLSDK)\dlls;$(HLSDK)\public;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)
+ WIN32;_DEBUG;_WINDOWS;_USRDLL;sqlite_EXPORTS;SM_DEFAULT_THREADER;HAVE_STDINT_H;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)
+ true
+ EnableFastChecks
+ MultiThreadedDebug
+ 4Bytes
+ false
+
+
+ Level3
+ EditAndContinue
+
+
+ %(IgnoreSpecificDefaultLibraries)
+
+
+ true
+ $(OutDir)sqlite.pdb
+ Windows
+ $(OutDir)sqlite.lib
+ MachineX86
+
+
+
+
+ /D "NO_TCL" %(AdditionalOptions)
+ MaxSpeed
+ OnlyExplicitInline
+ true
+ ..\;..\..\..\public;..\..\..\public\sdk; ..\..\..\public\amtl;..\sqlite-source;..\sqlitepp;..\thread;$(METAMOD)\metamod;$(HLSDK)\common;$(HLSDK)\engine;$(HLSDK)\dlls;$(HLSDK)\public;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)
+ WIN32;NDEBUG;_WINDOWS;_USRDLL;sqlite_EXPORTS;SM_DEFAULT_THREADER;HAVE_STDINT_H;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)
+ true
+ MultiThreaded
+ 4Bytes
+ true
+ false
+
+
+ Level3
+ ProgramDatabase
+
+
+ true
+ Windows
+ true
+ true
+ $(OutDir)sqlite.lib
+ MachineX86
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/msvc12/sqlite.vcxproj.filters b/dlls/sqlite/msvc12/sqlite.vcxproj.filters
index 757596f9..0e3137a4 100644
--- a/dlls/sqlite/msvc12/sqlite.vcxproj.filters
+++ b/dlls/sqlite/msvc12/sqlite.vcxproj.filters
@@ -301,4 +301,152 @@
Pawn Includes
+=======
+
+
+
+
+ {fee21ba3-ba57-4165-a636-f131192c35ed}
+ cpp;c;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm
+
+
+ {75726cf9-410b-4bb0-8258-e54d8a778fea}
+ h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc
+
+
+ {170198cf-e562-4903-bc68-4c3528e58f5f}
+
+
+ {d27ed8de-c2a0-460f-a0f4-a9adcf9e549f}
+
+
+ {55a33451-3931-4fac-ba8a-3be3b07d6a34}
+
+
+ {cf870f84-b709-46d7-a30c-ae8f4c45de23}
+
+
+ {45cbffb2-fb23-4821-b89c-842ec027be01}
+
+
+ {5ef60ee3-dc5b-420f-a8b8-1ef24213fcf7}
+
+
+ {03fa14bf-6409-4ed7-bb07-da1b356b5076}
+
+
+ {b24e595e-f6a9-4358-bbe3-094ef6383e53}
+
+
+ {c60d3c45-e23b-4c5a-aae2-2c3c5441bac6}
+
+
+ {e0a36119-bb5b-4f07-9e0e-80f9aa7a7d21}
+
+
+
+
+ Source Files
+
+
+ Source Files
+
+
+ Source Files
+
+
+ Source Files
+
+
+ Source Files
+
+
+ Database\Source Files
+
+
+ Database\Source Files
+
+
+ Database\Source Files
+
+
+ Database\Source Files
+
+
+ Threader\Source Files
+
+
+ Threader\Source Files
+
+
+ Threader\Source Files
+
+
+ Module SDK\SDK Base
+
+
+
+
+ Header Files
+
+
+ Header Files
+
+
+ Header Files
+
+
+ Database
+
+
+ Database\Header Files
+
+
+ Database\Header Files
+
+
+ Database\Header Files
+
+
+ Database\Header Files
+
+
+ Database\Header Files
+
+
+ Threader\Header Files
+
+
+ Threader\Header Files
+
+
+ Threader\Header Files
+
+
+ Threader\Header Files
+
+
+ Threader\Header Files
+
+
+ Threader\Header Files
+
+
+ Module SDK\SDK Base
+
+
+ Module SDK
+
+
+
+
+ Pawn Includes
+
+
+ SQLite Source
+
+
+ SQLite Source
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/alter.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/alter.c
deleted file mode 100644
index bf264c82..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/alter.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,575 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2005 February 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
-** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
-**
-** $Id: alter.c 3426 2007-03-21 20:19:37Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include
-
-/*
-** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
-** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-
-
-/*
-** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
-** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in
-** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
-** argument and the result returned. Examples:
-**
-** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
-** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
-**
-** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
-** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
-*/
-static void renameTableFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
- int token;
- Token tname;
- unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
- int len = 0;
- char *zRet;
-
- /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE
- ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
- ** followed by a left parenthesis - TK_LP.
- */
- if( zSql ){
- do {
- /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
- tname.z = zCsr;
- tname.n = len;
-
- /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
- ** and it's length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
- */
- do {
- zCsr += len;
- len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
- } while( token==TK_SPACE );
- assert( len>0 );
- } while( token!=TK_LP );
-
- zRet = sqlite3MPrintf("%.*s%Q%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql,
- zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3FreeX);
- }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER
-** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE
-** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result
-** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
-** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
-*/
-static void renameTriggerFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
- int token;
- Token tname;
- int dist = 3;
- unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
- int len = 0;
- char *zRet;
-
- /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER
- ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
- ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
- ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
- */
- if( zSql ){
- do {
- /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
- tname.z = zCsr;
- tname.n = len;
-
- /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
- ** and it's length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
- */
- do {
- zCsr += len;
- len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
- }while( token==TK_SPACE );
- assert( len>0 );
-
- /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
- ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN
- ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
- ** to be met.
- **
- ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
- ** there is no need to worry about syntax like
- ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
- */
- dist++;
- if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
- dist = 0;
- }
- } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );
-
- /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
- ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
- */
- zRet = sqlite3MPrintf("%.*s%Q%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql,
- zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3FreeX);
- }
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
-/*
-** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
-*/
-void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
- static const struct {
- char *zName;
- signed char nArg;
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **);
- } aFuncs[] = {
- { "sqlite_rename_table", 2, renameTableFunc},
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- { "sqlite_rename_trigger", 2, renameTriggerFunc},
-#endif
- };
- int i;
-
- for(i=0; idb->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */
-
- /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is
- ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
- ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE
- ** expression being built up in zWhere.
- */
- if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
- for( pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext ){
- if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
- if( !zWhere ){
- zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf("name=%Q", pTrig->name);
- }else{
- tmp = zWhere;
- zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf("%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, pTrig->name);
- sqliteFree(tmp);
- }
- }
- }
- }
- return zWhere;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
-** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
-** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
-** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
-** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an
-** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
-*/
-static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
- Vdbe *v;
- char *zWhere;
- int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- Trigger *pTrig;
-#endif
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( !v ) return;
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- assert( iDb>=0 );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
- for(pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
- int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
- assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, pTrig->name, 0);
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema */
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-
- /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
- zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf("tbl_name=%Q", zName);
- if( !zWhere ) return;
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp
- ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined.
- */
- if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC);
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy"
-** command.
-*/
-void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */
- SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */
- Token *pName /* The new table name. */
-){
- int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */
- char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */
- Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */
- char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
- Vdbe *v;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
-#endif
-
- if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto exit_rename_table;
- assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
-
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
- if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
- goto exit_rename_table;
- }
-#endif
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-
- /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
- zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
- if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;
-
- /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
- ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
- */
- if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
- goto exit_rename_table;
- }
-
- /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
- ** that the table is being renamed to.
- */
- if( strlen(pTab->zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
- goto exit_rename_table;
- }
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
- goto exit_rename_table;
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
- goto exit_rename_table;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb.
- ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
- ** schema).
- */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ){
- goto exit_rename_table;
- }
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
-
- /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
-#else
- "sql = CASE "
- "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
- "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
-#endif
- "tbl_name = %Q, "
- "name = CASE "
- "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
- "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
- "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name, %d+18,10) "
- "ELSE name END "
- "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND "
- "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');",
- zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName,
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- zName,
-#endif
- zName, strlen(pTab->zName), pTab->zName
- );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update
- ** it with the new table name.
- */
- if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE %Q.sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
- zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
- }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
- ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
- ** the temp database.
- */
- if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
- "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
- "tbl_name = %Q "
- "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
- sqliteFree(zWhere);
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
- reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);
-
-exit_rename_table:
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
- sqliteFree(zName);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
-** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
-** column definition.
-**
-** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
-** the new column during parsing.
-*/
-void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
- Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
- Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */
- int iDb; /* Database number */
- const char *zDb; /* Database name */
- const char *zTab; /* Table name */
- char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */
- Column *pCol; /* The new column */
- Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */
-
- if( pParse->nErr ) return;
- pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
- assert( pNew );
-
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pNew->pSchema);
- zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- zTab = pNew->zName;
- pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
- pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
- pTab = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDb);
- assert( pTab );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
- return;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a
- ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
- ** for an SQL NULL default below.
- */
- if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){
- pDflt = 0;
- }
-
- /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
- ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
- ** column must not be NULL.
- */
- if( pCol->isPrimKey ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
- return;
- }
- if( pNew->pIndex ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
- return;
- }
- if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
- return;
- }
-
- /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
- ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
- */
- if( pDflt ){
- sqlite3_value *pVal;
- if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){
- /* malloc() has failed */
- return;
- }
- if( !pVal ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
- return;
- }
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
- }
-
- /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
- zCol = sqliteStrNDup((char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
- if( zCol ){
- char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
- while( (zEnd>zCol && *zEnd==';') || isspace(*(unsigned char *)zEnd) ){
- *zEnd-- = '\0';
- }
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
- "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d,length(sql)) "
- "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q",
- zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
- zTab
- );
- sqliteFree(zCol);
- }
-
- /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
- ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL,
- ** the file format becomes 3.
- */
- sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2);
-
- /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
- reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
-** an "ALTER TABLE ADD" statement is parsed. Argument
-** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
-**
-** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
-** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
-** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
-** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to
-** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c
-** after parsing is finished.
-**
-** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
-** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
-*/
-void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
- Table *pNew;
- Table *pTab;
- Vdbe *v;
- int iDb;
- int i;
- int nAlloc;
-
- /* Look up the table being altered. */
- assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
- if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
- if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
- goto exit_begin_add_column;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
- if( pTab->pSelect ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
- goto exit_begin_add_column;
- }
-
- assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-
- /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
- ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify.
- */
- pNew = (Table *)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Table));
- if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
- pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
- pNew->nRef = 1;
- pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
- assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
- nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
- assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
- pNew->aCol = (Column *)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
- pNew->zName = sqliteStrDup(pTab->zName);
- if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
- goto exit_begin_add_column;
- }
- memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
- for(i=0; inCol; i++){
- Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
- pCol->zName = sqliteStrDup(pCol->zName);
- pCol->zColl = 0;
- pCol->zType = 0;
- pCol->pDflt = 0;
- }
- pNew->pSchema = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
- pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
- pNew->nRef = 1;
-
- /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse->db, v, iDb);
-
-exit_begin_add_column:
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
- return;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/analyze.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/analyze.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ffbdd3d..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/analyze.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,403 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2005 July 8
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: analyze.c 2779 2006-06-04 04:29:46Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table on cursor
-** iStatCur.
-**
-** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created.
-** If it does previously exist, all entires associated with table zWhere
-** are removed. If zWhere==0 then all entries are removed.
-*/
-static void openStatTable(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */
- int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
- const char *zWhere /* Delete entries associated with this table */
-){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- Db *pDb;
- int iRootPage;
- Table *pStat;
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-
- pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", pDb->zName))==0 ){
- /* The sqlite_stat1 tables does not exist. Create it.
- ** Note that a side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave
- ** the rootpage of the new table on the top of the stack. This is
- ** important because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)",
- pDb->zName
- );
- iRootPage = 0; /* Cause rootpage to be taken from top of stack */
- }else if( zWhere ){
- /* The sqlite_stat1 table exists. Delete all entries associated with
- ** the table zWhere. */
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q",
- pDb->zName, zWhere
- );
- iRootPage = pStat->tnum;
- }else{
- /* The sqlite_stat1 table already exists. Delete all rows. */
- iRootPage = pStat->tnum;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pStat->tnum, iDb);
- }
-
- /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table for writing. Unless it was created
- ** by this vdbe program, lock it for writing at the shared-cache level.
- ** If this vdbe did create the sqlite_stat1 table, then it must have
- ** already obtained a schema-lock, making the write-lock redundant.
- */
- if( iRootPage>0 ){
- sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, iRootPage, 1, "sqlite_stat1");
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur, iRootPage);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iStatCur, 3);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
-** a single table.
-*/
-static void analyzeOneTable(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
- Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
- int iStatCur, /* Cursor that writes to the sqlite_stat1 table */
- int iMem /* Available memory locations begin here */
-){
- Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */
- int iIdxCur; /* Cursor number for index being analyzed */
- int nCol; /* Number of columns in the index */
- Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int topOfLoop; /* The top of the loop */
- int endOfLoop; /* The end of the loop */
- int addr; /* The address of an instruction */
- int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( pTab==0 || pTab->pIndex==0 ){
- /* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */
- return;
- }
-
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- assert( iDb>=0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
- pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
- return;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */
- sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-
- iIdxCur = pParse->nTab;
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
-
- /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed
- */
- assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pIdx->pSchema) );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
- VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pIdx->zName));
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum,
- (char *)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
- if( iMem+nCol*2>=pParse->nMem ){
- pParse->nMem = iMem+nCol*2+1;
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iIdxCur, nCol+1);
-
- /* Memory cells are used as follows:
- **
- ** mem[iMem]: The total number of rows in the table.
- ** mem[iMem+1]: Number of distinct values in column 1
- ** ...
- ** mem[iMem+nCol]: Number of distinct values in column N
- ** mem[iMem+nCol+1] Last observed value of column 1
- ** ...
- ** mem[iMem+nCol+nCol]: Last observed value of column N
- **
- ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others
- ** are initialized to NULL.
- */
- for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iMem+i);
- }
- for(i=0; i0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero
- ** is never possible.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem, 0);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, " ", 0);
- for(i=0; idb;
- Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */
- HashElem *k;
- int iStatCur;
- int iMem;
-
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- iStatCur = pParse->nTab++;
- openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0);
- iMem = pParse->nMem;
- for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
- Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
- analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem);
- }
- loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
-** a database.
-*/
-static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
- int iDb;
- int iStatCur;
-
- assert( pTab!=0 );
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- iStatCur = pParse->nTab++;
- openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName);
- analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem);
- loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine
-** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
-**
-** ANALYZE -- 1
-** ANALYZE -- 2
-** ANALYZE ?.? -- 3
-**
-** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
-** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
-** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
-*/
-void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int iDb;
- int i;
- char *z, *zDb;
- Table *pTab;
- Token *pTableName;
-
- /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
- ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
- return;
- }
-
- if( pName1==0 ){
- /* Form 1: Analyze everything */
- for(i=0; inDb; i++){
- if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
- analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
- }
- }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->n==0 ){
- /* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */
- iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
- if( iDb>=0 ){
- analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
- }else{
- z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName1);
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, z, 0);
- sqliteFree(z);
- if( pTab ){
- analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
- }
- }
- }else{
- /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */
- iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName);
- if( iDb>=0 ){
- zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pTableName);
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, z, zDb);
- sqliteFree(z);
- if( pTab ){
- analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
-** callback routine.
-*/
-typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
-struct analysisInfo {
- sqlite3 *db;
- const char *zDatabase;
-};
-
-/*
-** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
-** sqlite_stat1 table.
-**
-** argv[0] = name of the index
-** argv[1] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
-*/
-static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **azNotUsed){
- analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
- Index *pIndex;
- int i, c;
- unsigned int v;
- const char *z;
-
- assert( argc==2 );
- if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[1]==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
- if( pIndex==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- z = argv[1];
- for(i=0; *z && i<=pIndex->nColumn; i++){
- v = 0;
- while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
- v = v*10 + c - '0';
- z++;
- }
- pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v;
- if( *z==' ' ) z++;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 table into the index hash tables.
-*/
-void sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
- analysisInfo sInfo;
- HashElem *i;
- char *zSql;
-
- /* Clear any prior statistics */
- for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
- Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
- sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
- }
-
- /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table existss */
- sInfo.db = db;
- sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){
- return;
- }
-
-
- /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
- zSql = sqlite3MPrintf("SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1",
- sInfo.zDatabase);
- sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
- sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
- sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
- sqliteFree(zSql);
-}
-
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/attach.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/attach.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f9daf5ed..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/attach.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,504 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
-**
-** $Id: attach.c 3426 2007-03-21 20:19:37Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
-** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
-** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
-**
-** i.e. if the parser sees:
-**
-** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
-**
-** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
-** looking for columns of the same name.
-**
-** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
-**
-** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
-**
-** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
-*/
-static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr)
-{
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pExpr ){
- if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
- rc = sqlite3ExprResolveNames(pName, pExpr);
- }else{
- pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
- }
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
-** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
-**
-** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
-**
-** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
-**
-** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
-** third argument.
-*/
-static void attachFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- int i;
- int rc = 0;
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context);
- const char *zName;
- const char *zFile;
- Db *aNew;
- char zErr[128];
- char *zErrDyn = 0;
-
- zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
- if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
-
- /* Check for the following errors:
- **
- ** * Too many attached databases,
- ** * Transaction currently open
- ** * Specified database name already being used.
- */
- if( db->nDb>=MAX_ATTACHED+2 ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(
- sizeof(zErr), zErr, "too many attached databases - max %d", MAX_ATTACHED
- );
- goto attach_error;
- }
- if( !db->autoCommit ){
- strcpy(zErr, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
- goto attach_error;
- }
- for(i=0; inDb; i++){
- char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
- if( z && zName && sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "database %s is already in use", zName);
- goto attach_error;
- }
- }
-
- /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema
- ** hash tables.
- */
- if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
- aNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
- if( aNew==0 ){
- return;
- }
- memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
- }else{
- aNew = sqliteRealloc(db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
- if( aNew==0 ){
- return;
- }
- }
- db->aDb = aNew;
- aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++];
- memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
-
- /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
- ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
- ** or may not be initialised.
- */
- rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, MAX_PAGES, &aNew->pBt);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(aNew->pBt);
- if( !aNew->pSchema ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
- strcpy(zErr,
- "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
- goto attach_error;
- }
- }
- aNew->zName = sqliteStrDup(zName);
- aNew->safety_level = 3;
-
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- {
- extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, void*, int);
- extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
- int nKey;
- char *zKey;
- int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
- switch( t ){
- case SQLITE_INTEGER:
- case SQLITE_FLOAT:
- zErrDyn = sqliteStrDup("Invalid key value");
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- break;
-
- case SQLITE_TEXT:
- case SQLITE_BLOB:
- nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
- zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
- sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
- break;
-
- case SQLITE_NULL:
- /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */
- sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
- sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
- break;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
- ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and
- ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
- ** we found it.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
- rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
- sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
- }
- if( rc ){
- int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
- assert( iDb>=2 );
- if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
- sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
- db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
- db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
- }
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
- db->nDb = iDb;
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ) sqlite3FailedMalloc();
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "out of memory");
- }else{
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
- }
- goto attach_error;
- }
-
- return;
-
-attach_error:
- /* Return an error if we get here */
- if( zErrDyn ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
- sqliteFree(zErrDyn);
- }else{
- zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = 0;
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
-** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
-**
-** DETACH DATABASE x
-**
-** SELECT sqlite_detach(x)
-*/
-static void detachFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context);
- int i;
- Db *pDb = 0;
- char zErr[128];
-
- if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
- for(i=0; inDb; i++){
- pDb = &db->aDb[i];
- if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break;
- }
-
- if( i>=db->nDb ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName);
- goto detach_error;
- }
- if( i<2 ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName);
- goto detach_error;
- }
- if( !db->autoCommit ){
- strcpy(zErr, "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
- goto detach_error;
- }
- if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
- goto detach_error;
- }
-
- sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
- pDb->pBt = 0;
- pDb->pSchema = 0;
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
- return;
-
-detach_error:
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the
-** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions.
-*/
-static void codeAttach(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
- const char *zFunc, /* Either "sqlite_attach" or "sqlite_detach */
- int nFunc, /* Number of args to pass to zFunc */
- Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
- Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */
- Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */
- Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */
-){
- int rc;
- NameContext sName;
- Vdbe *v;
- FuncDef *pFunc;
- sqlite3* db = pParse->db;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- assert( sqlite3MallocFailed() || pAuthArg );
- if( pAuthArg ){
- char *zAuthArg = sqlite3NameFromToken(&pAuthArg->span);
- if( !zAuthArg ){
- goto attach_end;
- }
- rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
- sqliteFree(zAuthArg);
- if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto attach_end;
- }
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
-
- memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
- sName.pParse = pParse;
-
- if(
- SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
- SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
- SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
- ){
- pParse->nErr++;
- goto attach_end;
- }
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey);
-
- assert( v || sqlite3MallocFailed() );
- if( v ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Function, 0, nFunc);
- pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunc, strlen(zFunc), nFunc, SQLITE_UTF8,0);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF);
-
- /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
- ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
- ** statements).
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH), 0);
- }
-
-attach_end:
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pFilename);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pDbname);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pKey);
-}
-
-/*
-** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement.
-**
-** DETACH pDbname
-*/
-void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
- codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, "sqlite_detach", 1, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
-}
-
-/*
-** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement.
-**
-** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
-*/
-void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
- codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, "sqlite_attach", 3, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
-}
-
-/*
-** Register the functions sqlite_attach and sqlite_detach.
-*/
-void sqlite3AttachFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
- static const int enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_attach", 3, enc, db, attachFunc, 0, 0);
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_detach", 1, enc, db, detachFunc, 0, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior
-** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
-**
-** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required. TRUE
-** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not.
-*/
-int sqlite3FixInit(
- DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */
- Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */
- int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */
- const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
- const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
-){
- sqlite3 *db;
-
- if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0;
- db = pParse->db;
- assert( db->nDb>iDb );
- pFix->pParse = pParse;
- pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- pFix->zType = zType;
- pFix->pName = pName;
- return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
-** a specific database to all table references where the database name
-** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure
-** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
-**
-** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
-** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
-** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
-** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made
-** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
-** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything
-** checks out, these routines return 0.
-*/
-int sqlite3FixSrcList(
- DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
- SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */
-){
- int i;
- const char *zDb;
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-
- if( pList==0 ) return 0;
- zDb = pFix->zDb;
- for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
- if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){
- pItem->zDatabase = sqliteStrDup(zDb);
- }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
- "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
- pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
- return 1;
- }
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
- if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
- if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
-#endif
- }
- return 0;
-}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-int sqlite3FixSelect(
- DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
- Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
-){
- while( pSelect ){
- if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
- return 1;
- }
- pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-int sqlite3FixExpr(
- DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
- Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
-){
- while( pExpr ){
- if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->pSelect) ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->pList) ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
- return 1;
- }
- pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-int sqlite3FixExprList(
- DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
- ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
-){
- int i;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- if( pList==0 ) return 0;
- for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){
- if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
- return 1;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
- DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
- TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
-){
- while( pStep ){
- if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
- return 1;
- }
- pStep = pStep->pNext;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/auth.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/auth.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b82cc4e6..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/auth.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2003 January 11
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
-** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded
-** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
-** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
-**
-** $Id: auth.c 3426 2007-03-21 20:19:37Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
-** macro.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-
-/*
-** Set or clear the access authorization function.
-**
-** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
-** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
-** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function
-** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument
-** to the auth function is one of these constants:
-**
-** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
-** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
-** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
-** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
-** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
-** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
-** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
-** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
-** SQLITE_DELETE
-** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
-** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
-** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
-** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
-** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
-** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
-** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
-** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
-** SQLITE_INSERT
-** SQLITE_PRAGMA
-** SQLITE_READ
-** SQLITE_SELECT
-** SQLITE_TRANSACTION
-** SQLITE_UPDATE
-**
-** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
-** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function
-** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If
-** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY
-** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
-** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
-** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
-** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
-**
-** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default
-** setting of the auth function is NULL.
-*/
-int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
- sqlite3 *db,
- int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
- void *pArg
-){
- db->xAuth = xAuth;
- db->pAuthArg = pArg;
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
-** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
-*/
-static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the "
- "authorization function - should be SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_IGNORE, "
- "or SQLITE_DENY", rc);
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to
-** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.
-** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
-**
-** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN
-** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
-** then generate an error.
-*/
-void sqlite3AuthRead(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */
- SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
-){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int rc;
- Table *pTab; /* The table being read */
- const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */
- int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
- const char *zDBase; /* Name of database being accessed */
- TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */
- int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */
-
- if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
- if( pExpr->op==TK_AS ) return;
- assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pExpr->pSchema);
- if( iDb<0 ){
- /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
- ** temporary table. */
- return;
- }
- for(iSrc=0; pTabList && iSrcnSrc; iSrc++){
- if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break;
- }
- if( iSrc>=0 && pTabList && iSrcnSrc ){
- pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
- }else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){
- /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables
- ** of a trigger.
- */
- assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx );
- pTab = pStack->pTab;
- }else{
- return;
- }
- if( pTab==0 ) return;
- if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
- assert( pExpr->iColumnnCol );
- zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName;
- }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
- assert( pTab->iPKeynCol );
- zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
- }else{
- zCol = "ROWID";
- }
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
- zDBase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, pTab->zName, zCol, zDBase,
- pParse->zAuthContext);
- if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
- pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
- if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",
- zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol);
- }else{
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol);
- }
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
- }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return
-** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY
-** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
-** modified appropriately.
-*/
-int sqlite3AuthCheck(
- Parse *pParse,
- int code,
- const char *zArg1,
- const char *zArg2,
- const char *zArg3
-){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int rc;
-
- /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising
- ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab.
- */
- if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- if( db->xAuth==0 ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
- }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
- rc = SQLITE_DENY;
- sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the
-** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
-** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
- Parse *pParse,
- AuthContext *pContext,
- const char *zContext
-){
- pContext->pParse = pParse;
- if( pParse ){
- pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
- pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
-** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
-*/
-void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
- if( pContext->pParse ){
- pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
- pContext->pParse = 0;
- }
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.c
deleted file mode 100644
index be809ae2..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6604 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2004 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** $Id: btree.c 3426 2007-03-21 20:19:37Z damagedsoul $
-**
-** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
-**
-** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
-** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
-** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
-**
-** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
-** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
-**
-** ----------------------------------------------------------------
-** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N) | Ptr(N+1) |
-** ----------------------------------------------------------------
-**
-** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
-** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
-** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys
-** on Ptr(N+1) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N). And
-** so forth.
-**
-** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the
-** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
-**
-** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate
-** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The
-** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A
-** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
-** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
-** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry
-** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each
-** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N+1) pointer and other
-** information such as the size of key and data.
-**
-** FORMAT DETAILS
-**
-** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1,
-** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates
-** "no such page". The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536.
-** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow
-** page.
-**
-** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first
-** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
-** The format of the file header is as follows:
-**
-** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
-** 16 2 Page size in bytes.
-** 18 1 File format write version
-** 19 1 File format read version
-** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
-** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction
-** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction
-** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction
-** 24 4 File change counter
-** 28 4 Reserved for future use
-** 32 4 First freelist page
-** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file
-** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
-**
-** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
-**
-** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed more
-** than once within the same second. This counter, together with the
-** modification time of the file, allows other processes to know
-** when the file has changed and thus when they need to flush their
-** cache.
-**
-** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
-** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
-** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default
-** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
-** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
-**
-** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
-** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated,
-** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
-** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
-**
-** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
-** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum
-** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
-** not specified in the header.
-**
-** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the
-** cell pointer array, and the cell area area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte
-** file header that occurs before the page header.
-**
-** |----------------|
-** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only.
-** |----------------|
-** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes
-** |----------------|
-** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order.
-** | array | | Grows downward
-** | | v
-** |----------------|
-** | unallocated |
-** | space |
-** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards
-** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
-** | area | | and free space fragments.
-** |----------------|
-**
-** The page headers looks like this:
-**
-** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
-** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock
-** 3 2 number of cells on this page
-** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area
-** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes
-** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N+1) value). Omitted on leaves.
-**
-** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that
-** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries
-** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
-** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
-** the payload area.
-**
-** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
-** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
-** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
-** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives
-** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
-** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
-**
-** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
-** beginning of the page.
-**
-** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
-** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset
-** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in
-** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
-** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
-** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
-** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
-** in the page header at offset 7.
-**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock
-** 2 Bytes in this freeblock
-**
-** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at
-** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
-** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily
-** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
-**
-** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable
-** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each
-** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
-** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer
-** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
-** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This
-** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
-**
-** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000
-** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
-** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080
-** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100
-** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
-** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678
-** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081
-**
-** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
-** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
-**
-** The content of a cell looks like this:
-**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
-** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
-** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
-** * Payload
-** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow
-**
-** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely
-** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little
-** as 1 byte of data.
-**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 4 Page number of next overflow page
-** * Data
-**
-** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The
-** file header points to first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk
-** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is
-** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this:
-**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 4 Page number of next trunk page
-** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page
-** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "pager.h"
-#include "btree.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include
-
-/* Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used
-** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
-*/
-#define ROUND8(x) ((x+7)&~7)
-
-
-/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
-** size give above.
-*/
-#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) (pBt->pageSize-8)
-
-/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This
-** assumes a minimum cell size of 3 bytes. Such small cells will be
-** exceedingly rare, but they are possible.
-*/
-#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/3)
-
-/* Forward declarations */
-typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
-typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
-
-/*
-** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
-** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
-**
-** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
-** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The
-** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
-** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change
-** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read
-** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
-** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
-# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
-#endif
-static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
-
-/*
-** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
-** first byte of every BTree page.
-*/
-#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01
-#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02
-#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04
-#define PTF_LEAF 0x08
-
-/*
-** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
-** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores
-** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
-**
-** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to
-** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to
-** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
-** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
-*/
-struct MemPage {
- u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
- u8 idxShift; /* True if Cell indices have changed */
- u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
- u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */
- u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */
- u8 zeroData; /* True if table stores keys only */
- u8 leafData; /* True if tables stores data on leaves only */
- u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */
- u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */
- u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */
- u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of Btree.maxLocal or Btree.maxLeaf */
- u16 minLocal; /* Copy of Btree.minLocal or Btree.minLeaf */
- u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
- u16 idxParent; /* Index in parent of this node */
- u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */
- u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
- struct _OvflCell { /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */
- u8 *pCell; /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */
- u16 idx; /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */
- } aOvfl[5];
- BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer back to BTree structure */
- u8 *aData; /* Pointer back to the start of the page */
- Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */
- MemPage *pParent; /* The parent of this page. NULL for root */
-};
-
-/*
-** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
-** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
-** that extra information.
-*/
-#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
-
-/* Btree handle */
-struct Btree {
- sqlite3 *pSqlite;
- BtShared *pBt;
- u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
-};
-
-/*
-** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
-**
-** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
-** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
-** but any number may have active read transactions. Variable Btree.pDb
-** points to the handle that owns any current write-transaction.
-*/
-#define TRANS_NONE 0
-#define TRANS_READ 1
-#define TRANS_WRITE 2
-
-/*
-** Everything we need to know about an open database
-*/
-struct BtShared {
- Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */
- BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */
- MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */
- u8 inStmt; /* True if we are in a statement subtransaction */
- u8 readOnly; /* True if the underlying file is readonly */
- u8 maxEmbedFrac; /* Maximum payload as % of total page size */
- u8 minEmbedFrac; /* Minimum payload as % of total page size */
- u8 minLeafFrac; /* Minimum leaf payload as % of total page size */
- u8 pageSizeFixed; /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- u8 autoVacuum; /* True if database supports auto-vacuum */
-#endif
- u16 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */
- u16 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
- int maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
- int minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
- int maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
- int minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
- BusyHandler *pBusyHandler; /* Callback for when there is lock contention */
- u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */
- int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */
- int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
- void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
- void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
- BtShared *pNext; /* Next in ThreadData.pBtree linked list */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
-** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
-** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
-*/
-typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
-struct CellInfo {
- u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
- i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
- u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */
- u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
- u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */
- u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */
- u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
-};
-
-/*
-** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry in the BTree.
-** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
-** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
-*/
-struct BtCursor {
- Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
- BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
- int (*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*); /* Key comp func */
- void *pArg; /* First arg to xCompare() */
- Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */
- MemPage *pPage; /* Page that contains the entry */
- int idx; /* Index of the entry in pPage->aCell[] */
- CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
- u8 wrFlag; /* True if writable */
- u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
- void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */
- i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
- int skip; /* (skip<0) -> Prev() is a no-op. (skip>0) -> Next() is */
-};
-
-/*
-** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
-**
-** CURSOR_VALID:
-** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
-**
-** CURSOR_INVALID:
-** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example)
-** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
-** called.
-**
-** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
-** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been
-** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
-** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in
-** this state, restoreOrClearCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
-** seek the cursor to the saved position.
-*/
-#define CURSOR_INVALID 0
-#define CURSOR_VALID 1
-#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 2
-
-/*
-** The TRACE macro will print high-level status information about the
-** btree operation when the global variable sqlite3_btree_trace is
-** enabled.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_TEST
-# define TRACE(X) if( sqlite3_btree_trace )\
-/* { sqlite3DebugPrintf X; fflush(stdout); } */ \
-{ printf X; fflush(stdout); }
-int sqlite3_btree_trace=0; /* True to enable tracing */
-#else
-# define TRACE(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Forward declaration
-*/
-static int checkReadLocks(Btree*,Pgno,BtCursor*);
-
-/*
-** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
-*/
-static u32 get2byte(unsigned char *p){
- return (p[0]<<8) | p[1];
-}
-static u32 get4byte(unsigned char *p){
- return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
-}
-static void put2byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
- p[0] = v>>8;
- p[1] = v;
-}
-static void put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
- p[0] = v>>24;
- p[1] = v>>16;
- p[2] = v>>8;
- p[3] = v;
-}
-
-/*
-** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to
-** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
-** file.
-*/
-#define getVarint sqlite3GetVarint
-/* #define getVarint32 sqlite3GetVarint32 */
-#define getVarint32(A,B) ((*B=*(A))<=0x7f?1:sqlite3GetVarint32(A,B))
-#define putVarint sqlite3PutVarint
-
-/* The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
-** TODO: This macro is very similary to PAGER_MJ_PGNO() in pager.c. They
-** should possibly be consolidated (presumably in pager.h).
-**
-** If disk I/O is omitted (meaning that the database is stored purely
-** in memory) then there is no pending byte.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 0x7fffffff
-#else
-# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ((PENDING_BYTE/(pBt)->pageSize)+1)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
-** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor
-** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
-** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
-** a btree handle is closed.
-*/
-struct BtLock {
- Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */
- Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */
- u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
- BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
-};
-
-/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
-#define READ_LOCK 1
-#define WRITE_LOCK 2
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- /*
- ** The functions queryTableLock(), lockTable() and unlockAllTables()
- ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
- ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
- ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
- ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary.
- ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
- */
- #define queryTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
- #define lockTable(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
- #define unlockAllTables(a)
-#else
-
-
-/*
-** Query to see if btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock
-** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
-** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling lockTable()), or
-** SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
-*/
-static int queryTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtLock *pIter;
-
- /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
- if( 0==sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* This (along with lockTable()) is where the ReadUncommitted flag is
- ** dealt with. If the caller is querying for a read-lock and the flag is
- ** set, it is unconditionally granted - even if there are write-locks
- ** on the table. If a write-lock is requested, the ReadUncommitted flag
- ** is not considered.
- **
- ** In function lockTable(), if a read-lock is demanded and the
- ** ReadUncommitted flag is set, no entry is added to the locks list
- ** (BtShared.pLock).
- **
- ** To summarize: If the ReadUncommitted flag is set, then read cursors do
- ** not create or respect table locks. The locking procedure for a
- ** write-cursor does not change.
- */
- if(
- !p->pSqlite ||
- 0==(p->pSqlite->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ||
- eLock==WRITE_LOCK ||
- iTab==MASTER_ROOT
- ){
- for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
- if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab &&
- (pIter->eLock!=eLock || eLock!=READ_LOCK) ){
- return SQLITE_LOCKED;
- }
- }
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
-** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or
-** WRITE_LOCK.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_BUSY and
-** SQLITE_NOMEM may also be returned.
-*/
-static int lockTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtLock *pLock = 0;
- BtLock *pIter;
-
- /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
- if( 0==sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- assert( SQLITE_OK==queryTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
-
- /* If the read-uncommitted flag is set and a read-lock is requested,
- ** return early without adding an entry to the BtShared.pLock list. See
- ** comment in function queryTableLock() for more info on handling
- ** the ReadUncommitted flag.
- */
- if(
- (p->pSqlite) &&
- (p->pSqlite->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) &&
- (eLock==READ_LOCK) &&
- iTable!=MASTER_ROOT
- ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
- for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
- if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
- pLock = pIter;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
- ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
- */
- if( !pLock ){
- pLock = (BtLock *)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(BtLock));
- if( !pLock ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pLock->iTable = iTable;
- pLock->pBtree = p;
- pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
- pBt->pLock = pLock;
- }
-
- /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
- ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
- ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
- */
- assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
- if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
- pLock->eLock = eLock;
- }
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to the lockTable()
-** procedure) held by Btree handle p.
-*/
-static void unlockAllTables(Btree *p){
- BtLock **ppIter = &p->pBt->pLock;
-
- /* If the shared-cache extension is not enabled, there should be no
- ** locks in the BtShared.pLock list, making this procedure a no-op. Assert
- ** that this is the case.
- */
- assert( sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData || 0==*ppIter );
-
- while( *ppIter ){
- BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
- if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
- *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
- sqliteFree(pLock);
- }else{
- ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
- }
- }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */
-
-/*
-** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey
-** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
-*/
-static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
- int rc;
-
- assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
- assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
-
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);
-
- /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
- ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
- ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
- ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key
- ** data.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==pCur->pPage->intKey){
- void *pKey = sqliteMalloc((int)pCur->nKey);
- if( pKey ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (u32)pCur->nKey, pKey);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pCur->pKey = pKey;
- }else{
- sqliteFree(pKey);
- }
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- assert( !pCur->pPage->intKey || !pCur->pKey );
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pCur->pPage);
- pCur->pPage = 0;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
- }
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Save the positions of all cursors except pExcept open on the table
-** with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
-** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).
-*/
-static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
- BtCursor *p;
- for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) &&
- p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
- int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
- if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
-** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the
-** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
-** at most one effective restoreOrClearCursorPosition() call after each
-** saveCursorPosition().
-**
-** If the second argument argument - doSeek - is false, then instead of
-** returning the cursor to it's saved position, any saved position is deleted
-** and the cursor state set to CURSOR_INVALID.
-*/
-static int restoreOrClearCursorPositionX(BtCursor *pCur, int doSeek){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- if( doSeek ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, &pCur->skip);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqliteFree(pCur->pKey);
- pCur->pKey = 0;
- assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState || CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState );
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-#define restoreOrClearCursorPosition(p,x) \
- (p->eState==CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK?restoreOrClearCursorPositionX(p,x):SQLITE_OK)
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a
-** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
-** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
-** page number to look up in the pointer map.
-**
-** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
-** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
-** the offset of the requested map entry.
-**
-** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
-** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
-** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
-** this test.
-*/
-#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
-#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, pgno) (5*(pgno-ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)-1))
-#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
-
-static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
- int nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
- int iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
- int ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2;
- if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- ret++;
- }
- return ret;
-}
-
-/*
-** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
-** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that
-** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains
-** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers
-** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map
-** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
-** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
-**
-** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
-** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page
-** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
-** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
-**
-** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
-** used in this case.
-**
-** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number
-** is not used in this case.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of
-** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
-** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
-** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
-** page in the overflow page list.
-**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
-** identifies the parent page in the btree.
-*/
-#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
-#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
-#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
-
-/*
-** Write an entry into the pointer map.
-**
-** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
-** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
-** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent){
- u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map page */
- Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */
- int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */
- int rc;
-
- /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
- assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
-
- assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
- if( key==0 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
- rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, (void **)&pPtrmap);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, key);
-
- if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
- TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPtrmap);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
- put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
- }
- }
-
- sqlite3pager_unref(pPtrmap);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read an entry from the pointer map.
-**
-** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
-** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
-** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
- int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */
- u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */
- int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
- int rc;
-
- iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
- rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, (void **)&pPtrmap);
- if( rc!=0 ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, key);
- assert( pEType!=0 );
- *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
- if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
-
- sqlite3pager_unref(pPtrmap);
- if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
-
-/*
-** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
-** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
-** to the cell content.
-**
-** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
-*/
-static u8 *findCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
- u8 *data = pPage->aData;
- assert( iCell>=0 );
- assert( iCellhdrOffset+3]) );
- return data + get2byte(&data[pPage->cellOffset+2*iCell]);
-}
-
-/*
-** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
-** pages that do contain overflow cells. See insert
-*/
-static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
- int i;
- for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
- int k;
- struct _OvflCell *pOvfl;
- pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i];
- k = pOvfl->idx;
- if( k<=iCell ){
- if( k==iCell ){
- return pOvfl->pCell;
- }
- iCell--;
- }
- }
- return findCell(pPage, iCell);
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There
-** are two versions of this function. parseCell() takes a cell index
-** as the second argument and parseCellPtr() takes a pointer to the
-** body of the cell as its second argument.
-*/
-static void parseCellPtr(
- MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */
- u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */
- CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */
-){
- int n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */
- u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
-
- pInfo->pCell = pCell;
- assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
- n = pPage->childPtrSize;
- assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
- if( pPage->hasData ){
- n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], &nPayload);
- }else{
- nPayload = 0;
- }
- pInfo->nData = nPayload;
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64 *)&pInfo->nKey);
- }else{
- u32 x;
- n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], &x);
- pInfo->nKey = x;
- nPayload += x;
- }
- pInfo->nHeader = n;
- if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){
- /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
- ** on the local page. No overflow is required.
- */
- int nSize; /* Total size of cell content in bytes */
- pInfo->nLocal = nPayload;
- pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
- nSize = nPayload + n;
- if( nSize<4 ){
- nSize = 4; /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
- }
- pInfo->nSize = nSize;
- }else{
- /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
- ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
- ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
- ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
- ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
- **
- ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
- ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
- */
- int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
- int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
- int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
-
- minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
- maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
- surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
- if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
- pInfo->nLocal = surplus;
- }else{
- pInfo->nLocal = minLocal;
- }
- pInfo->iOverflow = pInfo->nLocal + n;
- pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
- }
-}
-static void parseCell(
- MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */
- int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */
- CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */
-){
- parseCellPtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell), pInfo);
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
-** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell
-** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
-** the space used by the cell pointer.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static int cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
- CellInfo info;
- parseCell(pPage, iCell, &info);
- return info.nSize;
-}
-#endif
-static int cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
- CellInfo info;
- parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- return info.nSize;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
-** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
-** for the overflow page.
-*/
-static int ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
- if( pCell ){
- CellInfo info;
- parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){
- Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
- return ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno);
- }
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** If the cell with index iCell on page pPage contains a pointer
-** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
-** for the overflow page.
-*/
-static int ptrmapPutOvfl(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
- u8 *pCell;
- pCell = findOverflowCell(pPage, iCell);
- return ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
-** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
-*/
-#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
- assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransactionpBt->nRef ); \
- assert( p->pBt->nTransaction<=p->pBt->nRef ); \
- assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
- assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans );
-
-/*
-** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the
-** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
-** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
-** pointer array and the cell content area.
-*/
-static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */
- int addr; /* Offset of first byte after cell pointer array */
- int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */
- int size; /* Size of a cell */
- int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
- int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
- int brk; /* Offset to the cell content area */
- int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */
- unsigned char *data; /* The page data */
- unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */
-
- assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
- assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
- assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
- assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
- temp = sqliteMalloc( pPage->pBt->pageSize );
- if( temp==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- data = pPage->aData;
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
- nCell = pPage->nCell;
- assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
- usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
- brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- memcpy(&temp[brk], &data[brk], usableSize - brk);
- brk = usableSize;
- for(i=0; ipBt->usableSize );
- size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
- brk -= size;
- memcpy(&data[brk], &temp[pc], size);
- put2byte(pAddr, brk);
- }
- assert( brk>=cellOffset+2*nCell );
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], brk);
- data[hdr+1] = 0;
- data[hdr+2] = 0;
- data[hdr+7] = 0;
- addr = cellOffset+2*nCell;
- memset(&data[addr], 0, brk-addr);
- sqliteFree(temp);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of space on a page.
-**
-** Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the first byte of
-** the new allocation. Or return 0 if there is not enough free
-** space on the page to satisfy the allocation request.
-**
-** If the page contains nBytes of free space but does not contain
-** nBytes of contiguous free space, then this routine automatically
-** calls defragementPage() to consolidate all free space before
-** allocating the new chunk.
-*/
-static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){
- int addr, pc, hdr;
- int size;
- int nFrag;
- int top;
- int nCell;
- int cellOffset;
- unsigned char *data;
-
- data = pPage->aData;
- assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(data) );
- assert( pPage->pBt );
- if( nByte<4 ) nByte = 4;
- if( pPage->nFreenOverflow>0 ) return 0;
- pPage->nFree -= nByte;
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-
- nFrag = data[hdr+7];
- if( nFrag<60 ){
- /* Search the freelist looking for a slot big enough to satisfy the
- ** space request. */
- addr = hdr+1;
- while( (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
- size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
- if( size>=nByte ){
- if( sizecellOffset;
- if( nFrag>=60 || cellOffset + 2*nCell > top - nByte ){
- if( defragmentPage(pPage) ) return 0;
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- }
- top -= nByte;
- assert( cellOffset + 2*nCell <= top );
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
- return top;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
-** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
-** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
-**
-** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
-** free blocks into a single big free block.
-*/
-static void freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
- int addr, pbegin, hdr;
- unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
-
- assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
- assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(data) );
- assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4) );
- assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
- if( size<4 ) size = 4;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
- /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the SECURE_DELETE
- ** option is enabled at compile-time */
- memset(&data[start], 0, size);
-#endif
-
- /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks */
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- addr = hdr + 1;
- while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))0 ){
- assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
- assert( pbegin>addr );
- addr = pbegin;
- }
- assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
- assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
- put2byte(&data[addr], start);
- put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
- put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
- pPage->nFree += size;
-
- /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
- addr = pPage->hdrOffset + 1;
- while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
- int pnext, psize;
- assert( pbegin>addr );
- assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
- pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
- psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
- if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
- int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
- assert( frag<=data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] );
- data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] -= frag;
- put2byte(&data[pbegin], get2byte(&data[pnext]));
- put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], pnext+get2byte(&data[pnext+2])-pbegin);
- }else{
- addr = pbegin;
- }
- }
-
- /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
- if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
- int top;
- pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
- memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]));
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
-** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
-*/
-static void decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
- BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
-
- assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
- pPage->intKey = (flagByte & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0;
- pPage->zeroData = (flagByte & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0;
- pPage->leaf = (flagByte & PTF_LEAF)!=0;
- pPage->childPtrSize = 4*(pPage->leaf==0);
- pBt = pPage->pBt;
- if( flagByte & PTF_LEAFDATA ){
- pPage->leafData = 1;
- pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
- pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
- }else{
- pPage->leafData = 0;
- pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
- pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
- }
- pPage->hasData = !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData));
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
-**
-** The pParent parameter must be a pointer to the MemPage which
-** is the parent of the page being initialized. The root of a
-** BTree has no parent and so for that page, pParent==NULL.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does
-** not contain a well-formed database page, then return
-** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
-** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that
-** we failed to detect any corruption.
-*/
-static int initPage(
- MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be initialized */
- MemPage *pParent /* The parent. Might be NULL */
-){
- int pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
- int hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */
- u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */
- BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */
- int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */
- int cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
- int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
- int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */
-
- pBt = pPage->pBt;
- assert( pBt!=0 );
- assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pBt==pBt );
- assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData) );
- assert( pPage->aData == &((unsigned char*)pPage)[-pBt->pageSize] );
- if( pPage->pParent!=pParent && (pPage->pParent!=0 || pPage->isInit) ){
- /* The parent page should never change unless the file is corrupt */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- if( pPage->isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
- if( pPage->pParent==0 && pParent!=0 ){
- pPage->pParent = pParent;
- sqlite3pager_ref(pParent->aData);
- }
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- data = pPage->aData;
- decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]);
- pPage->nOverflow = 0;
- pPage->idxShift = 0;
- usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
- pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
- if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
- /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- if( pPage->nCell==0 && pParent!=0 && pParent->pgno!=1 ){
- /* All pages must have at least one cell, except for root pages */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
-
- /* Compute the total free space on the page */
- pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
- nFree = data[hdr+7] + top - (cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell);
- while( pc>0 ){
- int next, size;
- if( pc>usableSize-4 ){
- /* Free block is off the page */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
- size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
- if( next>0 && next<=pc+size+3 ){
- /* Free blocks must be in accending order */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- nFree += size;
- pc = next;
- }
- pPage->nFree = nFree;
- if( nFree>=usableSize ){
- /* Free space cannot exceed total page size */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
-
- pPage->isInit = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
-** no entries.
-*/
-static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
- unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- int first;
-
- assert( sqlite3pager_pagenumber(data)==pPage->pgno );
- assert( &data[pBt->pageSize] == (unsigned char*)pPage );
- assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(data) );
- memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);
- data[hdr] = flags;
- first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0);
- memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
- data[hdr+7] = 0;
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
- pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first;
- decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
- pPage->hdrOffset = hdr;
- pPage->cellOffset = first;
- pPage->nOverflow = 0;
- pPage->idxShift = 0;
- pPage->nCell = 0;
- pPage->isInit = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
-** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
-*/
-static int getPage(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno, MemPage **ppPage){
- int rc;
- unsigned char *aData;
- MemPage *pPage;
- rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBt->pPager, pgno, (void**)&aData);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- pPage = (MemPage*)&aData[pBt->pageSize];
- pPage->aData = aData;
- pPage->pBt = pBt;
- pPage->pgno = pgno;
- pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
- *ppPage = pPage;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine
-** is just a convenience wrapper around separate calls to
-** getPage() and initPage().
-*/
-static int getAndInitPage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */
- Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */
- MemPage **ppPage, /* Write the page pointer here */
- MemPage *pParent /* Parent of the page */
-){
- int rc;
- if( pgno==0 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- rc = getPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){
- rc = initPage(*ppPage, pParent);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior
-** call to getPage.
-*/
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
- if( pPage ){
- assert( pPage->aData );
- assert( pPage->pBt );
- assert( &pPage->aData[pPage->pBt->pageSize]==(unsigned char*)pPage );
- sqlite3pager_unref(pPage->aData);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when the reference count for a page
-** reaches zero. We need to unref the pParent pointer when that
-** happens.
-*/
-static void pageDestructor(void *pData, int pageSize){
- MemPage *pPage;
- assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
- pPage = (MemPage*)&((char*)pData)[pageSize];
- if( pPage->pParent ){
- MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent;
- pPage->pParent = 0;
- releasePage(pParent);
- }
- pPage->isInit = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
-** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
-** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
-**
-** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
-** page to agree with the restored data.
-*/
-static void pageReinit(void *pData, int pageSize){
- MemPage *pPage;
- assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
- pPage = (MemPage*)&((char*)pData)[pageSize];
- if( pPage->isInit ){
- pPage->isInit = 0;
- initPage(pPage, pPage->pParent);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a database file.
-**
-** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL
-** a new database with a random name is created. This randomly named
-** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
- sqlite3 *pSqlite, /* Associated database handle */
- Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
- int flags /* Options */
-){
- BtShared *pBt; /* Shared part of btree structure */
- Btree *p; /* Handle to return */
- int rc;
- int nReserve;
- unsigned char zDbHeader[100];
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
- const ThreadData *pTsdro;
-#endif
-
- /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or
- ** false for a file-based database. This symbol is only required if
- ** either of the shared-data or autovacuum features are compiled
- ** into the library.
- */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
- #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
- const int isMemdb = 0;
- #else
- const int isMemdb = zFilename && !strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:");
- #endif
-#endif
-
- p = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Btree));
- if( !p ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
- p->pSqlite = pSqlite;
-
- /* Try to find an existing Btree structure opened on zFilename. */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
- pTsdro = sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly();
- if( pTsdro->useSharedData && zFilename && !isMemdb ){
- char *zFullPathname = sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename);
- if( !zFullPathname ){
- sqliteFree(p);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- for(pBt=pTsdro->pBtree; pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
- assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
- if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3pager_filename(pBt->pPager)) ){
- p->pBt = pBt;
- *ppBtree = p;
- pBt->nRef++;
- sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
- sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
- }
-#endif
-
- /*
- ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
- ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result
- ** when compiling on a different architecture.
- */
- assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 );
- assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 );
- assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
- assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
- assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
-
- pBt = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pBt) );
- if( pBt==0 ){
- *ppBtree = 0;
- sqliteFree(p);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- rc = sqlite3pager_open(&pBt->pPager, zFilename, EXTRA_SIZE, flags);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3pager_read_fileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( pBt->pPager ){
- sqlite3pager_close(pBt->pPager);
- }
- sqliteFree(pBt);
- sqliteFree(p);
- *ppBtree = 0;
- return rc;
- }
- p->pBt = pBt;
-
- sqlite3pager_set_destructor(pBt->pPager, pageDestructor);
- sqlite3pager_set_reiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit);
- pBt->pCursor = 0;
- pBt->pPage1 = 0;
- pBt->readOnly = sqlite3pager_isreadonly(pBt->pPager);
- pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]);
- if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
- || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
- pBt->pageSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
- pBt->maxEmbedFrac = 64; /* 25% */
- pBt->minEmbedFrac = 32; /* 12.5% */
- pBt->minLeafFrac = 32; /* 12.5% */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
- ** do not set the auto-vacuum flag, even if SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
- ** is true. On the other hand, if SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined,
- ** then ":memory:" is just a regular file-name. Respect the auto-vacuum
- ** default in this case.
- */
- if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
- pBt->autoVacuum = SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM;
- }
-#endif
- nReserve = 0;
- }else{
- nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
- pBt->maxEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[21];
- pBt->minEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[22];
- pBt->minLeafFrac = zDbHeader[23];
- pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
-#endif
- }
- pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
- assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
- sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(pBt->pPager, pBt->pageSize);
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
- /* Add the new btree to the linked list starting at ThreadData.pBtree.
- ** There is no chance that a malloc() may fail inside of the
- ** sqlite3ThreadData() call, as the ThreadData structure must have already
- ** been allocated for pTsdro->useSharedData to be non-zero.
- */
- if( pTsdro->useSharedData && zFilename && !isMemdb ){
- pBt->pNext = pTsdro->pBtree;
- sqlite3ThreadData()->pBtree = pBt;
- }
-#endif
- pBt->nRef = 1;
- *ppBtree = p;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtCursor *pCur;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- ThreadData *pTsd;
-#endif
-
- /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */
- pCur = pBt->pCursor;
- while( pCur ){
- BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
- pCur = pCur->pNext;
- if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
- sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
- }
- }
-
- /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
- ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
- ** this handle.
- */
- sqlite3BtreeRollback(p);
- sqliteFree(p);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
- ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans
- ** up the shared-btree.
- */
- assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
- pBt->nRef--;
- if( pBt->nRef ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* Remove the shared-btree from the thread wide list. Call
- ** ThreadDataReadOnly() and then cast away the const property of the
- ** pointer to avoid allocating thread data if it is not really required.
- */
- pTsd = (ThreadData *)sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly();
- if( pTsd->pBtree==pBt ){
- assert( pTsd==sqlite3ThreadData() );
- pTsd->pBtree = pBt->pNext;
- }else{
- BtShared *pPrev;
- for(pPrev=pTsd->pBtree; pPrev && pPrev->pNext!=pBt; pPrev=pPrev->pNext){}
- if( pPrev ){
- assert( pTsd==sqlite3ThreadData() );
- pPrev->pNext = pBt->pNext;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Close the pager and free the shared-btree structure */
- assert( !pBt->pCursor );
- sqlite3pager_close(pBt->pPager);
- if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
- pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
- }
- sqliteFree(pBt->pSchema);
- sqliteFree(pBt);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the busy handler callback function.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree *p, BusyHandler *pHandler){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- pBt->pBusyHandler = pHandler;
- sqlite3pager_set_busyhandler(pBt->pPager, pHandler);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
-**
-** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
-** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will
-** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
-** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
-** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
-** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
-** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is
-** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
-** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
-** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
-** normally a worry.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3pager_set_cachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
-** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
-** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
-** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There
-** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the
-** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *p, int level, int fullSync){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3pager_set_safety_level(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other
-** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
- return sqlite3pager_nosync(pBt->pPager);
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
-/*
-** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
-**
-** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page
-** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
-** changed.
-**
-** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
-** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
-** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
-** at the beginning of a page.
-**
-** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
-** bytes per page is left unchanged.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
- if( nReserve<0 ){
- nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
- }
- if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
- ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
- assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
- assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
- pBt->pageSize = sqlite3pager_set_pagesize(pBt->pPager, pageSize);
- }
- pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the currently defined page size
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
- return p->pBt->pageSize;
-}
-int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
- return p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */
-
-/*
-** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
-** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
-** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is
-** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;;
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
-#else
- if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
- pBt->autoVacuum = (autoVacuum?1:0);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is
-** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- return 0;
-#else
- return p->pBt->autoVacuum;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will
-** also acquire a readlock on that file.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a
-** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
-** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM
-** is returned if we run out of memory. SQLITE_PROTOCOL is returned
-** if there is a locking protocol violation.
-*/
-static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
- int rc, pageSize;
- MemPage *pPage1;
- if( pBt->pPage1 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- rc = getPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-
- /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
- ** a valid database file.
- */
- rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
- if( sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ){
- u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
- if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
- if( page1[18]>1 || page1[19]>1 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
- pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]);
- if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
- assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
- pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
- pBt->usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
- if( pBt->usableSize<500 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
- pBt->maxEmbedFrac = page1[21];
- pBt->minEmbedFrac = page1[22];
- pBt->minLeafFrac = page1[23];
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
-#endif
- }
-
- /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
- ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
- ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header.
- ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
- ** 2-byte pointer to the cell
- ** 4-byte child pointer
- ** 9-byte nKey value
- ** 4-byte nData value
- ** 4-byte overflow page pointer
- ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as
- ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
- ** page pointer.
- */
- pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->maxEmbedFrac/255 - 23;
- pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minEmbedFrac/255 - 23;
- pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35;
- pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minLeafFrac/255 - 23;
- if( pBt->minLocal>pBt->maxLocal || pBt->maxLocal<0 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
- assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
- pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-
-page1_init_failed:
- releasePage(pPage1);
- pBt->pPage1 = 0;
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine works like lockBtree() except that it also invokes the
-** busy callback if there is lock contention.
-*/
-static int lockBtreeWithRetry(Btree *pRef){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pRef->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
- u8 inTransaction = pRef->pBt->inTransaction;
- btreeIntegrity(pRef);
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pRef, 0);
- pRef->pBt->inTransaction = inTransaction;
- pRef->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pRef->pBt->nTransaction--;
- }
- btreeIntegrity(pRef);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
-** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
-** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which
-** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
-**
-** If there are any outstanding cursors, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
- if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
- if( sqlite3pager_refcount(pBt->pPager)>=1 ){
- if( pBt->pPage1->aData==0 ){
- MemPage *pPage = pBt->pPage1;
- pPage->aData = &((u8*)pPage)[-pBt->pageSize];
- pPage->pBt = pBt;
- pPage->pgno = 1;
- }
- releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
- }
- pBt->pPage1 = 0;
- pBt->inStmt = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new database by initializing the first page of the
-** file.
-*/
-static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
- MemPage *pP1;
- unsigned char *data;
- int rc;
- if( sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
- assert( pP1!=0 );
- data = pP1->aData;
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(data);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
- assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
- put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize);
- data[18] = 1;
- data[19] = 1;
- data[20] = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
- data[21] = pBt->maxEmbedFrac;
- data[22] = pBt->minEmbedFrac;
- data[23] = pBt->minLeafFrac;
- memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
- zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
- pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], 1);
- }
-#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
-** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
-** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
-** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
-** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be
-** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
-** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
-**
-** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any
-** changes to the database. None of the following routines
-** will work unless a transaction is started first:
-**
-** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
-** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
-** sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
-** sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
-** sqlite3BtreeInsert()
-** sqlite3BtreeDelete()
-** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
-**
-** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
-** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
-** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
-** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is
-** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
-**
-** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has
-** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
-** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
-** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
-** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
-** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
-** proceed.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- btreeIntegrity(p);
-
- /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
- ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
- ** is requested, this is a no-op.
- */
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
- if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
-
- /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction
- ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
- ** requested, return SQLITE_BUSY.
- */
- if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && wrflag ){
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
-
- do {
- if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
- rc = lockBtree(pBt);
- }
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
- rc = sqlite3pager_begin(pBt->pPage1->aData, wrflag>1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = newDatabase(pBt);
- }
- }
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( wrflag ) pBt->inStmt = 0;
- }else{
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
- }
- }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
- sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(pBt->pBusyHandler) );
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
- pBt->nTransaction++;
- }
- p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
- if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
- pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
- }
- }
-
- btreeIntegrity(p);
- return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-
-/*
-** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
-** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
-** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
-*/
-static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
- int i; /* Counter variable */
- int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
- Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
-
- initPage(pPage, 0);
- nCell = pPage->nCell;
-
- for(i=0; ileaf ){
- Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
- }
- }
-
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno);
- }
-
-set_child_ptrmaps_out:
- pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Somewhere on pPage, which is guarenteed to be a btree page, not an overflow
-** page, is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so that it points to
-** iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to be modified, as
-** follows:
-**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child
-** page of pPage.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
-** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
-** overflow page in the list.
-*/
-static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
- if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
- /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */
- if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
- }else{
- int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
- int i;
- int nCell;
-
- initPage(pPage, 0);
- nCell = pPage->nCell;
-
- for(i=0; iaData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
- }
-
- pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the
-** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
-*/
-static int relocatePage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */
- MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */
- u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
- Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
- Pgno iFreePage /* The location to move pDbPage to */
-){
- MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
- Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
- Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
- int rc;
-
- assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ||
- eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
-
- /* Move page iDbPage from it's current location to page number iFreePage */
- TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n",
- iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
- rc = sqlite3pager_movepage(pPager, pDbPage->aData, iFreePage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
-
- /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
- ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
- ** pages need to be changed.
- **
- ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
- ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
- ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
- */
- if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
- rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }else{
- Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
- if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
- ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
- ** iPtrPage.
- */
- if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
- rc = getPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPtrPage->aData);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pPtrPage);
- return rc;
- }
- rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
- releasePage(pPtrPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage);
- }
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/* Forward declaration required by autoVacuumCommit(). */
-static int allocatePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
-
-/*
-** This routine is called prior to sqlite3pager_commit when a transaction
-** is commited for an auto-vacuum database.
-*/
-static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt, Pgno *nTrunc){
- Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
- Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages remaining on the free-list. */
- int nPtrMap; /* Number of pointer-map pages deallocated */
- Pgno origSize; /* Pages in the database file */
- Pgno finSize; /* Pages in the database file after truncation */
- int rc; /* Return code */
- u8 eType;
- int pgsz = pBt->pageSize; /* Page size for this database */
- Pgno iDbPage; /* The database page to move */
- MemPage *pDbMemPage = 0; /* "" */
- Pgno iPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to iDbPage */
- Pgno iFreePage; /* The free-list page to move iDbPage to */
- MemPage *pFreeMemPage = 0; /* "" */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- int nRef = sqlite3pager_refcount(pPager);
-#endif
-
- assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
- if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPager)) ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
-
- /* Figure out how many free-pages are in the database. If there are no
- ** free pages, then auto-vacuum is a no-op.
- */
- nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
- if( nFreeList==0 ){
- *nTrunc = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* This block figures out how many pages there are in the database
- ** now (variable origSize), and how many there will be after the
- ** truncation (variable finSize).
- **
- ** The final size is the original size, less the number of free pages
- ** in the database, less any pointer-map pages that will no longer
- ** be required, less 1 if the pending-byte page was part of the database
- ** but is not after the truncation.
- **/
- origSize = sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPager);
- if( origSize==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- origSize--;
- }
- nPtrMap = (nFreeList-origSize+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, origSize)+pgsz/5)/(pgsz/5);
- finSize = origSize - nFreeList - nPtrMap;
- if( origSize>(Pgno)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && finSize<=(Pgno)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- finSize--;
- }
- while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, finSize) || finSize==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- finSize--;
- }
- TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Begin (db size %d->%d)\n", origSize, finSize));
-
- /* Variable 'finSize' will be the size of the file in pages after
- ** the auto-vacuum has completed (the current file size minus the number
- ** of pages on the free list). Loop through the pages that lie beyond
- ** this mark, and if they are not already on the free list, move them
- ** to a free page earlier in the file (somewhere before finSize).
- */
- for( iDbPage=finSize+1; iDbPage<=origSize; iDbPage++ ){
- /* If iDbPage is a pointer map page, or the pending-byte page, skip it. */
- if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iDbPage) || iDbPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- continue;
- }
-
- rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iDbPage, &eType, &iPtrPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto autovacuum_out;
- if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto autovacuum_out;
- }
-
- /* If iDbPage is free, do not swap it. */
- if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
- continue;
- }
- rc = getPage(pBt, iDbPage, &pDbMemPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto autovacuum_out;
-
- /* Find the next page in the free-list that is not already at the end
- ** of the file. A page can be pulled off the free list using the
- ** allocatePage() routine.
- */
- do{
- if( pFreeMemPage ){
- releasePage(pFreeMemPage);
- pFreeMemPage = 0;
- }
- rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pFreeMemPage, &iFreePage, 0, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pDbMemPage);
- goto autovacuum_out;
- }
- assert( iFreePage<=origSize );
- }while( iFreePage>finSize );
- releasePage(pFreeMemPage);
- pFreeMemPage = 0;
-
- /* Relocate the page into the body of the file. Note that although the
- ** page has moved within the database file, the pDbMemPage pointer
- ** remains valid. This means that this function can run without
- ** invalidating cursors open on the btree. This is important in
- ** shared-cache mode.
- */
- rc = relocatePage(pBt, pDbMemPage, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePage);
- releasePage(pDbMemPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto autovacuum_out;
- }
-
- /* The entire free-list has been swapped to the end of the file. So
- ** truncate the database file to finSize pages and consider the
- ** free-list empty.
- */
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pBt->pPage1->aData);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto autovacuum_out;
- put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
- put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
- *nTrunc = finSize;
- assert( finSize!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-
-autovacuum_out:
- assert( nRef==sqlite3pager_refcount(pPager) );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3pager_rollback(pPager);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
-**
-** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
- btreeIntegrity(p);
-
- /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees
- ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
- */
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
- int rc;
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
- rc = sqlite3pager_commit(pBt->pPager);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
- pBt->inStmt = 0;
- }
- unlockAllTables(p);
-
- /* If the handle has any kind of transaction open, decrement the transaction
- ** count of the shared btree. If the transaction count reaches 0, set
- ** the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() call below
- ** will unlock the pager.
- */
- if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
- pBt->nTransaction--;
- if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
- pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
- }
- }
-
- /* Set the handles current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock
- ** the pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.
- */
- p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-
- btreeIntegrity(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use
-** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
-** defined.
-*/
-static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){
- BtCursor *pCur;
- int r = 0;
- for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
- if( pCur->wrFlag ) r++;
- }
- return r;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Print debugging information about all cursors to standard output.
-*/
-void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree *p){
- BtCursor *pCur;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
- MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
- char *zMode = pCur->wrFlag ? "rw" : "ro";
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("CURSOR %p rooted at %4d(%s) currently at %d.%d%s\n",
- pCur, pCur->pgnoRoot, zMode,
- pPage ? pPage->pgno : 0, pCur->idx,
- (pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ? "" : " eof"
- );
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be
-** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor
-** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
-** in an error.
-**
-** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- MemPage *pPage1;
-
- rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occured whilst
- ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as
- ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then
- ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so
- ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort
- ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save.
- */
- while( pBt->pCursor ){
- sqlite3 *db = pBt->pCursor->pBtree->pSqlite;
- if( db ){
- sqlite3AbortOtherActiveVdbes(db, 0);
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
- btreeIntegrity(p);
- unlockAllTables(p);
-
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
- int rc2;
-
- assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
- rc2 = sqlite3pager_rollback(pBt->pPager);
- if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = rc2;
- }
-
- /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So
- ** call getPage() on page 1 again to make sure pPage1->aData is
- ** set correctly. */
- if( getPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1)==SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pPage1);
- }
- assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
- pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
- }
-
- if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
- assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
- pBt->nTransaction--;
- if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
- pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
- }
- }
-
- p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
- pBt->inStmt = 0;
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-
- btreeIntegrity(p);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can
-** can be rolled back independently of the main transaction.
-** You must start a transaction before starting a subtransaction.
-** The subtransaction is ended automatically if the main transaction
-** commits or rolls back.
-**
-** Only one subtransaction may be active at a time. It is an error to try
-** to start a new subtransaction if another subtransaction is already active.
-**
-** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
-** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint
-** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
-** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- if( (p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->inStmt ){
- return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3pager_stmt_begin(pBt->pPager);
- pBt->inStmt = 1;
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Commit the statment subtransaction currently in progress. If no
-** subtransaction is active, this is a no-op.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){
- rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_commit(pBt->pPager);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- pBt->inStmt = 0;
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback the active statement subtransaction. If no subtransaction
-** is active this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** All cursors will be invalidated by this operation. Any attempt
-** to use a cursor that was open at the beginning of this operation
-** will result in an error.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree *p){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3MallocDisallow();
- if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){
- rc = sqlite3pager_stmt_rollback(pBt->pPager);
- assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
- pBt->inStmt = 0;
- }
- sqlite3MallocAllow();
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Default key comparison function to be used if no comparison function
-** is specified on the sqlite3BtreeCursor() call.
-*/
-static int dfltCompare(
- void *NotUsed, /* User data is not used */
- int n1, const void *p1, /* First key to compare */
- int n2, const void *p2 /* Second key to compare */
-){
- int c;
- c = memcmp(p1, p2, n1pBt;
-
- *ppCur = 0;
- if( wrFlag ){
- if( pBt->readOnly ){
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
- if( checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0) ){
- return SQLITE_LOCKED;
- }
- }
-
- if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
- rc = lockBtreeWithRetry(p);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
- pCur = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pCur) );
- if( pCur==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto create_cursor_exception;
- }
- pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
- if( iTable==1 && sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager)==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_EMPTY;
- goto create_cursor_exception;
- }
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->pPage, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto create_cursor_exception;
- }
-
- /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
- ** variables, link the cursor into the BtShared list and set *ppCur (the
- ** output argument to this function).
- */
- pCur->xCompare = xCmp ? xCmp : dfltCompare;
- pCur->pArg = pArg;
- pCur->pBtree = p;
- pCur->wrFlag = wrFlag;
- pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
- if( pCur->pNext ){
- pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
- }
- pBt->pCursor = pCur;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- *ppCur = pCur;
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
-create_cursor_exception:
- if( pCur ){
- releasePage(pCur->pPage);
- sqliteFree(pCur);
- }
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
- return rc;
-}
-
-#if 0 /* Not Used */
-/*
-** Change the value of the comparison function used by a cursor.
-*/
-void sqlite3BtreeSetCompare(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to whose comparison function is changed */
- int(*xCmp)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), /* New comparison func */
- void *pArg /* First argument to xCmp() */
-){
- pCur->xCompare = xCmp ? xCmp : dfltCompare;
- pCur->pArg = pArg;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released
-** when the last cursor is closed.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
- BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt;
- restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur, 0);
- if( pCur->pPrev ){
- pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
- }else{
- pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
- }
- if( pCur->pNext ){
- pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
- }
- releasePage(pCur->pPage);
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
- sqliteFree(pCur);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make a temporary cursor by filling in the fields of pTempCur.
-** The temporary cursor is not on the cursor list for the Btree.
-*/
-static void getTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur){
- memcpy(pTempCur, pCur, sizeof(*pCur));
- pTempCur->pNext = 0;
- pTempCur->pPrev = 0;
- if( pTempCur->pPage ){
- sqlite3pager_ref(pTempCur->pPage->aData);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete a temporary cursor such as was made by the CreateTemporaryCursor()
-** function above.
-*/
-static void releaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
- if( pCur->pPage ){
- sqlite3pager_unref(pCur->pPage->aData);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the BtCursor.info field of the given cursor is valid.
-** If it is not already valid, call parseCell() to fill it in.
-**
-** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
-** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to parseCell().
-*/
-static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
- if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
- parseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info);
- }else{
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- CellInfo info;
- memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
- parseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &info);
- assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
-#endif
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
-** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing
-** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0.
-**
-** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
-** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
- int rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur, 1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
- *pSize = 0;
- }else{
- getCellInfo(pCur);
- *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
- }
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
-** cursor currently points to. Always return SQLITE_OK.
-** Failure is not possible. If the cursor is not currently
-** pointing to an entry (which can happen, for example, if
-** the database is empty) then *pSize is set to 0.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
- int rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur, 1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
- /* Not pointing at a valid entry - set *pSize to 0. */
- *pSize = 0;
- }else{
- getCellInfo(pCur);
- *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
- }
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read payload information from the entry that the pCur cursor is
-** pointing to. Begin reading the payload at "offset" and read
-** a total of "amt" bytes. Put the result in zBuf.
-**
-** This routine does not make a distinction between key and data.
-** It just reads bytes from the payload area. Data might appear
-** on the main page or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
-*/
-static int getPayload(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
- int offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */
- int amt, /* Read this many bytes */
- unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */
- int skipKey /* offset begins at data if this is true */
-){
- unsigned char *aPayload;
- Pgno nextPage;
- int rc;
- MemPage *pPage;
- BtShared *pBt;
- int ovflSize;
- u32 nKey;
-
- assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt;
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
- assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell );
- getCellInfo(pCur);
- aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader;
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- nKey = 0;
- }else{
- nKey = (u32)pCur->info.nKey;
- }
- assert( offset>=0 );
- if( skipKey ){
- offset += nKey;
- }
- if( (u32)(offset+amt) > nKey+pCur->info.nData ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- if( offsetinfo.nLocal ){
- int a = amt;
- if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
- a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
- }
- memcpy(pBuf, &aPayload[offset], a);
- if( a==amt ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- offset = 0;
- pBuf += a;
- amt -= a;
- }else{
- offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
- }
- ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
- if( amt>0 ){
- nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
- while( amt>0 && nextPage ){
- rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBt->pPager, nextPage, (void**)&aPayload);
- if( rc!=0 ){
- return rc;
- }
- nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
- if( offset ovflSize ){
- a = ovflSize - offset;
- }
- memcpy(pBuf, &aPayload[offset+4], a);
- offset = 0;
- amt -= a;
- pBuf += a;
- }else{
- offset -= ovflSize;
- }
- sqlite3pager_unref(aPayload);
- }
- }
-
- if( amt>0 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly
-** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer
-** begins at "offset".
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
-** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
-** the available payload.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
- int rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur, 1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
- if( pCur->pPage->intKey ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- assert( pCur->pPage->intKey==0 );
- assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell );
- rc = getPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly
-** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer
-** begins at "offset".
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
-** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
-** the available payload.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
- int rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur, 1);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
- assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell );
- rc = getPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 1);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the
-** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of
-** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if
-** skipKey==1. The number of bytes of available key/data is written
-** into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be
-** a valid pointer.
-**
-** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key
-** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
-** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
-** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills
-** onto overflow pages, then getPayload() must be used to reassembly
-** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
-**
-** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
-** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time
-** any btree routine is called.
-*/
-static const unsigned char *fetchPayload(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
- int *pAmt, /* Write the number of available bytes here */
- int skipKey /* read beginning at data if this is true */
-){
- unsigned char *aPayload;
- MemPage *pPage;
- u32 nKey;
- int nLocal;
-
- assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
- assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell );
- getCellInfo(pCur);
- aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
- aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- nKey = 0;
- }else{
- nKey = (u32)pCur->info.nKey;
- }
- if( skipKey ){
- aPayload += nKey;
- nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey;
- }else{
- nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal;
- if( (u32)nLocal>nKey ){
- nLocal = nKey;
- }
- }
- *pAmt = nLocal;
- return aPayload;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
-** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
-** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
-**
-** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move
-** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine.
-**
-** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
-** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
-*/
-const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
- return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
- return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the
-** page number of the child page to move to.
-*/
-static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
- int rc;
- MemPage *pNewPage;
- MemPage *pOldPage;
- BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt;
-
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage, pCur->pPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- pNewPage->idxParent = pCur->idx;
- pOldPage = pCur->pPage;
- pOldPage->idxShift = 0;
- releasePage(pOldPage);
- pCur->pPage = pNewPage;
- pCur->idx = 0;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- if( pNewPage->nCell<1 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the page is the virtual root of its table.
-**
-** The virtual root page is the root page for most tables. But
-** for the table rooted on page 1, sometime the real root page
-** is empty except for the right-pointer. In such cases the
-** virtual root page is the page that the right-pointer of page
-** 1 is pointing to.
-*/
-static int isRootPage(MemPage *pPage){
- MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent;
- if( pParent==0 ) return 1;
- if( pParent->pgno>1 ) return 0;
- if( get2byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+3])==0 ) return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
-**
-** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
-** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the
-** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
-** the largest cell index.
-*/
-static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
- MemPage *pParent;
- MemPage *pPage;
- int idxParent;
-
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
- assert( pPage!=0 );
- assert( !isRootPage(pPage) );
- pParent = pPage->pParent;
- assert( pParent!=0 );
- idxParent = pPage->idxParent;
- sqlite3pager_ref(pParent->aData);
- releasePage(pPage);
- pCur->pPage = pParent;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- assert( pParent->idxShift==0 );
- pCur->idx = idxParent;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor to the root page
-*/
-static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
- MemPage *pRoot;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt;
-
- restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur, 0);
- pRoot = pCur->pPage;
- if( pRoot && pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ){
- assert( pRoot->isInit );
- }else{
- if(
- SQLITE_OK!=(rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0))
- ){
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- return rc;
- }
- releasePage(pCur->pPage);
- pCur->pPage = pRoot;
- }
- pCur->idx = 0;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){
- Pgno subpage;
- assert( pRoot->pgno==1 );
- subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
- assert( subpage>0 );
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
- }
- pCur->eState = ((pCur->pPage->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
-** entry to which it is currently pointing.
-**
-** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
-** in ascending order.
-*/
-static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
- Pgno pgno;
- int rc;
- MemPage *pPage;
-
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- while( !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
- assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell );
- pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->idx));
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
-** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference
-** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost()
-** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
-** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
-**
-** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
-** key in ascending order.
-*/
-static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
- Pgno pgno;
- int rc;
- MemPage *pPage;
-
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- while( !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
- pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- pCur->idx = pPage->nCell;
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
- pCur->idx = pPage->nCell - 1;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
-** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
- int rc;
- rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
- assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
- *pRes = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- assert( pCur->pPage->nCell>0 );
- *pRes = 0;
- rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
-** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
- int rc;
- rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
- assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
- *pRes = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- *pRes = 0;
- rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near pKey/nKey.
-** Return a success code.
-**
-** For INTKEY tables, only the nKey parameter is used. pKey is
-** ignored. For other tables, nKey is the number of bytes of data
-** in pKey. The comparison function specified when the cursor was
-** created is used to compare keys.
-**
-** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
-** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
-** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes
-** before or after the key.
-**
-** The result of comparing the key with the entry to which the
-** cursor is written to *pRes if pRes!=NULL. The meaning of
-** this value is as follows:
-**
-** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-** is smaller than pKey or if the table is empty
-** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
-**
-** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-** exactly matches pKey.
-**
-** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-** is larger than pKey.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor *pCur, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, int *pRes){
- int rc;
- int tryRightmost;
- rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- assert( pCur->pPage );
- assert( pCur->pPage->isInit );
- tryRightmost = pCur->pPage->intKey;
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
- *pRes = -1;
- assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- for(;;){
- int lwr, upr;
- Pgno chldPg;
- MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
- int c = -1; /* pRes return if table is empty must be -1 */
- lwr = 0;
- upr = pPage->nCell-1;
- if( !pPage->intKey && pKey==0 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- while( lwr<=upr ){
- void *pCellKey;
- i64 nCellKey;
- pCur->idx = (lwr+upr)/2;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- u8 *pCell;
- if( tryRightmost ){
- pCur->idx = upr;
- }
- pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
- if( pPage->hasData ){
- u32 dummy;
- pCell += getVarint32(pCell, &dummy);
- }
- getVarint(pCell, (u64 *)&nCellKey);
- if( nCellKeynKey ){
- c = +1;
- tryRightmost = 0;
- }else{
- c = 0;
- }
- }else{
- int available;
- pCellKey = (void *)fetchPayload(pCur, &available, 0);
- nCellKey = pCur->info.nKey;
- if( available>=nCellKey ){
- c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, (int)nCellKey, pCellKey, (int)nKey, pKey);
- }else{
- pCellKey = sqliteMallocRaw( (int)nCellKey );
- if( pCellKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, (void *)pCellKey);
- c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, (int)nCellKey, pCellKey, (int)nKey, pKey);
- sqliteFree(pCellKey);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
- }
- if( c==0 ){
- if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){
- lwr = pCur->idx;
- upr = lwr - 1;
- break;
- }else{
- if( pRes ) *pRes = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
- if( c<0 ){
- lwr = pCur->idx+1;
- }else{
- upr = pCur->idx-1;
- }
- }
- assert( lwr==upr+1 );
- assert( pPage->isInit );
- if( pPage->leaf ){
- chldPg = 0;
- }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
- chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- }else{
- chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
- }
- if( chldPg==0 ){
- assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell );
- if( pRes ) *pRes = c;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- pCur->idx = lwr;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
- /* NOT REACHED */
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
-**
-** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
-** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
-** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
- /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
- ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
- ** as well as the boolean result value.
- */
- return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If
-** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor
-** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
-** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
- int rc;
- MemPage *pPage;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- if( pCur->skip>0 ){
- pCur->skip = 0;
- *pRes = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- pCur->skip = 0;
-#endif
-
- assert( pRes!=0 );
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
- if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
- *pRes = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- assert( pPage->isInit );
- assert( pCur->idxnCell );
-
- pCur->idx++;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- if( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell ){
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
- *pRes = 0;
- return rc;
- }
- do{
- if( isRootPage(pPage) ){
- *pRes = 1;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- moveToParent(pCur);
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
- }while( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell );
- *pRes = 0;
- if( pPage->leafData ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- return rc;
- }
- *pRes = 0;
- if( pPage->leaf ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If
-** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor
-** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
-** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
- int rc;
- Pgno pgno;
- MemPage *pPage;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- if( pCur->skip<0 ){
- pCur->skip = 0;
- *pRes = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- pCur->skip = 0;
-#endif
-
- if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
- *pRes = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
- assert( pPage->isInit );
- assert( pCur->idx>=0 );
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- pgno = get4byte( findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) );
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
- }else{
- while( pCur->idx==0 ){
- if( isRootPage(pPage) ){
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- *pRes = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- moveToParent(pCur);
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
- }
- pCur->idx--;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
- *pRes = 0;
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new page from the database file.
-**
-** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3pager_write()
-** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also
-** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
-** sqlite3pager_unref() on the new page when it is done.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates
-** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
-** Do not invoke sqlite3pager_unref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
-**
-** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to
-** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an
-** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
-** which in turn can make database access faster.
-**
-** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists
-** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This
-** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table.
-*/
-static int allocatePage(
- BtShared *pBt,
- MemPage **ppPage,
- Pgno *pPgno,
- Pgno nearby,
- u8 exact
-){
- MemPage *pPage1;
- int rc;
- int n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */
- int k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
- MemPage *pTrunk = 0;
- MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
-
- pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
- n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
- if( n>0 ){
- /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */
- Pgno iTrunk;
- u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
-
- /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map
- ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
- ** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( exact ){
- u8 eType;
- assert( nearby>0 );
- assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
- rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
- searchList = 1;
- }
- *pPgno = nearby;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the
- ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1.
- */
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage1->aData);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
-
- /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable
- ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
- ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located.
- */
- do {
- pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
- if( pPrevTrunk ){
- iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
- }else{
- iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
- }
- rc = getPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk);
- if( rc ){
- pTrunk = 0;
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
-
- k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
- if( k==0 && !searchList ){
- /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched.
- ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly
- ** allocated page */
- assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pTrunk->aData);
- if( rc ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- *pPgno = iTrunk;
- memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
- *ppPage = pTrunk;
- pTrunk = 0;
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
- }else if( k>pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
- /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto end_allocate_page;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){
- /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
- ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
- */
- assert( *pPgno==iTrunk );
- *ppPage = pTrunk;
- searchList = 0;
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pTrunk->aData);
- if( rc ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- if( k==0 ){
- if( !pPrevTrunk ){
- memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
- }else{
- memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
- }
- }else{
- /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains
- ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
- ** page in this case.
- */
- MemPage *pNewTrunk;
- Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
- rc = getPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pNewTrunk->aData);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pNewTrunk);
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
- put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1);
- memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
- releasePage(pNewTrunk);
- if( !pPrevTrunk ){
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPrevTrunk->aData);
- if( rc ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk);
- }
- }
- pTrunk = 0;
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
-#endif
- }else{
- /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
- int closest;
- Pgno iPage;
- unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(aData);
- if( rc ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- if( nearby>0 ){
- int i, dist;
- closest = 0;
- dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby;
- if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist;
- for(i=1; i(Pgno)sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
- /* Free page off the end of the file */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d"
- ": %d more free pages\n",
- *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
- if( closestaData);
- rc = sqlite3pager_write((*ppPage)->aData);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(*ppPage);
- }
- }
- searchList = 0;
- }
- }
- releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
- pPrevTrunk = 0;
- }while( searchList );
- }else{
- /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the
- ** end of the file */
- *pPgno = sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager) + 1;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, *pPgno) ){
- /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
- ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
- ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller.
- */
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", *pPgno));
- assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
- (*pPgno)++;
- }
-#endif
-
- assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
- rc = getPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = sqlite3pager_write((*ppPage)->aData);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(*ppPage);
- }
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
- }
-
- assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-
-end_allocate_page:
- releasePage(pTrunk);
- releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a page of the database file to the freelist.
-**
-** sqlite3pager_unref() is NOT called for pPage.
-*/
-static int freePage(MemPage *pPage){
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
- int rc, n, k;
-
- /* Prepare the page for freeing */
- assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
- pPage->isInit = 0;
- releasePage(pPage->pParent);
- pPage->pParent = 0;
-
- /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage1->aData);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n+1);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
- /* If the SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE compile-time option is enabled, then
- ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
- */
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map
- ** to indicate that the page is free.
- */
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pPage->pgno, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
-#endif
-
- if( n==0 ){
- /* This is the first free page */
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- memset(pPage->aData, 0, 8);
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
- TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d first\n", pPage->pgno));
- }else{
- /* Other free pages already exist. Retrive the first trunk page
- ** of the freelist and find out how many leaves it has. */
- MemPage *pTrunk;
- rc = getPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]), &pTrunk);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
- if( k>=pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
- /* The trunk is full. Turn the page being freed into a new
- ** trunk page with no leaves. */
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- put4byte(pPage->aData, pTrunk->pgno);
- put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
- TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n",
- pPage->pgno, pTrunk->pgno));
- }else{
- /* Add the newly freed page as a leaf on the current trunk */
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pTrunk->aData);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], k+1);
- put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+k*4], pPage->pgno);
-#ifndef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
- sqlite3pager_dont_write(pBt->pPager, pPage->pgno);
-#endif
- TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
- }
- releasePage(pTrunk);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
-*/
-static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- CellInfo info;
- Pgno ovflPgno;
- int rc;
-
- parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
- return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
- }
- ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
- while( ovflPgno!=0 ){
- MemPage *pOvfl;
- if( ovflPgno>(Pgno)sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- rc = getPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- ovflPgno = get4byte(pOvfl->aData);
- rc = freePage(pOvfl);
- sqlite3pager_unref(pOvfl->aData);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
-** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are
-** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure
-** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
-** for pCell[].
-**
-** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
-** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will
-** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
-** later.
-*/
-static int fillInCell(
- MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */
- unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */
- const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */
- const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */
- int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */
-){
- int nPayload;
- const u8 *pSrc;
- int nSrc, n, rc;
- int spaceLeft;
- MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
- MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
- unsigned char *pPrior;
- unsigned char *pPayload;
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
- int nHeader;
- CellInfo info;
-
- /* Fill in the header. */
- nHeader = 0;
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- nHeader += 4;
- }
- if( pPage->hasData ){
- nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData);
- }else{
- nData = 0;
- }
- nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
- parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
- assert( info.nKey==nKey );
- assert( info.nData==nData );
-
- /* Fill in the payload */
- nPayload = nData;
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- pSrc = pData;
- nSrc = nData;
- nData = 0;
- }else{
- nPayload += (int)nKey;
- pSrc = pKey;
- nSrc = (int)nKey;
- }
- *pnSize = info.nSize;
- spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
- pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
- pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];
-
- while( nPayload>0 ){
- if( spaceLeft==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
-#endif
- rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
- ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
- ** for that page now. The entry for the first overflow page will be
- ** added later, by the insertCell() routine.
- */
- if( pBt->autoVacuum && pgnoPtrmap!=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, pgnoPtrmap);
- }
-#endif
- if( rc ){
- releasePage(pToRelease);
- /* clearCell(pPage, pCell); */
- return rc;
- }
- put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
- releasePage(pToRelease);
- pToRelease = pOvfl;
- pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
- put4byte(pPrior, 0);
- pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
- spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
- }
- n = nPayload;
- if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
- if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
- assert( pSrc );
- memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
- nPayload -= n;
- pPayload += n;
- pSrc += n;
- nSrc -= n;
- spaceLeft -= n;
- if( nSrc==0 ){
- nSrc = nData;
- pSrc = pData;
- }
- }
- releasePage(pToRelease);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the MemPage.pParent pointer on the page whose number is
-** given in the second argument so that MemPage.pParent holds the
-** pointer in the third argument.
-*/
-static int reparentPage(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno, MemPage *pNewParent, int idx){
- MemPage *pThis;
- unsigned char *aData;
-
- assert( pNewParent!=0 );
- if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
- aData = sqlite3pager_lookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
- if( aData ){
- pThis = (MemPage*)&aData[pBt->pageSize];
- assert( pThis->aData==aData );
- if( pThis->isInit ){
- if( pThis->pParent!=pNewParent ){
- if( pThis->pParent ) sqlite3pager_unref(pThis->pParent->aData);
- pThis->pParent = pNewParent;
- sqlite3pager_ref(pNewParent->aData);
- }
- pThis->idxParent = idx;
- }
- sqlite3pager_unref(aData);
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- return ptrmapPut(pBt, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pNewParent->pgno);
- }
-#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Change the pParent pointer of all children of pPage to point back
-** to pPage.
-**
-** In other words, for every child of pPage, invoke reparentPage()
-** to make sure that each child knows that pPage is its parent.
-**
-** This routine gets called after you memcpy() one page into
-** another.
-*/
-static int reparentChildPages(MemPage *pPage){
- int i;
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- if( pPage->leaf ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
- for(i=0; inCell; i++){
- u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage, i);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
- }
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]),
- pPage, i);
- pPage->idxShift = 0;
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only.
-** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that
-** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just
-** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
-**
-** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
-*/
-static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
- u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */
- u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
-
- assert( idx>=0 && idxnCell );
- assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
- assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
- data = pPage->aData;
- ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx];
- pc = get2byte(ptr);
- assert( pc>10 && pc+sz<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
- freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
- for(i=idx+1; inCell; i++, ptr+=2){
- ptr[0] = ptr[2];
- ptr[1] = ptr[3];
- }
- pPage->nCell--;
- put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
- pPage->nFree += 2;
- pPage->idxShift = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the
-** content of the cell.
-**
-** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it
-** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
-** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
-** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
-** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index.
-** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that
-** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
-**
-** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the
-** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If
-** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location
-** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid).
-*/
-static int insertCell(
- MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */
- int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
- u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */
- int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */
- u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
- u8 nSkip /* Do not write the first nSkip bytes of the cell */
-){
- int idx; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
- int j; /* Loop counter */
- int top; /* First byte of content for any cell in data[] */
- int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
- int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
- int hdr; /* Offset into data[] of the page header */
- int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
- u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */
- u8 *ptr; /* Used for moving information around in data[] */
-
- assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
- assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) );
- assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
- if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
- if( pTemp ){
- memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
- pCell = pTemp;
- }
- j = pPage->nOverflow++;
- assert( jaOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]) );
- pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell;
- pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = i;
- pPage->nFree = 0;
- }else{
- data = pPage->aData;
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
- end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell + 2;
- ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
- if( end > top - sz ){
- int rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- assert( end + sz <= top );
- }
- idx = allocateSpace(pPage, sz);
- assert( idx>0 );
- assert( end <= get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
- pPage->nCell++;
- pPage->nFree -= 2;
- memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
- for(j=end-2, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){
- ptr[0] = ptr[-2];
- ptr[1] = ptr[-1];
- }
- put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
- put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
- pPage->idxShift = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
- /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
- ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
- */
- CellInfo info;
- parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){
- Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
- int rc = ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
- }
-#endif
- }
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty.
-** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
-*/
-static void assemblePage(
- MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */
- int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */
- u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */
- int *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */
-){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int totalSize; /* Total size of all cells */
- int hdr; /* Index of page header */
- int cellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */
- int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */
- u8 *data; /* Data for the page */
-
- assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
- totalSize = 0;
- for(i=0; inFree );
- assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
- cellptr = pPage->cellOffset;
- data = pPage->aData;
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
- if( nCell ){
- cellbody = allocateSpace(pPage, totalSize);
- assert( cellbody>0 );
- assert( pPage->nFree >= 2*nCell );
- pPage->nFree -= 2*nCell;
- for(i=0; ipBt->usableSize );
- }
- pPage->nCell = nCell;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
-** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side
-** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the
-** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
-** NN neighbors on either side.
-**
-** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1
-** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
-** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
-** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
-*/
-#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
-#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static int balance(MemPage*, int);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
-/*
-** This version of balance() handles the common special case where
-** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the
-** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest
-** entry in the tree.
-**
-** Instead of trying balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add
-** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in
-** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat
-** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries
-** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly
-** fill up. On average.
-**
-** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree.
-** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry
-** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
-*/
-static int balance_quick(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent){
- int rc;
- MemPage *pNew;
- Pgno pgnoNew;
- u8 *pCell;
- int szCell;
- CellInfo info;
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- int parentIdx = pParent->nCell; /* pParent new divider cell index */
- int parentSize; /* Size of new divider cell */
- u8 parentCell[64]; /* Space for the new divider cell */
-
- /* Allocate a new page. Insert the overflow cell from pPage
- ** into it. Then remove the overflow cell from pPage.
- */
- rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell;
- szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
- zeroPage(pNew, pPage->aData[0]);
- assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
- pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-
- /* Set the parent of the newly allocated page to pParent. */
- pNew->pParent = pParent;
- sqlite3pager_ref(pParent->aData);
-
- /* pPage is currently the right-child of pParent. Change this
- ** so that the right-child is the new page allocated above and
- ** pPage is the next-to-right child.
- */
- assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
- parseCellPtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1), &info);
- rc = fillInCell(pParent, parentCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, &parentSize);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- assert( parentSize<64 );
- rc = insertCell(pParent, parentIdx, parentCell, parentSize, 0, 4);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,parentIdx), pPage->pgno);
- put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
- ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the
- ** cell on the page to an overflow page.
- */
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Release the reference to the new page and balance the parent page,
- ** in case the divider cell inserted caused it to become overfull.
- */
- releasePage(pNew);
- return balance(pParent, 0);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */
-
-/*
-** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
-** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
-** within an expression that is an argument to another macro
-** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
-** So, this macro is defined instead.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
-#else
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine redistributes Cells on pPage and up to NN*2 siblings
-** of pPage so that all pages have about the same amount of free space.
-** Usually NN siblings on either side of pPage is used in the balancing,
-** though more siblings might come from one side if pPage is the first
-** or last child of its parent. If pPage has fewer than 2*NN siblings
-** (something which can only happen if pPage is the root page or a
-** child of root) then all available siblings participate in the balancing.
-**
-** The number of siblings of pPage might be increased or decreased by one or
-** two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. The root page
-** is special and is allowed to be nearly empty. If pPage is
-** the root page, then the depth of the tree might be increased
-** or decreased by one, as necessary, to keep the root page from being
-** overfull or completely empty.
-**
-** Note that when this routine is called, some of the Cells on pPage
-** might not actually be stored in pPage->aData[]. This can happen
-** if the page is overfull. Part of the job of this routine is to
-** make sure all Cells for pPage once again fit in pPage->aData[].
-**
-** In the course of balancing the siblings of pPage, the parent of pPage
-** might become overfull or underfull. If that happens, then this routine
-** is called recursively on the parent.
-**
-** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
-** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should
-** be rolled back.
-*/
-static int balance_nonroot(MemPage *pPage){
- MemPage *pParent; /* The parent of pPage */
- BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */
- int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
- int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
- int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
- int nNew; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
- int nDiv; /* Number of cells in apDiv[] */
- int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */
- int idx; /* Index of pPage in pParent->aCell[] */
- int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
- int rc; /* The return code */
- int leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */
- int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
- int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
- int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
- int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
- int iSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace[] */
- MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */
- Pgno pgnoOld[NB]; /* Page numbers for each page in apOld[] */
- MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
- MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
- Pgno pgnoNew[NB+2]; /* Page numbers for each page in apNew[] */
- u8 *apDiv[NB]; /* Divider cells in pParent */
- int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
- int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
- u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */
- int *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
- u8 *aCopy[NB]; /* Space for holding data of apCopy[] */
- u8 *aSpace; /* Space to hold copies of dividers cells */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- u8 *aFrom = 0;
-#endif
-
- /*
- ** Find the parent page.
- */
- assert( pPage->isInit );
- assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pPage->aData) );
- pBt = pPage->pBt;
- pParent = pPage->pParent;
- assert( pParent );
- if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3pager_write(pParent->aData)) ){
- return rc;
- }
- TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
- /*
- ** A special case: If a new entry has just been inserted into a
- ** table (that is, a btree with integer keys and all data at the leaves)
- ** and the new entry is the right-most entry in the tree (it has the
- ** largest key) then use the special balance_quick() routine for
- ** balancing. balance_quick() is much faster and results in a tighter
- ** packing of data in the common case.
- */
- if( pPage->leaf &&
- pPage->intKey &&
- pPage->leafData &&
- pPage->nOverflow==1 &&
- pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell &&
- pPage->pParent->pgno!=1 &&
- get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pPage->pgno
- ){
- /*
- ** TODO: Check the siblings to the left of pPage. It may be that
- ** they are not full and no new page is required.
- */
- return balance_quick(pPage, pParent);
- }
-#endif
-
- /*
- ** Find the cell in the parent page whose left child points back
- ** to pPage. The "idx" variable is the index of that cell. If pPage
- ** is the rightmost child of pParent then set idx to pParent->nCell
- */
- if( pParent->idxShift ){
- Pgno pgno;
- pgno = pPage->pgno;
- assert( pgno==sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData) );
- for(idx=0; idxnCell; idx++){
- if( get4byte(findCell(pParent, idx))==pgno ){
- break;
- }
- }
- assert( idxnCell
- || get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pgno );
- }else{
- idx = pPage->idxParent;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Initialize variables so that it will be safe to jump
- ** directly to balance_cleanup at any moment.
- */
- nOld = nNew = 0;
- sqlite3pager_ref(pParent->aData);
-
- /*
- ** Find sibling pages to pPage and the cells in pParent that divide
- ** the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on either
- ** side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, if
- ** pPage there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent
- ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
- */
- nxDiv = idx - NN;
- if( nxDiv + NB > pParent->nCell ){
- nxDiv = pParent->nCell - NB + 1;
- }
- if( nxDiv<0 ){
- nxDiv = 0;
- }
- nDiv = 0;
- for(i=0, k=nxDiv; inCell ){
- apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, k);
- nDiv++;
- assert( !pParent->leaf );
- pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
- }else if( k==pParent->nCell ){
- pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]);
- }else{
- break;
- }
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgnoOld[i], &apOld[i], pParent);
- if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
- apOld[i]->idxParent = k;
- apCopy[i] = 0;
- assert( i==nOld );
- nOld++;
- nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow;
- }
-
- /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 2 in order to preserve 8-byte
- ** alignment */
- nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 1)&~1;
-
- /*
- ** Allocate space for memory structures
- */
- apCell = sqliteMallocRaw(
- nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */
- + nMaxCells*sizeof(int) /* szCell */
- + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))*NB /* aCopy */
- + pBt->pageSize*(5+NB) /* aSpace */
- + (ISAUTOVACUUM ? nMaxCells : 0) /* aFrom */
- );
- if( apCell==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto balance_cleanup;
- }
- szCell = (int*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
- aCopy[0] = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
- assert( ((aCopy[0] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
- for(i=1; ipageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))];
- assert( ((aCopy[i] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
- }
- aSpace = &aCopy[NB-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))];
- assert( ((aSpace - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- aFrom = &aSpace[5*pBt->pageSize];
- }
-#endif
-
- /*
- ** Make copies of the content of pPage and its siblings into aOld[].
- ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
- ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
- ** process of being overwritten.
- */
- for(i=0; ipageSize];
- p->aData = &((u8*)p)[-pBt->pageSize];
- memcpy(p->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize + sizeof(MemPage));
- /* The memcpy() above changes the value of p->aData so we have to
- ** set it again. */
- p->aData = &((u8*)p)[-pBt->pageSize];
- }
-
- /*
- ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
- ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells
- ** into space obtained form aSpace[] and remove the the divider Cells
- ** from pParent.
- **
- ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
- ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
- ** into aSpace[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
- ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
- ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[]
- ** are alike.
- **
- ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf.
- ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
- */
- nCell = 0;
- leafCorrection = pPage->leaf*4;
- leafData = pPage->leafData && pPage->leaf;
- for(i=0; inCell+pOld->nOverflow;
- for(j=0; jautoVacuum ){
- int a;
- aFrom[nCell] = i;
- for(a=0; anOverflow; a++){
- if( pOld->aOvfl[a].pCell==apCell[nCell] ){
- aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
- nCell++;
- }
- if( ipageSize*5 );
- memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
- apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF;
- }
-#endif
- dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz);
- szCell[nCell] -= leafCorrection;
- assert( get4byte(pTemp)==pgnoOld[i] );
- if( !pOld->leaf ){
- assert( leafCorrection==0 );
- /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
- ** pointer of the divider cell */
- memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[pOld->hdrOffset+8], 4);
- }else{
- assert( leafCorrection==4 );
- }
- nCell++;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /*
- ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
- ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total
- ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
- ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.
- ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
- **
- ** Values computed by this block:
- **
- ** k: The total number of sibling pages
- ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
- ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
- ** the right of the i-th sibling page.
- ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
- **
- */
- usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
- for(subtotal=k=i=0; i usableSpace ){
- szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
- cntNew[k] = i;
- if( leafData ){ i--; }
- subtotal = 0;
- k++;
- }
- }
- szNew[k] = subtotal;
- cntNew[k] = nCell;
- k++;
-
- /*
- ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
- ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
- ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts
- ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
- **
- ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might
- ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most
- ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional.
- */
- for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
- int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */
- int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
- int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
- int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
-
- r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
- d = r + 1 - leafData;
- assert( d0) or we are the
- ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root
- ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page.
- */
- assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) );
-
- /*
- ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible.
- */
- assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
- pageFlags = pPage->aData[0];
- for(i=0; iaData);
- if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
- }else{
- assert( i>0 );
- rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew[i], pgnoNew[i-1], 0);
- if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
- apNew[i] = pNew;
- }
- nNew++;
- zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
- }
-
- /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
- */
- while( ii ){
- int t;
- MemPage *pT;
- t = pgnoNew[i];
- pT = apNew[i];
- pgnoNew[i] = pgnoNew[minI];
- apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
- pgnoNew[minI] = t;
- apNew[minI] = pT;
- }
- }
- TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
- pgnoOld[0],
- nOld>=2 ? pgnoOld[1] : 0,
- nOld>=3 ? pgnoOld[2] : 0,
- pgnoNew[0], szNew[0],
- nNew>=2 ? pgnoNew[1] : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
- nNew>=3 ? pgnoNew[2] : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
- nNew>=4 ? pgnoNew[3] : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
- nNew>=5 ? pgnoNew[4] : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));
-
- /*
- ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
- ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
- */
- j = 0;
- for(i=0; ipgno==pgnoNew[i] );
- assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
- assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) );
- assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map entries
- ** that point to the siblings that were rearranged. These can be: left
- ** children of cells, the right-child of the page, or overflow pages
- ** pointed to by cells.
- */
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- for(k=j; kpgno!=pNew->pgno ){
- rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, k-j);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto balance_cleanup;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- j = cntNew[i];
-
- /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling,
- ** insert a divider cell into the parent page.
- */
- if( ileaf ){
- memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
- pTemp = 0;
- }else if( leafData ){
- /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves,
- ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider
- ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of
- ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
- */
- CellInfo info;
- j--;
- parseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
- pCell = &aSpace[iSpace];
- fillInCell(pParent, pCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, &sz);
- iSpace += sz;
- assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
- pTemp = 0;
- }else{
- pCell -= 4;
- pTemp = &aSpace[iSpace];
- iSpace += sz;
- assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
- }
- rc = insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, 4);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
- put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,nxDiv), pNew->pgno);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, and not a leaf-data tree,
- ** then update the pointer map with an entry for the overflow page
- ** that the cell just inserted points to (if any).
- */
- if( pBt->autoVacuum && !leafData ){
- rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pParent, nxDiv);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto balance_cleanup;
- }
- }
-#endif
- j++;
- nxDiv++;
- }
- }
- assert( j==nCell );
- assert( nOld>0 );
- assert( nNew>0 );
- if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
- memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8], 4);
- }
- if( nxDiv==pParent->nCell+pParent->nOverflow ){
- /* Right-most sibling is the right-most child of pParent */
- put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
- }else{
- /* Right-most sibling is the left child of the first entry in pParent
- ** past the right-most divider entry */
- put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent, nxDiv), pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
- }
-
- /*
- ** Reparent children of all cells.
- */
- for(i=0; iisInit );
- rc = balance(pParent, 0);
-
- /*
- ** Cleanup before returning.
- */
-balance_cleanup:
- sqliteFree(apCell);
- for(i=0; ipgno, nOld, nNew, nCell));
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called for the root page of a btree when the root
-** page contains no cells. This is an opportunity to make the tree
-** shallower by one level.
-*/
-static int balance_shallower(MemPage *pPage){
- MemPage *pChild; /* The only child page of pPage */
- Pgno pgnoChild; /* Page number for pChild */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subprocedures */
- BtShared *pBt; /* The main BTree structure */
- int mxCellPerPage; /* Maximum number of cells per page */
- u8 **apCell; /* All cells from pages being balanced */
- int *szCell; /* Local size of all cells */
-
- assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
- assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
- pBt = pPage->pBt;
- mxCellPerPage = MX_CELL(pBt);
- apCell = sqliteMallocRaw( mxCellPerPage*(sizeof(u8*)+sizeof(int)) );
- if( apCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- szCell = (int*)&apCell[mxCellPerPage];
- if( pPage->leaf ){
- /* The table is completely empty */
- TRACE(("BALANCE: empty table %d\n", pPage->pgno));
- }else{
- /* The root page is empty but has one child. Transfer the
- ** information from that one child into the root page if it
- ** will fit. This reduces the depth of the tree by one.
- **
- ** If the root page is page 1, it has less space available than
- ** its child (due to the 100 byte header that occurs at the beginning
- ** of the database fle), so it might not be able to hold all of the
- ** information currently contained in the child. If this is the
- ** case, then do not do the transfer. Leave page 1 empty except
- ** for the right-pointer to the child page. The child page becomes
- ** the virtual root of the tree.
- */
- pgnoChild = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- assert( pgnoChild>0 );
- assert( pgnoChild<=sqlite3pager_pagecount(pPage->pBt->pPager) );
- rc = getPage(pPage->pBt, pgnoChild, &pChild);
- if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
- if( pPage->pgno==1 ){
- rc = initPage(pChild, pPage);
- if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
- assert( pChild->nOverflow==0 );
- if( pChild->nFree>=100 ){
- /* The child information will fit on the root page, so do the
- ** copy */
- int i;
- zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0]);
- for(i=0; inCell; i++){
- apCell[i] = findCell(pChild,i);
- szCell[i] = cellSizePtr(pChild, apCell[i]);
- }
- assemblePage(pPage, pChild->nCell, apCell, szCell);
- /* Copy the right-pointer of the child to the parent. */
- put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8],
- get4byte(&pChild->aData[pChild->hdrOffset+8]));
- freePage(pChild);
- TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d transfer to page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
- }else{
- /* The child has more information that will fit on the root.
- ** The tree is already balanced. Do nothing. */
- TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d will not fit on page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
- }
- }else{
- memcpy(pPage->aData, pChild->aData, pPage->pBt->usableSize);
- pPage->isInit = 0;
- pPage->pParent = 0;
- rc = initPage(pPage, 0);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- freePage(pChild);
- TRACE(("BALANCE: transfer child %d into root %d\n",
- pChild->pgno, pPage->pgno));
- }
- rc = reparentChildPages(pPage);
- assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; inCell; i++){
- rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pPage, i);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto end_shallow_balance;
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_shallow_balance;
- releasePage(pChild);
- }
-end_shallow_balance:
- sqliteFree(apCell);
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The root page is overfull
-**
-** When this happens, Create a new child page and copy the
-** contents of the root into the child. Then make the root
-** page an empty page with rightChild pointing to the new
-** child. Finally, call balance_internal() on the new child
-** to cause it to split.
-*/
-static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pPage){
- int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */
- MemPage *pChild; /* Pointer to a new child page */
- Pgno pgnoChild; /* Page number of the new child page */
- BtShared *pBt; /* The BTree */
- int usableSize; /* Total usable size of a page */
- u8 *data; /* Content of the parent page */
- u8 *cdata; /* Content of the child page */
- int hdr; /* Offset to page header in parent */
- int brk; /* Offset to content of first cell in parent */
-
- assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
- assert( pPage->nOverflow>0 );
- pBt = pPage->pBt;
- rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pChild, &pgnoChild, pPage->pgno, 0);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pChild->aData) );
- usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
- data = pPage->aData;
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- cdata = pChild->aData;
- memcpy(cdata, &data[hdr], pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell-hdr);
- memcpy(&cdata[brk], &data[brk], usableSize-brk);
- assert( pChild->isInit==0 );
- rc = initPage(pChild, pPage);
- if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out;
- memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pPage->aOvfl, pPage->nOverflow*sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]));
- pChild->nOverflow = pPage->nOverflow;
- if( pChild->nOverflow ){
- pChild->nFree = 0;
- }
- assert( pChild->nCell==pPage->nCell );
- zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
- put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
- TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pPage->pgno, pChild->pgno));
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- int i;
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pChild->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pPage->pgno);
- if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out;
- for(i=0; inCell; i++){
- rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pChild, i);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
- rc = balance_nonroot(pChild);
-
-balancedeeper_out:
- releasePage(pChild);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decide if the page pPage needs to be balanced. If balancing is
-** required, call the appropriate balancing routine.
-*/
-static int balance(MemPage *pPage, int insert){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pPage->pParent==0 ){
- if( pPage->nOverflow>0 ){
- rc = balance_deeper(pPage);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nCell==0 ){
- rc = balance_shallower(pPage);
- }
- }else{
- if( pPage->nOverflow>0 ||
- (!insert && pPage->nFree>pPage->pBt->usableSize*2/3) ){
- rc = balance_nonroot(pPage);
- }
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks all cursors that point to table pgnoRoot.
-** If any of those cursors were opened with wrFlag==0 in a different
-** database connection (a database connection that shares the pager
-** cache with the current connection) and that other connection
-** is not in the ReadUncommmitted state, then this routine returns
-** SQLITE_LOCKED.
-**
-** In addition to checking for read-locks (where a read-lock
-** means a cursor opened with wrFlag==0) this routine also moves
-** all cursors write cursors so that they are pointing to the
-** first Cell on the root page. This is necessary because an insert
-** or delete might change the number of cells on a page or delete
-** a page entirely and we do not want to leave any cursors
-** pointing to non-existant pages or cells.
-*/
-static int checkReadLocks(Btree *pBtree, Pgno pgnoRoot, BtCursor *pExclude){
- BtCursor *p;
- BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
- sqlite3 *db = pBtree->pSqlite;
- for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p==pExclude ) continue;
- if( p->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) continue;
- if( p->pgnoRoot!=pgnoRoot ) continue;
- if( p->wrFlag==0 ){
- sqlite3 *dbOther = p->pBtree->pSqlite;
- if( dbOther==0 ||
- (dbOther!=db && (dbOther->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)==0) ){
- return SQLITE_LOCKED;
- }
- }else if( p->pPage->pgno!=p->pgnoRoot ){
- moveToRoot(p);
- }
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
-** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to
-** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor
-** is left pointing at a random location.
-**
-** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is
-** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
- const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */
- const void *pData, int nData /* The data of the new record */
-){
- int rc;
- int loc;
- int szNew;
- MemPage *pPage;
- BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt;
- unsigned char *oldCell;
- unsigned char *newCell = 0;
-
- if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
- /* Must start a transaction before doing an insert */
- return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- assert( !pBt->readOnly );
- if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
- return SQLITE_PERM; /* Cursor not open for writing */
- }
- if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){
- return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
- }
-
- /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table */
- restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur, 0);
- if(
- SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur)) ||
- SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, &loc))
- ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- pPage = pCur->pPage;
- assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
- assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->leafData );
- TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
- pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
- loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
- assert( pPage->isInit );
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- newCell = sqliteMallocRaw( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
- if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, &szNew);
- if( rc ) goto end_insert;
- assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
- assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
- if( loc==0 && CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ){
- int szOld;
- assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell );
- oldCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
- }
- szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
- rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
- if( rc ) goto end_insert;
- dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, szOld);
- }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
- assert( pPage->leaf );
- pCur->idx++;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- }else{
- assert( pPage->leaf );
- }
- rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_insert;
- rc = balance(pPage, 1);
- /* sqlite3BtreePageDump(pCur->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, 1); */
- /* fflush(stdout); */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- moveToRoot(pCur);
- }
-end_insert:
- sqliteFree(newCell);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor
-** is left pointing at a random location.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
- MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
- unsigned char *pCell;
- int rc;
- Pgno pgnoChild = 0;
- BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt;
-
- assert( pPage->isInit );
- if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
- /* Must start a transaction before doing a delete */
- return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- assert( !pBt->readOnly );
- if( pCur->idx >= pPage->nCell ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR; /* The cursor is not pointing to anything */
- }
- if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
- return SQLITE_PERM; /* Did not open this cursor for writing */
- }
- if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){
- return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
- }
-
- /* Restore the current cursor position (a no-op if the cursor is not in
- ** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state) and save the positions of any other cursors
- ** open on the same table. Then call sqlite3pager_write() on the page
- ** that the entry will be deleted from.
- */
- if(
- (rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur, 1))!=0 ||
- (rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur))!=0 ||
- (rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData))!=0
- ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* Locate the cell within it's page and leave pCell pointing to the
- ** data. The clearCell() call frees any overflow pages associated with the
- ** cell. The cell itself is still intact.
- */
- pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- pgnoChild = get4byte(pCell);
- }
- rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
- if( rc ) return rc;
-
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- /*
- ** The entry we are about to delete is not a leaf so if we do not
- ** do something we will leave a hole on an internal page.
- ** We have to fill the hole by moving in a cell from a leaf. The
- ** next Cell after the one to be deleted is guaranteed to exist and
- ** to be a leaf so we can use it.
- */
- BtCursor leafCur;
- unsigned char *pNext;
- int szNext = 0; /* The compiler warning is wrong: szNext is always
- ** initialized before use. Adding an extra initialization
- ** to silence the compiler slows down the code. */
- int notUsed;
- unsigned char *tempCell = 0;
- assert( !pPage->leafData );
- getTempCursor(pCur, &leafCur);
- rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, ¬Used);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(leafCur.pPage->aData);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete internal from %d replace from leaf %d\n",
- pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno, leafCur.pPage->pgno));
- dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
- pNext = findCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx);
- szNext = cellSizePtr(leafCur.pPage, pNext);
- assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=szNext+4 );
- tempCell = sqliteMallocRaw( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
- if( tempCell==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, pNext-4, szNext+4, tempCell, 0);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- put4byte(findOverflowCell(pPage, pCur->idx), pgnoChild);
- rc = balance(pPage, 0);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- dropCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx, szNext);
- rc = balance(leafCur.pPage, 0);
- }
- sqliteFree(tempCell);
- releaseTempCursor(&leafCur);
- }else{
- TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete from leaf %d\n",
- pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno));
- dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
- rc = balance(pPage, 0);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- moveToRoot(pCur);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page
-** number for the root page of the new table.
-**
-** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the
-** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for
-** flags might not work:
-**
-** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
-** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- MemPage *pRoot;
- Pgno pgnoRoot;
- int rc;
- if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
- /* Must start a transaction first */
- return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- assert( !pBt->readOnly );
-
- /* It is illegal to create a table if any cursors are open on the
- ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
- ** need to move a database page to make room for the new root-page.
- ** If an open cursor was using the page a problem would occur.
- */
- if( pBt->pCursor ){
- return SQLITE_LOCKED;
- }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
- if( rc ) return rc;
-#else
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
- MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */
-
- /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
- ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
- ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
- */
- rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &pgnoRoot);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- pgnoRoot++;
-
- /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
- ** PENDING_BYTE page.
- */
- if( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) ||
- pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- pgnoRoot++;
- }
- assert( pgnoRoot>=3 );
-
- /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
- ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
- ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
- */
- rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
- u8 eType;
- Pgno iPtrPage;
-
- releasePage(pPageMove);
- rc = getPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
- releasePage(pRoot);
- return rc;
- }
- assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
- assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pRoot->aData);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pRoot);
- return rc;
- }
- rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove);
- releasePage(pRoot);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = getPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pRoot->aData);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pRoot);
- return rc;
- }
- }else{
- pRoot = pPageMove;
- }
-
- /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
- rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0);
- if( rc ){
- releasePage(pRoot);
- return rc;
- }
- rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot);
- if( rc ){
- releasePage(pRoot);
- return rc;
- }
-
- }else{
- rc = allocatePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
-#endif
- assert( sqlite3pager_iswriteable(pRoot->aData) );
- zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF);
- sqlite3pager_unref(pRoot->aData);
- *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return
-** the page to the freelist.
-*/
-static int clearDatabasePage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */
- Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */
- MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page. NULL for the root */
- int freePageFlag /* Deallocate page if true */
-){
- MemPage *pPage = 0;
- int rc;
- unsigned char *pCell;
- int i;
-
- if( pgno>(Pgno)sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
-
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, pParent);
- if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage->aData);
- if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
- for(i=0; inCell; i++){
- pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage->pParent, 1);
- if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
- }
- rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
- if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
- }
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), pPage->pParent, 1);
- if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
- }
- if( freePageFlag ){
- rc = freePage(pPage);
- }else{
- zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF);
- }
-
-cleardatabasepage_out:
- releasePage(pPage);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is
-** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns,
-** the root page is empty, but still exists.
-**
-** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
-** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the
-** root of the table.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
- return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- rc = checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* Save the position of all cursors open on this table */
- if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, iTable, 0)) ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- return clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
-** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
-** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
-**
-** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
-** cursors on the table.
-**
-** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
-** root page in the database file, then the last root page
-** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
-** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
-** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all
-** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
-** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the
-** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
-** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
-** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
-** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
- int rc;
- MemPage *pPage = 0;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
- if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
- return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
-
- /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the
- ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
- ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted
- ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would
- ** occur.
- */
- if( pBt->pCursor ){
- return SQLITE_LOCKED;
- }
-
- rc = getPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable);
- if( rc ){
- releasePage(pPage);
- return rc;
- }
-
- *piMoved = 0;
-
- if( iTable>1 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- rc = freePage(pPage);
- releasePage(pPage);
-#else
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- Pgno maxRootPgno;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &maxRootPgno);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pPage);
- return rc;
- }
-
- if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
- /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
- ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list.
- */
- rc = freePage(pPage);
- releasePage(pPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }else{
- /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
- ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the
- ** gap left by the deleted root-page.
- */
- MemPage *pMove;
- releasePage(pPage);
- rc = getPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable);
- releasePage(pMove);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = getPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = freePage(pMove);
- releasePage(pMove);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- *piMoved = maxRootPgno;
- }
-
- /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
- ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
- ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
- ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
- */
- maxRootPgno--;
- if( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- maxRootPgno--;
- }
- if( maxRootPgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){
- maxRootPgno--;
- }
- assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-
- rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno);
- }else{
- rc = freePage(pPage);
- releasePage(pPage);
- }
-#endif
- }else{
- /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. */
- zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
- releasePage(pPage);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0]
-** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1]
-** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0]
-** is read-only, the others are read/write.
-**
-** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema
-** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
-** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
- int rc;
- unsigned char *pP1;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
- /* Reading a meta-data value requires a read-lock on page 1 (and hence
- ** the sqlite_master table. We grab this lock regardless of whether or
- ** not the SQLITE_ReadUncommitted flag is set (the table rooted at page
- ** 1 is treated as a special case by queryTableLock() and lockTable()).
- */
- rc = queryTableLock(p, 1, READ_LOCK);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
- rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBt->pPager, 1, (void**)&pP1);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- *pMeta = get4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4]);
- sqlite3pager_unref(pP1);
-
- /* If autovacuumed is disabled in this build but we are trying to
- ** access an autovacuumed database, then make the database readonly.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( idx==4 && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1;
-#endif
-
- /* Grab the read-lock on page 1. */
- rc = lockTable(p, 1, READ_LOCK);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is
-** read-only and may not be written.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- unsigned char *pP1;
- int rc;
- assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
- if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
- return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
- pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pP1);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the flag byte at the beginning of the page that the cursor
-** is currently pointing to.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor *pCur){
- /* TODO: What about CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state? Probably need to call
- ** restoreOrClearCursorPosition() here.
- */
- MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
- return pPage ? pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset] : 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Print a disassembly of the given page on standard output. This routine
-** is used for debugging and testing only.
-*/
-static int btreePageDump(BtShared *pBt, int pgno, int recursive, MemPage *pParent){
- int rc;
- MemPage *pPage;
- int i, j, c;
- int nFree;
- u16 idx;
- int hdr;
- int nCell;
- int isInit;
- unsigned char *data;
- char range[20];
- unsigned char payload[20];
-
- rc = getPage(pBt, (Pgno)pgno, &pPage);
- isInit = pPage->isInit;
- if( pPage->isInit==0 ){
- initPage(pPage, pParent);
- }
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- data = pPage->aData;
- c = data[hdr];
- pPage->intKey = (c & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0;
- pPage->zeroData = (c & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0;
- pPage->leafData = (c & PTF_LEAFDATA)!=0;
- pPage->leaf = (c & PTF_LEAF)!=0;
- pPage->hasData = !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData));
- nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("PAGE %d: flags=0x%02x frag=%d parent=%d\n", pgno,
- data[hdr], data[hdr+7],
- (pPage->isInit && pPage->pParent) ? pPage->pParent->pgno : 0);
- assert( hdr == (pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
- idx = hdr + 12 - pPage->leaf*4;
- for(i=0; ileaf ){
- child = 0;
- }else{
- child = get4byte(pCell);
- }
- sz = info.nData;
- if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += info.nKey;
- if( sz>sizeof(payload)-1 ) sz = sizeof(payload)-1;
- memcpy(payload, &pCell[info.nHeader], sz);
- for(j=0; j0x7f ) payload[j] = '.';
- }
- payload[sz] = 0;
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(
- "cell %2d: i=%-10s chld=%-4d nk=%-4lld nd=%-4d payload=%s\n",
- i, range, child, info.nKey, info.nData, payload
- );
- }
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("right_child: %d\n", get4byte(&data[hdr+8]));
- }
- nFree = 0;
- i = 0;
- idx = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
- while( idx>0 && idxpBt->usableSize ){
- int sz = get2byte(&data[idx+2]);
- sprintf(range,"%d..%d", idx, idx+sz-1);
- nFree += sz;
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("freeblock %2d: i=%-10s size=%-4d total=%d\n",
- i, range, sz, nFree);
- idx = get2byte(&data[idx]);
- i++;
- }
- if( idx!=0 ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("ERROR: next freeblock index out of range: %d\n", idx);
- }
- if( recursive && !pPage->leaf ){
- for(i=0; iisInit = isInit;
- sqlite3pager_unref(data);
- fflush(stdout);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree *p, int pgno, int recursive){
- return btreePageDump(p->pBt, pgno, recursive, 0);
-}
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Fill aResult[] with information about the entry and page that the
-** cursor is pointing to.
-**
-** aResult[0] = The page number
-** aResult[1] = The entry number
-** aResult[2] = Total number of entries on this page
-** aResult[3] = Cell size (local payload + header)
-** aResult[4] = Number of free bytes on this page
-** aResult[5] = Number of free blocks on the page
-** aResult[6] = Total payload size (local + overflow)
-** aResult[7] = Header size in bytes
-** aResult[8] = Local payload size
-** aResult[9] = Parent page number
-** aResult[10]= Page number of the first overflow page
-**
-** This routine is used for testing and debugging only.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor *pCur, int *aResult, int upCnt){
- int cnt, idx;
- MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
- BtCursor tmpCur;
-
- int rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- assert( pPage->isInit );
- getTempCursor(pCur, &tmpCur);
- while( upCnt-- ){
- moveToParent(&tmpCur);
- }
- pPage = tmpCur.pPage;
- aResult[0] = sqlite3pager_pagenumber(pPage->aData);
- assert( aResult[0]==pPage->pgno );
- aResult[1] = tmpCur.idx;
- aResult[2] = pPage->nCell;
- if( tmpCur.idx>=0 && tmpCur.idxnCell ){
- getCellInfo(&tmpCur);
- aResult[3] = tmpCur.info.nSize;
- aResult[6] = tmpCur.info.nData;
- aResult[7] = tmpCur.info.nHeader;
- aResult[8] = tmpCur.info.nLocal;
- }else{
- aResult[3] = 0;
- aResult[6] = 0;
- aResult[7] = 0;
- aResult[8] = 0;
- }
- aResult[4] = pPage->nFree;
- cnt = 0;
- idx = get2byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+1]);
- while( idx>0 && idxpBt->usableSize ){
- cnt++;
- idx = get2byte(&pPage->aData[idx]);
- }
- aResult[5] = cnt;
- if( pPage->pParent==0 || isRootPage(pPage) ){
- aResult[9] = 0;
- }else{
- aResult[9] = pPage->pParent->pgno;
- }
- if( tmpCur.info.iOverflow ){
- aResult[10] = get4byte(&tmpCur.info.pCell[tmpCur.info.iOverflow]);
- }else{
- aResult[10] = 0;
- }
- releaseTempCursor(&tmpCur);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for
-** testing and debugging only.
-*/
-Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){
- return p->pBt->pPager;
-}
-
-/*
-** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
-** in order to keep track of some global state information.
-*/
-typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
-struct IntegrityCk {
- BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */
- Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
- int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
- int *anRef; /* Number of times each page is referenced */
- int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
- char *zErrMsg; /* An error message. NULL if no errors seen. */
- int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
-};
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** Append a message to the error message string.
-*/
-static void checkAppendMsg(
- IntegrityCk *pCheck,
- char *zMsg1,
- const char *zFormat,
- ...
-){
- va_list ap;
- char *zMsg2;
- if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
- pCheck->mxErr--;
- pCheck->nErr++;
- va_start(ap, zFormat);
- zMsg2 = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
- va_end(ap);
- if( zMsg1==0 ) zMsg1 = "";
- if( pCheck->zErrMsg ){
- char *zOld = pCheck->zErrMsg;
- pCheck->zErrMsg = 0;
- sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zOld, "\n", zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0);
- sqliteFree(zOld);
- }else{
- sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0);
- }
- sqliteFree(zMsg2);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second
-** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
-** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
-** if this is the first reference to the page.
-**
-** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
-*/
-static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, int iPage, char *zContext){
- if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
- if( iPage>pCheck->nPage || iPage<0 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
- return 1;
- }
- if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
- return 1;
- }
- return (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to
-** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
-** to pCheck.
-*/
-static void checkPtrmap(
- IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */
- Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */
- u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */
- Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
- char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */
-){
- int rc;
- u8 ePtrmapType;
- Pgno iPtrmapParent;
-
- rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
- return;
- }
-
- if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)",
- iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
-** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
-*/
-static void checkList(
- IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */
- int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */
- int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */
- int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */
- char *zContext /* Context for error messages */
-){
- int i;
- int expected = N;
- int iFirst = iPage;
- while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
- unsigned char *pOvfl;
- if( iPage<1 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
- N+1, expected, iFirst);
- break;
- }
- if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
- if( sqlite3pager_get(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, (void**)&pOvfl) ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
- break;
- }
- if( isFreeList ){
- int n = get4byte(&pOvfl[4]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
- }
-#endif
- if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-8 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
- N--;
- }else{
- for(i=0; ipBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
- }
-#endif
- checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext);
- }
- N -= n;
- }
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- else{
- /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
- ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
- ** the following page matches iPage.
- */
- if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
- i = get4byte(pOvfl);
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext);
- }
- }
-#endif
- iPage = get4byte(pOvfl);
- sqlite3pager_unref(pOvfl);
- }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return
-** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages
-** return 1, and so forth.
-**
-** These checks are done:
-**
-** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
-** but combine to completely cover the page.
-** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order.
-** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
-** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
-** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages.
-** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
-** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
-** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
-** the root of the tree.
-*/
-static int checkTreePage(
- IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */
- int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */
- MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page */
- char *zParentContext /* Parent context */
-){
- MemPage *pPage;
- int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
- int hdr, cellStart;
- int nCell;
- u8 *data;
- BtShared *pBt;
- int usableSize;
- char zContext[100];
- char *hit;
-
- sprintf(zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage);
-
- /* Check that the page exists
- */
- pBt = pCheck->pBt;
- usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
- if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
- if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
- if( (rc = getPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage))!=0 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
- return 0;
- }
- if( (rc = initPage(pPage, pParent))!=0 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "initPage() returns error code %d", rc);
- releasePage(pPage);
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* Check out all the cells.
- */
- depth = 0;
- for(i=0; inCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
- u8 *pCell;
- int sz;
- CellInfo info;
-
- /* Check payload overflow pages
- */
- sprintf(zContext, "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);
- pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
- parseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- sz = info.nData;
- if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey;
- if( sz>info.nLocal ){
- int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
- Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext);
- }
-#endif
- checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext);
- }
-
- /* Check sanity of left child page.
- */
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- pgno = get4byte(pCell);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
- }
-#endif
- d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck,pgno,pPage,zContext);
- if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
- }
- depth = d2;
- }
- }
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- sprintf(zContext, "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, 0);
- }
-#endif
- checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, pPage, zContext);
- }
-
- /* Check for complete coverage of the page
- */
- data = pPage->aData;
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- hit = sqliteMalloc( usableSize );
- if( hit ){
- memset(hit, 1, get2byte(&data[hdr+5]));
- nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
- cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
- for(i=0; i=usableSize || pc<0 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
- "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0);
- }else{
- for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
- }
- }
- for(cnt=0, i=get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); i>0 && i=usableSize || i<0 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
- "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0);
- }else{
- for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
- }
- i = get2byte(&data[i]);
- }
- for(i=cnt=0; i1 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
- "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
- break;
- }
- }
- if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
- "Fragmented space is %d byte reported as %d on page %d",
- cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
- }
- }
- sqliteFree(hit);
-
- releasePage(pPage);
- return depth+1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is
-** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
-** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
-**
-** If everything checks out, this routine returns NULL. If something is
-** amiss, an error message is written into memory obtained from malloc()
-** and a pointer to that error message is returned. The calling function
-** is responsible for freeing the error message when it is done.
-*/
-char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
- Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */
- int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
- int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
- int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
- int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
-){
- int i;
- int nRef;
- IntegrityCk sCheck;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
- nRef = sqlite3pager_refcount(pBt->pPager);
- if( lockBtreeWithRetry(p)!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return sqliteStrDup("Unable to acquire a read lock on the database");
- }
- sCheck.pBt = pBt;
- sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
- sCheck.nPage = sqlite3pager_pagecount(sCheck.pPager);
- sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
- sCheck.nErr = 0;
- *pnErr = 0;
- if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
- return 0;
- }
- sCheck.anRef = sqliteMallocRaw( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) );
- if( !sCheck.anRef ){
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
- *pnErr = 1;
- return sqlite3MPrintf("Unable to malloc %d bytes",
- (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]));
- }
- for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; }
- i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
- if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){
- sCheck.anRef[i] = 1;
- }
- sCheck.zErrMsg = 0;
-
- /* Check the integrity of the freelist
- */
- checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
- get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");
-
- /* Check all the tables.
- */
- for(i=0; iautoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
- checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0);
- }
-#endif
- checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], 0, "List of tree roots: ");
- }
-
- /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
- */
- for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
- }
-#else
- /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
- ** references to pointer-map pages.
- */
- if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 &&
- (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
- }
- if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 &&
- (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
- }
-#endif
- }
-
- /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages
- */
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
- if( nRef != sqlite3pager_refcount(pBt->pPager) ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0,
- "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
- nRef, sqlite3pager_refcount(pBt->pPager)
- );
- }
-
- /* Clean up and report errors.
- */
- sqliteFree(sCheck.anRef);
- *pnErr = sCheck.nErr;
- return sCheck.zErrMsg;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){
- assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
- return sqlite3pager_filename(p->pBt->pPager);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the pathname of the directory that contains the database file.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *p){
- assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
- return sqlite3pager_dirname(p->pBt->pPager);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
-** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
-** has been created or not.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){
- assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
- return sqlite3pager_journalname(p->pBt->pPager);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
-/*
-** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction
-** must be active for both files.
-**
-** The size of file pBtFrom may be reduced by this operation.
-** If anything goes wrong, the transaction on pBtFrom is rolled back.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Pgno i, nPage, nToPage, iSkip;
-
- BtShared *pBtTo = pTo->pBt;
- BtShared *pBtFrom = pFrom->pBt;
-
- if( pTo->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pFrom->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- if( pBtTo->pCursor ) return SQLITE_BUSY;
- nToPage = sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBtTo->pPager);
- nPage = sqlite3pager_pagecount(pBtFrom->pPager);
- iSkip = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtTo);
- for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=nPage; i++){
- void *pPage;
- if( i==iSkip ) continue;
- rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBtFrom->pPager, i, &pPage);
- if( rc ) break;
- rc = sqlite3pager_overwrite(pBtTo->pPager, i, pPage);
- sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
- }
- for(i=nPage+1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=nToPage; i++){
- void *pPage;
- if( i==iSkip ) continue;
- rc = sqlite3pager_get(pBtTo->pPager, i, &pPage);
- if( rc ) break;
- rc = sqlite3pager_write(pPage);
- sqlite3pager_unref(pPage);
- sqlite3pager_dont_write(pBtTo->pPager, i);
- }
- if( !rc && nPagepPager, nPage);
- }
- if( rc ){
- sqlite3BtreeRollback(pTo);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){
- return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
-}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a statement transaction is active.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree *p){
- return (p->pBt && p->pBt->inStmt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
- return (p && (p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE));
-}
-
-/*
-** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
-**
-** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
-** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
-** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file
-** (single database transaction).
-**
-** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
-** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
-**
-** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
-** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSync(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- Pgno nTrunc = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt, &nTrunc);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
-#endif
- rc = sqlite3pager_sync(pBt->pPager, zMaster, nTrunc);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
-** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for it's own
-** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with
-** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
-**
-** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
-** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent
-** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
-** of memory returned.
-**
-** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the
-** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the
-** blob of allocated memory. This function should not call sqliteFree()
-** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
-*/
-void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- if( !pBt->pSchema ){
- pBt->pSchema = sqliteMalloc(nBytes);
- pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree;
- }
- return pBt->pSchema;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if another user of the same shared btree as the argument
-** handle holds an exclusive lock on the sqlite_master table.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
- return (queryTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK)!=SQLITE_OK);
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The
-** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
-** if it is false.
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- u8 lockType = (isWriteLock?WRITE_LOCK:READ_LOCK);
- rc = queryTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = lockTable(p, iTab, lockType);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following debugging interface has to be in this file (rather
-** than in, for example, test1.c) so that it can get access to
-** the definition of BtShared.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(TCLSH)
-#include
-int sqlite3_shared_cache_report(
- void * clientData,
- Tcl_Interp *interp,
- int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- const ThreadData *pTd = sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly();
- if( pTd->useSharedData ){
- BtShared *pBt;
- Tcl_Obj *pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
- for(pBt=pTd->pBtree; pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
- const char *zFile = sqlite3pager_filename(pBt->pPager);
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zFile, -1));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(pBt->nRef));
- }
- Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRet);
- }
-#endif
- return TCL_OK;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.h b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b99b7b93..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/btree.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
-** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description
-** of what each interface routine does.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: btree.h 3426 2007-03-21 20:19:37Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-#ifndef _BTREE_H_
-#define _BTREE_H_
-
-/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
-** needs to be revisited.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10
-
-/*
-** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
-** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
- #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Forward declarations of structure
-*/
-typedef struct Btree Btree;
-typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
-typedef struct BtShared BtShared;
-
-
-int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */
- sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */
- Btree **, /* Return open Btree* here */
- int flags /* Flags */
-);
-
-/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
-** following values.
-**
-** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
-** pager.h.
-*/
-#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not use journal. No argument */
-#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK 2 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
-#define BTREE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory DB. No argument */
-
-int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree*,BusyHandler*);
-int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
-int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int);
-int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int);
-int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
-int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
-int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
-int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
-int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeSync(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
-void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
-int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *);
-int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *, int, u8);
-
-const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
-const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *);
-const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
-int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
-
-/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
-** of the following flags:
-*/
-#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
-#define BTREE_ZERODATA 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */
-#define BTREE_LEAFDATA 4 /* Data stored in leaves only. Implies INTKEY */
-
-int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
-int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int);
-int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue);
-int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
-
-int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
- Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */
- int iTable, /* Index of root page */
- int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */
- int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), /* Key comparison function */
- void*, /* First argument to compare function */
- BtCursor **ppCursor /* Returned cursor */
-);
-
-void sqlite3BtreeSetCompare(
- BtCursor *,
- int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
- void*
-);
-
-int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
-int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, int *pRes);
-int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
-int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
- const void *pData, int nData);
-int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
-int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*);
-int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
-int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
-const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
-int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
-int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-
-char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
-struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
-void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree*, int, int recursive);
-#else
-#define sqlite3BtreePageDump(X,Y,Z) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/build.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/build.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a1da534..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/build.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3360 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
-** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the
-** following kinds of SQL syntax:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE
-** DROP TABLE
-** CREATE INDEX
-** DROP INDEX
-** creating ID lists
-** BEGIN TRANSACTION
-** COMMIT
-** ROLLBACK
-**
-** $Id: build.c 3426 2007-03-21 20:19:37Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
-** be parsed. Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
-*/
-void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
- pParse->explain = explainFlag;
- pParse->nVar = 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and
-** codeTableLocks() functions.
-*/
-struct TableLock {
- int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */
- int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */
- u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */
- const char *zName; /* Name of the table */
-};
-
-/*
-** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.
-**
-** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
-** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
-**
-** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The
-** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to
-** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding().
-*/
-void sqlite3TableLock(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */
- int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
- u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */
- const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */
-){
- int i;
- int nBytes;
- TableLock *p;
-
- if( 0==sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData || iDb<0 ){
- return;
- }
-
- for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){
- p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
- if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){
- p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock);
- return;
- }
- }
-
- nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pParse->nTableLock+1);
- sqliteReallocOrFree((void **)&pParse->aTableLock, nBytes);
- if( pParse->aTableLock ){
- p = &pParse->aTableLock[pParse->nTableLock++];
- p->iDb = iDb;
- p->iTab = iTab;
- p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock;
- p->zName = zName;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the
-** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()).
-*/
-static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){
- int i;
- Vdbe *pVdbe;
- assert( sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData || pParse->nTableLock==0 );
-
- if( 0==(pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse)) ){
- return;
- }
-
- for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){
- TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
- int p1 = p->iDb;
- if( p->isWriteLock ){
- p1 = -1*(p1+1);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->zName, P3_STATIC);
- }
-}
-#else
- #define codeTableLocks(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
-** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
-** prepared. This routine puts the finishing touches on the
-** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
-** parse.
-**
-** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
-** no VDBE code was generated.
-*/
-void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
- sqlite3 *db;
- Vdbe *v;
-
- if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return;
- if( pParse->nested ) return;
- if( !pParse->pVdbe ){
- if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->nErr ){
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- return;
- }
- }
-
- /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
- ** vdbe program
- */
- db = pParse->db;
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-
- /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
- ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are
- ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a
- ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
- ** on each used database.
- */
- if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){
- u32 mask;
- int iDb;
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1);
- for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDbnDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
- if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]);
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( pParse->pVirtualLock ){
- char *vtab = (char *)pParse->pVirtualLock->pVtab;
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, vtab, P3_VTAB);
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened,
- ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the
- ** shared-cache feature is enabled.
- */
- codeTableLocks(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto);
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- /* Add a No-op that contains the complete text of the compiled SQL
- ** statement as its P3 argument. This does not change the functionality
- ** of the program.
- **
- ** This is used to implement sqlite3_trace().
- */
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Noop, 0, 0, pParse->zSql, pParse->zTail-pParse->zSql);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
- }
-
-
- /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
- */
- if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
- FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0;
- sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace);
- sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem+3,
- pParse->nTab+3, pParse->explain);
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
- }else if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- pParse->nTab = 0;
- pParse->nMem = 0;
- pParse->nSet = 0;
- pParse->nVar = 0;
- pParse->cookieMask = 0;
- pParse->cookieGoto = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
-** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
-** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively
-** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
-** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the
-** outermost parser.
-**
-** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit
-** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use
-** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes.
-*/
-void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
- va_list ap;
- char *zSql;
-# define SAVE_SZ (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar))
- char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ];
-
- if( pParse->nErr ) return;
- assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */
- va_start(ap, zFormat);
- zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
- va_end(ap);
- if( zSql==0 ){
- return; /* A malloc must have failed */
- }
- pParse->nested++;
- memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ);
- memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ);
- sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, 0);
- sqliteFree(zSql);
- memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
- pParse->nested--;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
-** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
-** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found.
-**
-** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
-** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table
-** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
-** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
-**
-** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
-*/
-Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
- Table *p = 0;
- int i;
- assert( zName!=0 );
- for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){
- int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
- if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
- p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1);
- if( p ) break;
- }
- return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
-** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
-** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an
-** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
-**
-** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this
-** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
-** sqlite3FindTable() does not.
-*/
-Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, const char *zDbase){
- Table *p;
-
- /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
- ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
- return 0;
- }
-
- p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
- if( p==0 ){
- if( zDbase ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s.%s", zDbase, zName);
- }else{
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zName);
- }
- pParse->checkSchema = 1;
- }
- return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes
-** a particular index given the name of that index
-** and the name of the database that contains the index.
-** Return NULL if not found.
-**
-** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
-** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking
-** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is
-** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
-** using the ATTACH command.
-*/
-Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
- Index *p = 0;
- int i;
- for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){
- int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
- Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
- if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
- assert( pSchema || (j==1 && !db->aDb[1].pBt) );
- if( pSchema ){
- p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1);
- }
- if( p ) break;
- }
- return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Reclaim the memory used by an index
-*/
-static void freeIndex(Index *p){
- sqliteFree(p->zColAff);
- sqliteFree(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free
-** its memory structures.
-**
-** The index is removed from the database hash tables but
-** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes.
-** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function.
-*/
-static void sqliteDeleteIndex(Index *p){
- Index *pOld;
- const char *zName = p->zName;
-
- pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->idxHash, zName, strlen( zName)+1, 0);
- assert( pOld==0 || pOld==p );
- freeIndex(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
-** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
-** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
-** with the index.
-*/
-void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
- Index *pIndex;
- int len;
- Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
-
- len = strlen(zIdxName);
- pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len+1, 0);
- if( pIndex ){
- if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
- pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
- }else{
- Index *p;
- for(p=pIndex->pTable->pIndex; p && p->pNext!=pIndex; p=p->pNext){}
- if( p && p->pNext==pIndex ){
- p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
- }
- }
- freeIndex(pIndex);
- }
- db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of
-** a single database. This routine is called to reclaim memory
-** before the database closes. It is also called during a rollback
-** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a
-** schema-cookie mismatch occurs.
-**
-** If iDb<=0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database
-** files. If iDb>=2 then reset the internal schema for only the
-** single file indicated.
-*/
-void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
- int i, j;
-
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
- for(i=iDb; inDb; i++){
- Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
- if( pDb->pSchema ){
- sqlite3SchemaFree(pDb->pSchema);
- }
- if( iDb>0 ) return;
- }
- assert( iDb==0 );
- db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
-
- /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed,
- ** then remove them from the auxiliary database list. We take the
- ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the
- ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes
- ** to any of those tables.
- */
- for(i=0; inDb; i++){
- struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
- if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
- if( pDb->pAux && pDb->xFreeAux ) pDb->xFreeAux(pDb->pAux);
- pDb->pAux = 0;
- }
- }
- for(i=j=2; inDb; i++){
- struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
- if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
- sqliteFree(pDb->zName);
- pDb->zName = 0;
- continue;
- }
- if( jaDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
- }
- j++;
- }
- memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j]));
- db->nDb = j;
- if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
- memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
- sqliteFree(db->aDb);
- db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called whenever a rollback occurs. If there were
-** schema changes during the transaction, then we have to reset the
-** internal hash tables and reload them from disk.
-*/
-void sqlite3RollbackInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
-*/
-void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
- db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the column names from a table or view.
-*/
-static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){
- int i;
- Column *pCol;
- assert( pTable!=0 );
- if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){
- for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){
- sqliteFree(pCol->zName);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pCol->pDflt);
- sqliteFree(pCol->zType);
- sqliteFree(pCol->zColl);
- }
- sqliteFree(pTable->aCol);
- }
- pTable->aCol = 0;
- pTable->nCol = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
-** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine.
-**
-** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink
-** the table data structure from the hash table. Nor does it remove
-** foreign keys from the sqlite.aFKey hash table. But it does destroy
-** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with
-** the table.
-**
-** Indices associated with the table are unlinked from the "db"
-** data structure if db!=NULL. If db==NULL, indices attached to
-** the table are deleted, but it is assumed they have already been
-** unlinked.
-*/
-void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
- Index *pIndex, *pNext;
- FKey *pFKey, *pNextFKey;
-
- db = 0;
-
- if( pTable==0 ) return;
-
- /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */
- pTable->nRef--;
- if( pTable->nRef>0 ){
- return;
- }
- assert( pTable->nRef==0 );
-
- /* Delete all indices associated with this table
- */
- for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
- pNext = pIndex->pNext;
- assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
- sqliteDeleteIndex(pIndex);
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- /* Delete all foreign keys associated with this table. The keys
- ** should have already been unlinked from the db->aFKey hash table
- */
- for(pFKey=pTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNextFKey){
- pNextFKey = pFKey->pNextFrom;
- assert( sqlite3HashFind(&pTable->pSchema->aFKey,
- pFKey->zTo, strlen(pFKey->zTo)+1)!=pFKey );
- sqliteFree(pFKey);
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Delete the Table structure itself.
- */
- sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable);
- sqliteFree(pTable->zName);
- sqliteFree(pTable->zColAff);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pTable->pSelect);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pTable->pCheck);
-#endif
- sqlite3VtabClear(pTable);
- sqliteFree(pTable);
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
-** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
-*/
-void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
- Table *p;
- FKey *pF1, *pF2;
- Db *pDb;
-
- assert( db!=0 );
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
- assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] );
- pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, strlen(zTabName)+1,0);
- if( p ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- for(pF1=p->pFKey; pF1; pF1=pF1->pNextFrom){
- int nTo = strlen(pF1->zTo) + 1;
- pF2 = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo);
- if( pF2==pF1 ){
- sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo, pF1->pNextTo);
- }else{
- while( pF2 && pF2->pNextTo!=pF1 ){ pF2=pF2->pNextTo; }
- if( pF2 ){
- pF2->pNextTo = pF1->pNextTo;
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
- sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
- }
- db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
-** token with any quotations removed. Space to hold the returned string
-** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
-** function.
-**
-** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so
-** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string
-** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
-*/
-char *sqlite3NameFromToken(Token *pName){
- char *zName;
- if( pName ){
- zName = sqliteStrNDup((char*)pName->z, pName->n);
- sqlite3Dequote(zName);
- }else{
- zName = 0;
- }
- return zName;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
-** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
-*/
-void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
- sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 5); /* sqlite_master has 5 columns */
-}
-
-/*
-** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
-** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
-** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db
-** does not exist.
-*/
-int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
- int i = -1; /* Database number */
- int n; /* Number of characters in the name */
- Db *pDb; /* A database whose name space is being searched */
- char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */
-
- zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
- if( zName ){
- n = strlen(zName);
- for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){
- if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==strlen(pDb->zName) &&
- 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){
- break;
- }
- }
- sqliteFree(zName);
- }
- return i;
-}
-
-/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
-** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
-**
-** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
-** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
-**
-** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
-**
-** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
-** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the
-** database "xxx" is returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3TwoPartName(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
- Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
- Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
- Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */
-){
- int iDb; /* Database holding the object */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
- if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){
- assert( !db->init.busy );
- *pUnqual = pName2;
- iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
- if( iDb<0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
- pParse->nErr++;
- return -1;
- }
- }else{
- assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy );
- iDb = db->init.iDb;
- *pUnqual = pName1;
- }
- return iDb;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
-** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
-** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
-** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
-** is reserved for internal use.
-*/
-int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
- if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0
- && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
- && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is
-** the first of several action routines that get called in response
-** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called
-** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp
-** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
-** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case
-** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
-** CREATE and TABLE.
-**
-** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
-** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
-** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
-** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine
-** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
-*/
-void sqlite3StartTable(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
- Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */
- Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
- int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */
- int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */
- int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */
- int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */
-){
- Table *pTable;
- char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- Vdbe *v;
- int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */
- Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
-
- /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens
- ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
- **
- ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
- **
- ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
- ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
- **
- ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
- **
- ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
- **
- ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
- ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is
- ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be
- ** created in.
- */
- iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
- if( iDb<0 ) return;
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && iDb>1 ){
- /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified */
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
- return;
- }
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1;
-
- pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
- zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
- if( zName==0 ) return;
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
- goto begin_table_error;
- }
- if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp );
- {
- int code;
- char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
- goto begin_table_error;
- }
- if( isView ){
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
- code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW;
- }else{
- code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW;
- }
- }else{
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
- code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE;
- }else{
- code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE;
- }
- }
- if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){
- goto begin_table_error;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
- ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if
- ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed
- ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names
- ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace
- ** collisions.
- */
- if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
- goto begin_table_error;
- }
- pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
- if( pTable ){
- if( !noErr ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
- }
- goto begin_table_error;
- }
- if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, 0)!=0 && (iDb==0 || !db->init.busy) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
- goto begin_table_error;
- }
- }
-
- pTable = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Table) );
- if( pTable==0 ){
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- pParse->nErr++;
- goto begin_table_error;
- }
- pTable->zName = zName;
- pTable->iPKey = -1;
- pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
- pTable->nRef = 1;
- if( pParse->pNewTable ) sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
- pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
-
- /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement,
- ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure
- ** so that INSERT can find the table easily.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
- pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
- ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead
- ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any
- ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause
- ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the
- ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
- ** now.
- */
- if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
- int lbl;
- int fileFormat;
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( isVirtual ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0);
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set,
- ** set them now.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 1); /* file_format */
- lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, 0, lbl);
- fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ?
- 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 4);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl);
-
- /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table.
- ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced
- ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable().
- **
- ** The rowid for the new entry is left on the top of the stack.
- ** The rowid value is needed by the code that sqlite3EndTable will
- ** generate.
- */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
- if( isView || isVirtual ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
- }else
-#endif
- {
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, 0);
- }
- sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
- }
-
- /* Normal (non-error) return. */
- return;
-
- /* If an error occurs, we jump here */
-begin_table_error:
- sqliteFree(zName);
- return;
-}
-
-/*
-** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner.
-** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but
-** produces larger code.
-**
-** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It
-** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false.
-*/
-#define STRICMP(x, y) (\
-sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]== \
-sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)] \
-&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 )
-
-/*
-** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
-**
-** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
-** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called
-** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each
-** column.
-*/
-void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){
- Table *p;
- int i;
- char *z;
- Column *pCol;
- if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
- z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
- if( z==0 ) return;
- for(i=0; inCol; i++){
- if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
- sqliteFree(z);
- return;
- }
- }
- if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
- Column *aNew;
- aNew = sqliteRealloc( p->aCol, (p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
- if( aNew==0 ){
- sqliteFree(z);
- return;
- }
- p->aCol = aNew;
- }
- pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
- memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
- pCol->zName = z;
-
- /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
- ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
- ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
- */
- pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- p->nCol++;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has
-** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on
-** the column currently under construction.
-*/
-void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
- Table *p;
- int i;
- if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
- i = p->nCol-1;
- if( i>=0 ) p->aCol[i].notNull = onError;
-}
-
-/*
-** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
-** associated affinity type.
-**
-** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the
-** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is
-** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains
-** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of
-** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT',
-** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned.
-**
-** Substring | Affinity
-** --------------------------------
-** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
-** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_NONE
-** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-**
-** If none of the substrings in the above table are found,
-** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned.
-*/
-char sqlite3AffinityType(const Token *pType){
- u32 h = 0;
- char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
- const unsigned char *zIn = pType->z;
- const unsigned char *zEnd = &pType->z[pType->n];
-
- while( zIn!=zEnd ){
- h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[*zIn];
- zIn++;
- if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
- }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
- }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
- }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */
- && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */
- && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
- }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */
- && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
- }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */
- && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
-#endif
- }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return aff;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. The pFirst token is the first
-** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the
-** column currently under construction. pLast is the last token
-** in the sequence. Use this information to construct a string
-** that contains the typename of the column and store that string
-** in zType.
-*/
-void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){
- Table *p;
- int i;
- Column *pCol;
-
- if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
- i = p->nCol-1;
- if( i<0 ) return;
- pCol = &p->aCol[i];
- sqliteFree(pCol->zType);
- pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pType);
- pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pType);
-}
-
-/*
-** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column
-** of the table currently under construction.
-**
-** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this
-** is not the case.
-**
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
-*/
-void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
- Table *p;
- Column *pCol;
- if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)!=0 ){
- pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
- if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pExpr) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
- pCol->zName);
- }else{
- Expr *pCopy;
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pCol->pDflt);
- pCol->pDflt = pCopy = sqlite3ExprDup(pExpr);
- if( pCopy ){
- sqlite3TokenCopy(&pCopy->span, &pExpr->span);
- }
- }
- }
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names
-** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the
-** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
-**
-** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has
-** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
-** error.
-**
-** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
-** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey
-** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
-** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
-** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
-**
-** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
-** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
-*/
-void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */
- int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */
- int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */
- int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */
-){
- Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
- char *zType = 0;
- int iCol = -1, i;
- if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit;
- if( pTab->hasPrimKey ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
- goto primary_key_exit;
- }
- pTab->hasPrimKey = 1;
- if( pList==0 ){
- iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
- pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
- }else{
- for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
- for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
- break;
- }
- }
- if( iColnCol ){
- pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
- }
- }
- if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1;
- }
- if( iCol>=0 && iColnCol ){
- zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
- }
- if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0
- && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ){
- pTab->iPKey = iCol;
- pTab->keyConf = onError;
- pTab->autoInc = autoInc;
- }else if( autoInc ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an "
- "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
-#endif
- }else{
- sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0);
- pList = 0;
- }
-
-primary_key_exit:
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
- return;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction.
-*/
-void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
- if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
- /* The CHECK expression must be duplicated so that tokens refer
- ** to malloced space and not the (ephemeral) text of the CREATE TABLE
- ** statement */
- pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprAnd(pTab->pCheck, sqlite3ExprDup(pCheckExpr));
- }
-#endif
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pCheckExpr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
-** to the CollSeq given.
-*/
-void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, const char *zType, int nType){
- Table *p;
- int i;
-
- if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
- i = p->nCol-1;
-
- if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zType, nType) ){
- Index *pIdx;
- p->aCol[i].zColl = sqliteStrNDup(zType, nType);
-
- /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ",
- ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
- ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
- */
- for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 );
- if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){
- pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
-** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
-**
-** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
-** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
-** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
-** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
-** returned instead.
-**
-** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
-** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
-** pParse.
-**
-** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine
-** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found
-** and generates an error message.
-*/
-CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- u8 enc = ENC(db);
- u8 initbusy = db->init.busy;
- CollSeq *pColl;
-
- pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, nName, initbusy);
- if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
- pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, pColl, zName, nName);
- if( !pColl ){
- if( nName<0 ){
- nName = strlen(zName);
- }
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", nName, zName);
- pColl = 0;
- }
- }
-
- return pColl;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
-**
-** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
-** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value
-** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the
-** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
-** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
-** since it was last read.
-**
-** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for
-** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
-** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent
-** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
-** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough.
-*/
-void sqlite3ChangeCookie(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *v, int iDb){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
-** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used
-** but does not include the null terminator.
-**
-** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is
-** really needed.
-*/
-static int identLength(const char *z){
- int n;
- for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
- if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
- }
- return n + 2;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write an identifier onto the end of the given string. Add
-** quote characters as needed.
-*/
-static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
- unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
- int i, j, needQuote;
- i = *pIdx;
- for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
- if( !isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
- }
- needQuote = zIdent[j]!=0 || isdigit(zIdent[0])
- || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID;
- if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
- for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
- z[i++] = zIdent[j];
- if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
- }
- if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
- z[i] = 0;
- *pIdx = i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
-** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
-** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
-*/
-static char *createTableStmt(Table *p, int isTemp){
- int i, k, n;
- char *zStmt;
- char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd, *z;
- Column *pCol;
- n = 0;
- for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){
- n += identLength(pCol->zName);
- z = pCol->zType;
- if( z ){
- n += (strlen(z) + 1);
- }
- }
- n += identLength(p->zName);
- if( n<50 ){
- zSep = "";
- zSep2 = ",";
- zEnd = ")";
- }else{
- zSep = "\n ";
- zSep2 = ",\n ";
- zEnd = "\n)";
- }
- n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
- zStmt = sqliteMallocRaw( n );
- if( zStmt==0 ) return 0;
- strcpy(zStmt, !OMIT_TEMPDB&&isTemp ? "CREATE TEMP TABLE ":"CREATE TABLE ");
- k = strlen(zStmt);
- identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
- zStmt[k++] = '(';
- for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){
- strcpy(&zStmt[k], zSep);
- k += strlen(&zStmt[k]);
- zSep = zSep2;
- identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
- if( (z = pCol->zType)!=0 ){
- zStmt[k++] = ' ';
- strcpy(&zStmt[k], z);
- k += strlen(z);
- }
- }
- strcpy(&zStmt[k], zEnd);
- return zStmt;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
-** a CREATE TABLE statement.
-**
-** The table structure that other action routines have been building
-** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
-** occurred.
-**
-** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
-** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1
-** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
-** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
-** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in
-** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again.
-**
-** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
-** was called to create a table generated from a
-** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of
-** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
-*/
-void sqlite3EndTable(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
- Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */
- Token *pEnd, /* The final ')' token in the CREATE TABLE */
- Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */
-){
- Table *p;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int iDb;
-
- if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ) {
- return;
- }
- p = pParse->pNewTable;
- if( p==0 ) return;
-
- assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );
-
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions.
- */
- if( p->pCheck ){
- SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */
- NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */
-
- memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
- memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc));
- sSrc.nSrc = 1;
- sSrc.a[0].zName = p->zName;
- sSrc.a[0].pTab = p;
- sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1;
- sNC.pParse = pParse;
- sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc;
- sNC.isCheck = 1;
- if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){
- return;
- }
- }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
-
- /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
- ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
- ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number
- ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number
- ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
- */
- if( db->init.busy ){
- p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
- }
-
- /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
- ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database. The record number
- ** for the new table entry should already be on the stack.
- **
- ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
- ** file instead of into the main database file.
- */
- if( !db->init.busy ){
- int n;
- Vdbe *v;
- char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */
- char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */
- char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ) return;
-
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
-
- /* Create the rootpage for the new table and push it onto the stack.
- ** A view has no rootpage, so just push a zero onto the stack for
- ** views. Initialize zType at the same time.
- */
- if( p->pSelect==0 ){
- /* A regular table */
- zType = "table";
- zType2 = "TABLE";
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
- }else{
- /* A view */
- zType = "view";
- zType2 = "VIEW";
-#endif
- }
-
- /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
- ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
- ** new table is on the top of the vdbe stack.
- **
- ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a
- ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
- ** by the new table.
- **
- ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table,
- ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since
- ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would
- ** be redundant.
- */
- if( pSelect ){
- Table *pSelTab;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, 0);
- pParse->nTab = 2;
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Table, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 1, 0);
- if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
- pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSelect);
- if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
- assert( p->aCol==0 );
- p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
- p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
- pSelTab->nCol = 0;
- pSelTab->aCol = 0;
- sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pSelTab);
- }
- }
-
- /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */
- if( pSelect ){
- zStmt = createTableStmt(p, p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema);
- }else{
- n = pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z + 1;
- zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf("CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z);
- }
-
- /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the
- ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all
- ** the information we've collected. The rowid for the preallocated
- ** slot is the 2nd item on the stack. The top of the stack is the
- ** root page for the new table (or a 0 if this is a view).
- */
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE %Q.%s "
- "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#0, sql=%Q "
- "WHERE rowid=#1",
- db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
- zType,
- p->zName,
- p->zName,
- zStmt
- );
- sqliteFree(zStmt);
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
- ** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
- */
- if( p->autoInc ){
- Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)",
- pDb->zName
- );
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0,
- sqlite3MPrintf("tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P3_DYNAMIC);
- }
-
-
- /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
- */
- if( db->init.busy && pParse->nErr==0 ){
- Table *pOld;
- FKey *pFKey;
- Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
- pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, strlen(p->zName)+1,p);
- if( pOld ){
- assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
- return;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- for(pFKey=p->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
- int nTo = strlen(pFKey->zTo) + 1;
- pFKey->pNextTo = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo);
- sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo, pFKey);
- }
-#endif
- pParse->pNewTable = 0;
- db->nTable++;
- db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
- if( !p->pSelect ){
- const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z;
- int nName;
- assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd );
- if( pCons->z==0 ){
- pCons = pEnd;
- }
- nName = (const char *)pCons->z - zName;
- p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3utf8CharLen(zName, nName);
- }
-#endif
- }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
-*/
-void sqlite3CreateView(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
- Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */
- Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */
- Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
- int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
- int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */
-){
- Table *p;
- int n;
- const unsigned char *z;
- Token sEnd;
- DbFixer sFix;
- Token *pName;
- int iDb;
-
- if( pParse->nVar>0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views");
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
- return;
- }
- sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr);
- p = pParse->pNewTable;
- if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
- return;
- }
- sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, p->pSchema);
- if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName)
- && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect)
- ){
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
- return;
- }
-
- /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
- ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
- ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
- ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns.
- */
- p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pSelect);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
- if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
- return;
- }
- if( !pParse->db->init.busy ){
- sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p);
- }
-
- /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to
- ** the end.
- */
- sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
- if( sEnd.z[0]!=0 && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
- sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
- }
- sEnd.n = 0;
- n = sEnd.z - pBegin->z;
- z = (const unsigned char*)pBegin->z;
- while( n>0 && (z[n-1]==';' || isspace(z[n-1])) ){ n--; }
- sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
- sEnd.n = 1;
-
- /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
- sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0);
- return;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-/*
-** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of
-** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number
-** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
-*/
-int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
- Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
- Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
- int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */
- int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
-
- assert( pTable );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
- /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
- ** already known.
- */
- if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;
-
- /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
- ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with
- ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
- **
- ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
- ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
- **
- ** Actually, this error is caught previously and so the following test
- ** should always fail. But we will leave it in place just to be safe.
- */
- if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
- return 1;
- }
- assert( pTable->nCol>=0 );
-
- /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
- ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
- ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors
- ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes
- ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT
- ** statement that defines the view.
- */
- assert( pTable->pSelect );
- pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(pTable->pSelect);
- if( pSel ){
- n = pParse->nTab;
- sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc);
- pTable->nCol = -1;
- pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSel);
- pParse->nTab = n;
- if( pSelTab ){
- assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
- pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
- pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
- pSelTab->nCol = 0;
- pSelTab->aCol = 0;
- sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pSelTab);
- pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews;
- }else{
- pTable->nCol = 0;
- nErr++;
- }
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pSel);
- } else {
- nErr++;
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
- return nErr;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-/*
-** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
-*/
-static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
- HashElem *i;
- if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
- for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
- Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
- if( pTab->pSelect ){
- sqliteResetColumnNames(pTab);
- }
- }
- DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
-}
-#else
-# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema
-** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The
-** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom
-** to iTo.
-**
-** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information
-** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted.
-** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might
-** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is
-** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match
-** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices
-** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved.
-** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with
-** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo
-** in order to be certain that we got the right one.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db *pDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
- HashElem *pElem;
- Hash *pHash;
-
- pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash;
- for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
- Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
- if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){
- pTab->tnum = iTo;
- }
- }
- pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash;
- for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
- Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem);
- if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){
- pIdx->tnum = iTo;
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb.
-** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema
-** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
-** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
-*/
-static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, iDb);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* OP_Destroy pushes an integer onto the stack. If this integer
- ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to
- ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to
- ** reflect this.
- **
- ** The "#0" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value
- ** is on the top of the stack. See sqlite3RegisterExpr().
- */
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #0 AND rootpage=#0",
- pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk.
-** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions
-** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer
-** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
-*/
-static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- Index *pIdx;
- int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb);
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
- }
-#else
- /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
- ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically
- ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
- ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
- ** following were coded:
- **
- ** OP_Destroy 4 0
- ** ...
- ** OP_Destroy 5 0
- **
- ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
- ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the
- ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
- ** a free-list page.
- */
- int iTab = pTab->tnum;
- int iDestroyed = 0;
-
- while( 1 ){
- Index *pIdx;
- int iLargest = 0;
-
- if( iDestroyed==0 || iTabpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- int iIdx = pIdx->tnum;
- assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
- if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdxiLargest ){
- iLargest = iIdx;
- }
- }
- if( iLargest==0 ){
- return;
- }else{
- int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb);
- iDestroyed = iLargest;
- }
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
-** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
-*/
-void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){
- Table *pTab;
- Vdbe *v;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int iDb;
-
- if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
- assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
-
- if( pTab==0 ){
- if( noErr ){
- sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse);
- }
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- {
- int code;
- const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
- const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- const char *zArg2 = 0;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
- if( isView ){
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
- code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
- }else{
- code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
- code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE;
- zArg2 = pTab->pMod->zName;
-#endif
- }else{
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
- code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
- }else{
- code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
- }
- }
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
- }
-#endif
- if( pTab->readOnly || pTab==db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->pSeqTab ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
- /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used
- ** on a table.
- */
- if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
- if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
- goto exit_drop_table;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
- ** on disk.
- */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v ){
- Trigger *pTrigger;
- Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0);
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
- ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
- ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
- */
- pTrigger = pTab->pTrigger;
- while( pTrigger ){
- assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ||
- pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );
- sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
- pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with
- ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped
- ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to
- ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode).
- */
- if( pTab->autoInc ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %s.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q",
- pDb->zName, pTab->zName
- );
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
- ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
- ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
- ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be
- ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
- ** database.
- */
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
- pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName);
- if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
- }
-
- /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
- ** the schema cookie.
- */
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
- }
- sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);
-
-exit_drop_table:
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
-** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns
-** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then
-** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of
-** the table referred to. pToCol is a list of tables in the other
-** pTo table that the foreign key points to. flags contains all
-** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
-** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
-**
-** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
-** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field. The new FKey
-** is not linked into db->aFKey at this point - that does not happen
-** until sqlite3EndTable().
-**
-** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call
-** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
-*/
-void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
- Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */
- ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */
- int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- FKey *pFKey = 0;
- Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
- int nByte;
- int i;
- int nCol;
- char *z;
-
- assert( pTo!=0 );
- if( p==0 || pParse->nErr || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end;
- if( pFromCol==0 ){
- int iCol = p->nCol-1;
- if( iCol<0 ) goto fk_end;
- if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
- " should reference only one column of table %T",
- p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
- goto fk_end;
- }
- nCol = 1;
- }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
- "columns in the referenced table");
- goto fk_end;
- }else{
- nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
- }
- nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + nCol*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
- if( pToCol ){
- for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
- nByte += strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
- }
- }
- pFKey = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
- if( pFKey==0 ) goto fk_end;
- pFKey->pFrom = p;
- pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
- z = (char*)&pFKey[1];
- pFKey->aCol = (struct sColMap*)z;
- z += sizeof(struct sColMap)*nCol;
- pFKey->zTo = z;
- memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
- z[pTo->n] = 0;
- z += pTo->n+1;
- pFKey->pNextTo = 0;
- pFKey->nCol = nCol;
- if( pFromCol==0 ){
- pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
- }else{
- for(i=0; inCol; j++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
- pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
- break;
- }
- }
- if( j>=p->nCol ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition",
- pFromCol->a[i].zName);
- goto fk_end;
- }
- }
- }
- if( pToCol ){
- for(i=0; ia[i].zName);
- pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
- memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
- z[n] = 0;
- z += n+1;
- }
- }
- pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
- pFKey->deleteConf = flags & 0xff;
- pFKey->updateConf = (flags >> 8 ) & 0xff;
- pFKey->insertConf = (flags >> 16 ) & 0xff;
-
- /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
- */
- p->pFKey = pFKey;
- pFKey = 0;
-
-fk_end:
- sqliteFree(pFKey);
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pFromCol);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pToCol);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
-** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred
-** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
-** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
-** accordingly.
-*/
-void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- Table *pTab;
- FKey *pFKey;
- if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
- pFKey->isDeferred = isDeferred;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is
-** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the
-** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command.
-**
-** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly
-** created. The memory cell specified by memRootPage contains the
-** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then
-** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
-** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
-*/
-static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
- Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */
- int iTab = pParse->nTab; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
- int iIdx = pParse->nTab+1; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */
- int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */
- int tnum; /* Root page of index */
- Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
- KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */
- int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pIndex->pSchema);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
- pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
- return;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */
- sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ) return;
- if( memRootPage>=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memRootPage, 0);
- tnum = 0;
- }else{
- tnum = pIndex->tnum;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
- pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex);
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, (char *)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
- addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
- sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIndex, iTab);
- if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){
- int curaddr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- int addr2 = curaddr+4;
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, curaddr-1, addr2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, addr2);
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, OE_Abort,
- "indexed columns are not unique", P3_STATIC);
- assert( addr2==sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) );
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iTab, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iIdx, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index
-** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will
-** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
-** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
-** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
-** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
-**
-** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this
-** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
-** to the table currently under construction.
-*/
-void sqlite3CreateIndex(
- Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */
- Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
- Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
- SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
- ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */
- int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
- Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins a CREATE TABLE statement */
- Token *pEnd, /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */
- int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */
- int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */
-){
- Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */
- Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */
- char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */
- int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */
- int i, j;
- Token nullId; /* Fake token for an empty ID list */
- DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */
- int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */
- int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */
- Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
- struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */
- int nCol;
- int nExtra = 0;
- char *zExtra;
-
- if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found.
- */
- if( pTblName!=0 ){
-
- /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database
- ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
- ** before looking up the table.
- */
- assert( pName1 && pName2 );
- iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
- if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
- /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table
- ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1.
- */
- pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
- if( pName2 && pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
- iDb = 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) &&
- sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName)
- ){
- /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier,
- ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */
- assert(0);
- }
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pTblName->a[0].zName,
- pTblName->a[0].zDatabase);
- if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
- assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
- }else{
- assert( pName==0 );
- pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
- if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- }
- pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-
- if( pTab==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index;
- if( pTab->readOnly ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
- if( pTab->pSelect ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed");
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
-#endif
-
- /*
- ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another
- ** index or table with the same name.
- **
- ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
- ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
- ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
- ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
- **
- ** If pName==0 it means that we are
- ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our
- ** own name.
- */
- if( pName ){
- zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index;
- if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- if( !db->init.busy ){
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index;
- if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){
- if( !ifNotExist ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
- }
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- }
- }else{
- char zBuf[30];
- int n;
- Index *pLoop;
- for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
- sprintf(zBuf,"_%d",n);
- zName = 0;
- sqlite3SetString(&zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", pTab->zName, zBuf, (char*)0);
- if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
- }
-
- /* Check for authorization to create an index.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- {
- const char *zDb = pDb->zName;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
- ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
- ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
- */
- if( pList==0 ){
- nullId.z = (u8*)pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName;
- nullId.n = strlen((char*)nullId.z);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, 0, &nullId);
- if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
- pList->a[0].sortOrder = sortOrder;
- }
-
- /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
- ** specified collation sequence names.
- */
- for(i=0; inExpr; i++){
- Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
- if( pExpr ){
- nExtra += (1 + strlen(pExpr->pColl->zName));
- }
- }
-
- /*
- ** Allocate the index structure.
- */
- nName = strlen(zName);
- nCol = pList->nExpr;
- pIndex = sqliteMalloc(
- sizeof(Index) + /* Index structure */
- sizeof(int)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */
- sizeof(int)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowEst */
- sizeof(char *)*nCol + /* Index.azColl */
- sizeof(u8)*nCol + /* Index.aSortOrder */
- nName + 1 + /* Index.zName */
- nExtra /* Collation sequence names */
- );
- if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto exit_create_index;
- pIndex->azColl = (char**)(&pIndex[1]);
- pIndex->aiColumn = (int *)(&pIndex->azColl[nCol]);
- pIndex->aiRowEst = (unsigned *)(&pIndex->aiColumn[nCol]);
- pIndex->aSortOrder = (u8 *)(&pIndex->aiRowEst[nCol+1]);
- pIndex->zName = (char *)(&pIndex->aSortOrder[nCol]);
- zExtra = (char *)(&pIndex->zName[nName+1]);
- strcpy(pIndex->zName, zName);
- pIndex->pTable = pTab;
- pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr;
- pIndex->onError = onError;
- pIndex->autoIndex = pName==0;
- pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-
- /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns
- */
- if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){
- sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */
- }else{
- sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */
- }
-
- /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and
- ** load the column indices into the Index structure. Report an error
- ** if any column is not found.
- */
- for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pListItem++){
- const char *zColName = pListItem->zName;
- Column *pTabCol;
- int requestedSortOrder;
- char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */
-
- for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pTabCol++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break;
- }
- if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
- pTab->zName, zColName);
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- /* TODO: Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named
- ** more than once within the same index. Only the first instance of
- ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer. Note that using the
- ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would
- ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning.
- */
- pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j;
- if( pListItem->pExpr ){
- assert( pListItem->pExpr->pColl );
- zColl = zExtra;
- strcpy(zExtra, pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName);
- zExtra += (strlen(zColl) + 1);
- }else{
- zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
- if( !zColl ){
- zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName;
- }
- }
- if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1) ){
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl;
- requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask;
- pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = requestedSortOrder;
- }
- sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex);
-
- if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
- /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
- ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
- ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
- ** i.e. one of:
- **
- ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
- ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
- **
- ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
- ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
- ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
- ** explicit indices.
- */
- Index *pIdx;
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- int k;
- assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
- assert( pIdx->autoIndex );
- assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None );
-
- if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue;
- for(k=0; knColumn; k++){
- const char *z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
- const char *z2 = pIndex->azColl[k];
- if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
- if( pIdx->aSortOrder[k]!=pIndex->aSortOrder[k] ) break;
- if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break;
- }
- if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){
- if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
- /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
- ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
- ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this
- ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
- ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
- ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index.
- */
- if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
- }
- if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
- pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
- }
- }
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
- ** in-memory database structures.
- */
- if( db->init.busy ){
- Index *p;
- p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash,
- pIndex->zName, strlen(pIndex->zName)+1, pIndex);
- if( p ){
- assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */
- goto exit_create_index;
- }
- db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
- if( pTblName!=0 ){
- pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
- }
- }
-
- /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk. This
- ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the
- ** index with the current table contents.
- **
- ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX
- ** command. db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and
- ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table. In
- ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why
- ** we don't want to recreate it.
- **
- ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key
- ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table
- ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
- ** step can be skipped.
- */
- else if( db->init.busy==0 ){
- Vdbe *v;
- char *zStmt;
- int iMem = pParse->nMem++;
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-
-
- /* Create the rootpage for the index
- */
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 0);
-
- /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into
- ** the zStmt variable
- */
- if( pStart && pEnd ){
- /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */
- zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf("CREATE%s INDEX %.*s",
- onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE",
- pEnd->z - pName->z + 1,
- pName->z);
- }else{
- /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */
- /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */
- zStmt = 0;
- }
-
- /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index
- */
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#0,%Q);",
- db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
- pIndex->zName,
- pTab->zName,
- zStmt
- );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
- sqliteFree(zStmt);
-
- /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire
- ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements.
- */
- if( pTblName ){
- sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0,
- sqlite3MPrintf("name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P3_DYNAMIC);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
- }
- }
-
- /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
- ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
- ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct operation of UPDATE
- ** and INSERT.
- */
- if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
- if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
- || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
- pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
- pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
- }else{
- Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
- while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
- pOther = pOther->pNext;
- }
- pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
- pOther->pNext = pIndex;
- }
- pIndex = 0;
- }
-
- /* Clean up before exiting */
-exit_create_index:
- if( pIndex ){
- freeIndex(pIndex);
- }
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTblName);
- sqliteFree(zName);
- return;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat.
-** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary.
-*/
-void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){
- Vdbe *v;
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ge, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
-** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
-**
-** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index.
-** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
-** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
-** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
-** of rows that match any particular combiniation of the first 2 columns
-** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that
-*
-** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
-** aiRowEst[N]>=1
-**
-** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to
-** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here
-** are based on typical values found in actual indices.
-*/
-void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){
- unsigned *a = pIdx->aiRowEst;
- int i;
- assert( a!=0 );
- a[0] = 1000000;
- for(i=pIdx->nColumn; i>=5; i--){
- a[i] = 5;
- }
- while( i>=1 ){
- a[i] = 11 - i;
- i--;
- }
- if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
- a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine
-** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
-*/
-void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){
- Index *pIndex;
- Vdbe *v;
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int iDb;
-
- if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
- goto exit_drop_index;
- }
- assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
- goto exit_drop_index;
- }
- pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
- if( pIndex==0 ){
- if( !ifExists ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
- }
- pParse->checkSchema = 1;
- goto exit_drop_index;
- }
- if( pIndex->autoIndex ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
- "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
- goto exit_drop_index;
- }
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- {
- int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
- Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
- const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
- goto exit_drop_index;
- }
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
- goto exit_drop_index;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v ){
- sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q",
- db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
- pIndex->zName
- );
- sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
- destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
- }
-
-exit_drop_index:
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
-}
-
-/*
-** ppArray points into a structure where there is an array pointer
-** followed by two integers. The first integer is the
-** number of elements in the structure array. The second integer
-** is the number of allocated slots in the array.
-**
-** In other words, the structure looks something like this:
-**
-** struct Example1 {
-** struct subElem *aEntry;
-** int nEntry;
-** int nAlloc;
-** }
-**
-** The pnEntry parameter points to the equivalent of Example1.nEntry.
-**
-** This routine allocates a new slot in the array, zeros it out,
-** and returns its index. If malloc fails a negative number is returned.
-**
-** szEntry is the sizeof of a single array entry. initSize is the
-** number of array entries allocated on the initial allocation.
-*/
-int sqlite3ArrayAllocate(void **ppArray, int szEntry, int initSize){
- char *p;
- int *an = (int*)&ppArray[1];
- if( an[0]>=an[1] ){
- void *pNew;
- int newSize;
- newSize = an[1]*2 + initSize;
- pNew = sqliteRealloc(*ppArray, newSize*szEntry);
- if( pNew==0 ){
- return -1;
- }
- an[1] = newSize;
- *ppArray = pNew;
- }
- p = *ppArray;
- memset(&p[an[0]*szEntry], 0, szEntry);
- return an[0]++;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if
-** need be.
-**
-** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
-*/
-IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
- int i;
- if( pList==0 ){
- pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(IdList) );
- if( pList==0 ) return 0;
- pList->nAlloc = 0;
- }
- i = sqlite3ArrayAllocate((void**)&pList->a, sizeof(pList->a[0]), 5);
- if( i<0 ){
- sqlite3IdListDelete(pList);
- return 0;
- }
- pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pToken);
- return pList;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an IdList.
-*/
-void sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList *pList){
- int i;
- if( pList==0 ) return;
- for(i=0; inId; i++){
- sqliteFree(pList->a[i].zName);
- }
- sqliteFree(pList->a);
- sqliteFree(pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1
-** if not found.
-*/
-int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
- int i;
- if( pList==0 ) return -1;
- for(i=0; inId; i++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
- }
- return -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if
-** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pToken is NULL.
-**
-** A new SrcList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
-**
-** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
-** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase
-** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
-** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
-** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.
-** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
-** or with NULL if no database is specified.
-**
-** In other words, if call like this:
-**
-** sqlite3SrcListAppend(A,B,0);
-**
-** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called
-** like this:
-**
-** sqlite3SrcListAppend(A,B,C);
-**
-** Then C is the table name and B is the database name.
-*/
-SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(SrcList *pList, Token *pTable, Token *pDatabase){
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- if( pList==0 ){
- pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(SrcList) );
- if( pList==0 ) return 0;
- pList->nAlloc = 1;
- }
- if( pList->nSrc>=pList->nAlloc ){
- SrcList *pNew;
- pList->nAlloc *= 2;
- pNew = sqliteRealloc(pList,
- sizeof(*pList) + (pList->nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pList->a[0]) );
- if( pNew==0 ){
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(pList);
- return 0;
- }
- pList = pNew;
- }
- pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc];
- memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
- if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
- pDatabase = 0;
- }
- if( pDatabase && pTable ){
- Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
- pDatabase = pTable;
- pTable = pTemp;
- }
- pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pTable);
- pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDatabase);
- pItem->iCursor = -1;
- pItem->isPopulated = 0;
- pList->nSrc++;
- return pList;
-}
-
-/*
-** Assign cursors to all tables in a SrcList
-*/
-void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
- int i;
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- assert(pList || sqlite3MallocFailed() );
- if( pList ){
- for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
- if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break;
- pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
- if( pItem->pSelect ){
- sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
-*/
-void sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList *pList){
- int i;
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- if( pList==0 ) return;
- for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
- sqliteFree(pItem->zDatabase);
- sqliteFree(pItem->zName);
- sqliteFree(pItem->zAlias);
- sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pItem->pTab);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pItem->pSelect);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pOn);
- sqlite3IdListDelete(pItem->pUsing);
- }
- sqliteFree(pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
-** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of
-** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL
-** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase
-** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
-** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
-** usual case. If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the
-** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
-** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and
-** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing
-** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
-**
-** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
-** term added.
-*/
-SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(
- SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */
- Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */
- Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */
- Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */
- Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */
- Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */
- IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */
-){
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(p, pTable, pDatabase);
- if( p==0 || p->nSrc==0 ){
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pOn);
- sqlite3IdListDelete(pUsing);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pSubquery);
- return p;
- }
- pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
- if( pAlias && pAlias->n ){
- pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(pAlias);
- }
- pItem->pSelect = pSubquery;
- pItem->pOn = pOn;
- pItem->pUsing = pUsing;
- return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator
-** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator
-** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine
-** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM
-** clause.
-**
-** Example: Suppose the join is like this:
-**
-** A natural cross join B
-**
-** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored
-** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the
-** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B.
-*/
-void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
- if( p && p->a ){
- int i;
- for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
- p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype;
- }
- p->a[0].jointype = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Begin a transaction
-*/
-void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
- sqlite3 *db;
- Vdbe *v;
- int i;
-
- if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
- if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ) return;
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( !v ) return;
- if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
- for(i=0; inDb; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
- }
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Commit a transaction
-*/
-void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
- sqlite3 *db;
- Vdbe *v;
-
- if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
- if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ) return;
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback a transaction
-*/
-void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
- sqlite3 *db;
- Vdbe *v;
-
- if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
- if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ) return;
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return
-** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
-*/
-int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
- int rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 0, MAX_PAGES, &db->aDb[1].pBt);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
- "file for storing temporary tables");
- pParse->rc = rc;
- return 1;
- }
- if( db->flags & !db->autoCommit ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to get a write lock on "
- "the temporary database file");
- pParse->rc = rc;
- return 1;
- }
- }
- assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema );
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start
-** a read-transaction for all named database files.
-**
-** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all
-** read transactions be started before anything else happens in
-** the VDBE program. But this routine can be called after much other
-** code has been generated. So here is what we do:
-**
-** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that
-** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program. Then we
-** record every database that needs its schema verified in the
-** pParse->cookieMask field. Later, after all other code has been
-** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and
-** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value
-** will be made to point to that subroutine. The generation of the
-** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding().
-**
-** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the
-** schema on any databases. This can be used to position the OP_Goto
-** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used.
-*/
-void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
- sqlite3 *db;
- Vdbe *v;
- int mask;
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ) return; /* This only happens if there was a prior error */
- db = pParse->db;
- if( pParse->cookieGoto==0 ){
- pParse->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1;
- }
- if( iDb>=0 ){
- assert( iDbnDb );
- assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
- assert( iDbcookieMask & mask)==0 ){
- pParse->cookieMask |= mask;
- pParse->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
- sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
-** might change the database.
-**
-** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
-** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
-** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should
-** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
-** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
-** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints
-** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
-** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
-**
-** Only database iDb and the temp database are made writable by this call.
-** If iDb==0, then the main and temp databases are made writable. If
-** iDb==1 then only the temp database is made writable. If iDb>1 then the
-** specified auxiliary database and the temp database are made writable.
-*/
-void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ) return;
- sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
- pParse->writeMask |= 1<nested==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Statement, iDb, 0);
- }
- if( (OMIT_TEMPDB || iDb!=1) && pParse->db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, setStatement, 1);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return
-** true if it does and false if it does not.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){
- int i;
- for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
- const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i];
- if( z==zColl || (z && zColl && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl)) ){
- return 1;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl.
-** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){
- Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */
-
- for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
- if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){
- int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the
-** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute
-** all indices everywhere.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){
- Db *pDb; /* A single database */
- int iDb; /* The database index number */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
- HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */
- Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */
-
- for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){
- assert( pDb!=0 );
- for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
- pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
- reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl);
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the REINDEX command.
-**
-** REINDEX -- 1
-** REINDEX -- 2
-** REINDEX ?.? -- 3
-** REINDEX ?.? -- 4
-**
-** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt.
-** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named
-** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all
-** indices associated with the named table.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
- CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */
- char *z; /* Name of a table or index */
- const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */
- Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */
- Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */
- int iDb; /* The database index number */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
- Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */
-
- /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
- ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
- return;
- }
-
- if( pName1==0 || pName1->z==0 ){
- reindexDatabases(pParse, 0);
- return;
- }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->z==0 ){
- assert( pName1->z );
- pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), (char*)pName1->z, pName1->n, 0);
- if( pColl ){
- char *zColl = sqliteStrNDup((const char *)pName1->z, pName1->n);
- if( zColl ){
- reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl);
- sqliteFree(zColl);
- }
- return;
- }
- }
- iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName);
- if( iDb<0 ) return;
- z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pObjName);
- zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb);
- if( pTab ){
- reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
- sqliteFree(z);
- return;
- }
- pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb);
- sqliteFree(z);
- if( pIndex ){
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
- sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
- return;
- }
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed");
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used
-** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx.
-**
-** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case
-** the caller is responsible for calling sqliteFree() on the returned
-** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation
-** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect
-** the error.
-*/
-KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
- int i;
- int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
- int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol;
- KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqliteMalloc(nBytes);
-
- if( pKey ){
- pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]);
- assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) );
- for(i=0; iazColl[i];
- assert( zColl );
- pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1);
- pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
- }
- pKey->nField = nCol;
- }
-
- if( pParse->nErr ){
- sqliteFree(pKey);
- pKey = 0;
- }
- return pKey;
-}
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/callback.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/callback.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 04686182..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/callback.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,373 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2005 May 23
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
-** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
-**
-** $Id: callback.c 3426 2007-03-21 20:19:37Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
-** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName.
-** If the collation sequence
-*/
-static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){
- assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
- if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
- if( db->xCollNeeded ){
- char *zExternal = sqliteStrNDup(zName, nName);
- if( !zExternal ) return;
- db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
- sqliteFree(zExternal);
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
- char const *zExternal;
- sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew();
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, nName, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
- zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
- if( zExternal ){
- db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
- }
- sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp);
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
-** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
-** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
-** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
-** possible.
-*/
-static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
- CollSeq *pColl2;
- char *z = pColl->zName;
- int n = strlen(z);
- int i;
- static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
- for(i=0; i<3; i++){
- pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, n, 0);
- if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
- memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
-** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
-** requested collation sequence is not available in the database native
-** encoding.
-**
-** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding
-** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
-**
-** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
-** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
-** sequence can be found.
-*/
-CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
- sqlite3* db,
- CollSeq *pColl,
- const char *zName,
- int nName
-){
- CollSeq *p;
-
- p = pColl;
- if( !p ){
- p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0);
- }
- if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
- /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
- ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
- */
- callCollNeeded(db, zName, nName);
- p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0);
- }
- if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
- p = 0;
- }
- assert( !p || p->xCmp );
- return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
-** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
-** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
-** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
-**
-** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
-** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work,
-** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
-** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
-*/
-int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
- if( pColl ){
- const char *zName = pColl->zName;
- CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse->db, pColl, zName, -1);
- if( !p ){
- if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
- }
- pParse->nErr++;
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- assert( p==pColl );
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
-** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
-** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
-**
-** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
-** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
-** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
-**
-** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
-** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
-** each collation sequence structure.
-*/
-static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zName,
- int nName,
- int create
-){
- CollSeq *pColl;
- if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
- pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
-
- if( 0==pColl && create ){
- pColl = sqliteMalloc( 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
- if( pColl ){
- CollSeq *pDel = 0;
- pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
- pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
- pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
- pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
- pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
- memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
- pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
- pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);
-
- /* If a malloc() failure occured in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will
- ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
- ** to the hash table).
- */
- assert( !pDel || (sqlite3MallocFailed() && pDel==pColl) );
- if( pDel ){
- sqliteFree(pDel);
- pColl = 0;
- }
- }
- }
- return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
-** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
-** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
-**
-** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
-** new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
-**
-** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around
-** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory
-** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence
-** cannot be found.
-*/
-CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
- sqlite3 *db,
- u8 enc,
- const char *zName,
- int nName,
- int create
-){
- CollSeq *pColl;
- if( zName ){
- pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, nName, create);
- }else{
- pColl = db->pDfltColl;
- }
- assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
- assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
- if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
- return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
-** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a
-** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
-** NULL if the function does not exist.
-**
-** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
-** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
-** no matching function previously existed. When createFlag is true
-** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts
-** any number of arguments will be returned.
-**
-** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid
-** function found is returned. A function is valid if either xFunc
-** or xStep is non-zero.
-**
-** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
-** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
-** match that requested.
-*/
-FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
- sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */
- const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */
- int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */
- int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */
- u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */
- int createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
-){
- FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */
- FuncDef *pFirst; /* First function with this name */
- FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
- int bestmatch = 0;
-
-
- assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
- if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1;
-
- pFirst = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName, nName);
- for(p=pFirst; p; p=p->pNext){
- /* During the search for the best function definition, bestmatch is set
- ** as follows to indicate the quality of the match with the definition
- ** pointed to by pBest:
- **
- ** 0: pBest is NULL. No match has been found.
- ** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16
- ** encoding is requested, or vice versa.
- ** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is
- ** requested, or vice versa.
- ** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding.
- ** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
- ** prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa.
- ** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
- ** prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa.
- ** 6: An exact match.
- **
- ** A larger value of 'matchqual' indicates a more desirable match.
- */
- if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
- int match = 1; /* Quality of this match */
- if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
- match = 4;
- }
- if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
- match += 2;
- }
- else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) ||
- (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){
- match += 1;
- }
-
- if( match>bestmatch ){
- pBest = p;
- bestmatch = match;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* If the createFlag parameter is true, and the seach did not reveal an
- ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
- ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
- */
- if( createFlag && bestmatch<6 &&
- (pBest = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*pBest)+nName))!=0 ){
- pBest->nArg = nArg;
- pBest->pNext = pFirst;
- pBest->iPrefEnc = enc;
- memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
- pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
- if( pBest==sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc,pBest->zName,nName,(void*)pBest) ){
- sqliteFree(pBest);
- return 0;
- }
- }
-
- if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
- return pBest;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
-** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqliteFree() on the
-** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsiduary resources (i.e. the contents
-** of the schema hash tables).
-*/
-void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *p){
- Hash temp1;
- Hash temp2;
- HashElem *pElem;
- Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;
-
- temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
- temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
- sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
- sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->aFKey);
- sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
- for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
- sqlite3DeleteTrigger((Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
- }
- sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
- sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
- for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
- Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
- sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
- }
- sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
- pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
- pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create
-** a new one if necessary.
-*/
-Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(Btree *pBt){
- Schema * p;
- if( pBt ){
- p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt,sizeof(Schema),sqlite3SchemaFree);
- }else{
- p = (Schema *)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Schema));
- }
- if( p && 0==p->file_format ){
- sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
- sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
- sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
- sqlite3HashInit(&p->aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1);
- p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- }
- return p;
-}
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/complete.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/complete.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b910726e..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/complete.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,263 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** An tokenizer for SQL
-**
-** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
-** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by
-** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
-** static links that do not use it.
-**
-** $Id: complete.c 2779 2006-06-04 04:29:46Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
-
-/*
-** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition.
-*/
-extern const char sqlite3IsIdChar[];
-#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsIdChar[c-0x20]))
-
-
-/*
-** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header
-** comments on that procedure for additional information.
-*/
-#define tkSEMI 0
-#define tkWS 1
-#define tkOTHER 2
-#define tkEXPLAIN 3
-#define tkCREATE 4
-#define tkTEMP 5
-#define tkTRIGGER 6
-#define tkEND 7
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
-**
-** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
-** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
-** must end with ";END;".
-**
-** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states:
-**
-** (0) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine
-** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
-** in any other state.
-**
-** (1) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
-** semicolon.
-**
-** (2) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of
-** a statement.
-**
-** (3) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
-** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
-** TEMP or TEMPORARY
-**
-** (4) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
-** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
-**
-** (5) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
-** the end of a trigger definition.
-**
-** (6) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
-** of a trigger difinition.
-**
-** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
-** from the input. The following tokens are significant:
-**
-** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon.
-** (1) tkWS Whitespace
-** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token.
-** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword.
-** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword.
-** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
-** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword.
-** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword.
-**
-** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
-**
-** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
-** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do
-** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
-*/
-int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
- u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
- u8 token; /* Value of the next token */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
- ** statement. This is the normal case.
- */
- static const u8 trans[7][8] = {
- /* Token: */
- /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */
- /* 0 START: */ { 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 1, 1, 1, },
- /* 1 NORMAL: */ { 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, },
- /* 2 EXPLAIN: */ { 0, 2, 1, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, },
- /* 3 CREATE: */ { 0, 3, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 1, },
- /* 4 TRIGGER: */ { 5, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, },
- /* 5 SEMI: */ { 5, 5, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 6, },
- /* 6 END: */ { 0, 6, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, },
- };
-#else
- /* If triggers are not suppored by this compile then the statement machine
- ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
- */
- static const u8 trans[2][3] = {
- /* Token: */
- /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */
- /* 0 START: */ { 0, 0, 1, },
- /* 1 NORMAL: */ { 0, 1, 1, },
- };
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
- while( *zSql ){
- switch( *zSql ){
- case ';': { /* A semicolon */
- token = tkSEMI;
- break;
- }
- case ' ':
- case '\r':
- case '\t':
- case '\n':
- case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */
- token = tkWS;
- break;
- }
- case '/': { /* C-style comments */
- if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
- zSql += 2;
- while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
- if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
- zSql++;
- token = tkWS;
- break;
- }
- case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
- if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
- while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
- if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0;
- token = tkWS;
- break;
- }
- case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
- zSql++;
- while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
- if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
- case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
- case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */
- case '\'': {
- int c = *zSql;
- zSql++;
- while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
- if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
- default: {
- int c;
- if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
- /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
- int nId;
- for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- token = tkOTHER;
-#else
- switch( *zSql ){
- case 'c': case 'C': {
- if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
- token = tkCREATE;
- }else{
- token = tkOTHER;
- }
- break;
- }
- case 't': case 'T': {
- if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
- token = tkTRIGGER;
- }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
- token = tkTEMP;
- }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
- token = tkTEMP;
- }else{
- token = tkOTHER;
- }
- break;
- }
- case 'e': case 'E': {
- if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
- token = tkEND;
- }else
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
- token = tkEXPLAIN;
- }else
-#endif
- {
- token = tkOTHER;
- }
- break;
- }
- default: {
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
- zSql += nId-1;
- }else{
- /* Operators and special symbols */
- token = tkOTHER;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- state = trans[state][token];
- zSql++;
- }
- return state==0;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
-** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
-** UTF-8.
-*/
-int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
- sqlite3_value *pVal;
- char const *zSql8;
- int rc = 0;
-
- pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
- zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
- if( zSql8 ){
- rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
- }
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
- return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/date.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/date.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 78135475..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/date.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1026 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2003 October 31
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
-** functions for SQLite.
-**
-** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
-** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
-** All other code has file scope.
-**
-** $Id: date.c 3426 2007-03-21 20:19:37Z damagedsoul $
-**
-** NOTES:
-**
-** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The
-** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
-** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
-** calendar system.
-**
-** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
-** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
-**
-** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
-** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
-** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
-** range of dates.
-**
-** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
-** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually
-** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
-** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference.
-**
-** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
-** in the following text:
-**
-** Jean Meeus
-** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
-** ISBM 0-943396-61-1
-** Willmann-Bell, Inc
-** Richmond, Virginia (USA)
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-
-/*
-** A structure for holding a single date and time.
-*/
-typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
-struct DateTime {
- double rJD; /* The julian day number */
- int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */
- int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */
- int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */
- double s; /* Seconds */
- char validYMD; /* True if Y,M,D are valid */
- char validHMS; /* True if h,m,s are valid */
- char validJD; /* True if rJD is valid */
- char validTZ; /* True if tz is valid */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Convert zDate into one or more integers. Additional arguments
-** come in groups of 5 as follows:
-**
-** N number of digits in the integer
-** min minimum allowed value of the integer
-** max maximum allowed value of the integer
-** nextC first character after the integer
-** pVal where to write the integers value.
-**
-** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
-** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
-*/
-static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
- va_list ap;
- int val;
- int N;
- int min;
- int max;
- int nextC;
- int *pVal;
- int cnt = 0;
- va_start(ap, zDate);
- do{
- N = va_arg(ap, int);
- min = va_arg(ap, int);
- max = va_arg(ap, int);
- nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
- pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
- val = 0;
- while( N-- ){
- if( !isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
- goto end_getDigits;
- }
- val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
- zDate++;
- }
- if( valmax || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
- goto end_getDigits;
- }
- *pVal = val;
- zDate++;
- cnt++;
- }while( nextC );
-end_getDigits:
- va_end(ap);
- return cnt;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read text from z[] and convert into a floating point number. Return
-** the number of digits converted.
-*/
-#define getValue sqlite3AtoF
-
-/*
-** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
-** The extension is of the form:
-**
-** (+/-)HH:MM
-**
-** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
-** of change in *pnMin and return 0. If a parser error occurs,
-** return 0.
-**
-** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
-*/
-static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
- int sgn = 0;
- int nHr, nMn;
- while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
- p->tz = 0;
- if( *zDate=='-' ){
- sgn = -1;
- }else if( *zDate=='+' ){
- sgn = +1;
- }else{
- return *zDate!=0;
- }
- zDate++;
- if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
- return 1;
- }
- zDate += 5;
- p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
- while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
- return *zDate!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
-** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The
-** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
-**
-** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
-*/
-static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
- int h, m, s;
- double ms = 0.0;
- if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
- return 1;
- }
- zDate += 5;
- if( *zDate==':' ){
- zDate++;
- if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
- return 1;
- }
- zDate += 2;
- if( *zDate=='.' && isdigit((u8)zDate[1]) ){
- double rScale = 1.0;
- zDate++;
- while( isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
- ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
- rScale *= 10.0;
- zDate++;
- }
- ms /= rScale;
- }
- }else{
- s = 0;
- }
- p->validJD = 0;
- p->validHMS = 1;
- p->h = h;
- p->m = m;
- p->s = s + ms;
- if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
- p->validTZ = p->tz!=0;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume
-** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
-**
-** Reference: Meeus page 61
-*/
-static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
- int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
-
- if( p->validJD ) return;
- if( p->validYMD ){
- Y = p->Y;
- M = p->M;
- D = p->D;
- }else{
- Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
- M = 1;
- D = 1;
- }
- if( M<=2 ){
- Y--;
- M += 12;
- }
- A = Y/100;
- B = 2 - A + (A/4);
- X1 = (int)(365.25*(Y+4716));
- X2 = (int)(30.6001*(M+1));
- p->rJD = X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5;
- p->validJD = 1;
- if( p->validHMS ){
- p->rJD += (p->h*3600.0 + p->m*60.0 + p->s)/86400.0;
- if( p->validTZ ){
- p->rJD -= p->tz*60/86400.0;
- p->validYMD = 0;
- p->validHMS = 0;
- p->validTZ = 0;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse dates of the form
-**
-** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
-** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
-** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
-** YYYY-MM-DD
-**
-** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
-** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
-** date.
-*/
-static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
- int Y, M, D, neg;
-
- if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
- zDate++;
- neg = 1;
- }else{
- neg = 0;
- }
- if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
- return 1;
- }
- zDate += 10;
- while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
- if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
- /* We got the time */
- }else if( *zDate==0 ){
- p->validHMS = 0;
- }else{
- return 1;
- }
- p->validJD = 0;
- p->validYMD = 1;
- p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
- p->M = M;
- p->D = D;
- if( p->validTZ ){
- computeJD(p);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number. Return
-** the number of errors.
-**
-** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
-**
-** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM
-** DDDD.DD
-** now
-**
-** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional
-** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion
-** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long
-** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long
-** as there is a year and date.
-*/
-static int parseDateOrTime(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
- memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
- if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
- return 0;
- }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
- return 0;
- }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
- double r;
- sqlite3OsCurrentTime(&r);
- p->rJD = r;
- p->validJD = 1;
- return 0;
- }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
- getValue(zDate, &p->rJD);
- p->validJD = 1;
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
-*/
-static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
- int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
- if( p->validYMD ) return;
- if( !p->validJD ){
- p->Y = 2000;
- p->M = 1;
- p->D = 1;
- }else{
- Z = (int)(p->rJD + 0.5);
- A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25);
- A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
- B = A + 1524;
- C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25);
- D = (int)(365.25*C);
- E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001);
- X1 = (int)(30.6001*E);
- p->D = B - D - X1;
- p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
- p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
- }
- p->validYMD = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
-*/
-static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
- int Z, s;
- if( p->validHMS ) return;
- computeJD(p);
- Z = (int)(p->rJD + 0.5);
- s = (int)((p->rJD + 0.5 - Z)*86400000.0 + 0.5);
- p->s = 0.001*s;
- s = (int)p->s;
- p->s -= s;
- p->h = s/3600;
- s -= p->h*3600;
- p->m = s/60;
- p->s += s - p->m*60;
- p->validHMS = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute both YMD and HMS
-*/
-static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
- computeYMD(p);
- computeHMS(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
-*/
-static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
- p->validYMD = 0;
- p->validHMS = 0;
- p->validTZ = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the difference (in days) between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT)
-** for the time value p where p is in UTC.
-*/
-static double localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
- DateTime x, y;
- time_t t;
- x = *p;
- computeYMD_HMS(&x);
- if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
- x.Y = 2000;
- x.M = 1;
- x.D = 1;
- x.h = 0;
- x.m = 0;
- x.s = 0.0;
- } else {
- int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
- x.s = s;
- }
- x.tz = 0;
- x.validJD = 0;
- computeJD(&x);
- t = (time_t)((x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5);
-#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
- {
- struct tm sLocal;
- localtime_r(&t, &sLocal);
- y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
- y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
- y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
- y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
- y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
- y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
- }
-#else
- {
- struct tm *pTm;
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
- pTm = localtime(&t);
- y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900;
- y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1;
- y.D = pTm->tm_mday;
- y.h = pTm->tm_hour;
- y.m = pTm->tm_min;
- y.s = pTm->tm_sec;
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- }
-#endif
- y.validYMD = 1;
- y.validHMS = 1;
- y.validJD = 0;
- y.validTZ = 0;
- computeJD(&y);
- return y.rJD - x.rJD;
-}
-
-/*
-** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are
-** as follows:
-**
-** NNN days
-** NNN hours
-** NNN minutes
-** NNN.NNNN seconds
-** NNN months
-** NNN years
-** start of month
-** start of year
-** start of week
-** start of day
-** weekday N
-** unixepoch
-** localtime
-** utc
-**
-** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error.
-*/
-static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
- int rc = 1;
- int n;
- double r;
- char *z, zBuf[30];
- z = zBuf;
- for(n=0; nrJD += localtimeOffset(p);
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- rc = 0;
- }
- break;
- }
- case 'u': {
- /*
- ** unixepoch
- **
- ** Treat the current value of p->rJD as the number of
- ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number.
- */
- if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
- p->rJD = p->rJD/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- rc = 0;
- }else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
- double c1;
- computeJD(p);
- c1 = localtimeOffset(p);
- p->rJD -= c1;
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- p->rJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p);
- rc = 0;
- }
- break;
- }
- case 'w': {
- /*
- ** weekday N
- **
- ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
- ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the
- ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
- */
- if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0
- && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
- int Z;
- computeYMD_HMS(p);
- p->validTZ = 0;
- p->validJD = 0;
- computeJD(p);
- Z = (int)(p->rJD + 1.5);
- Z %= 7;
- if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
- p->rJD += n - Z;
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- rc = 0;
- }
- break;
- }
- case 's': {
- /*
- ** start of TTTTT
- **
- ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
- ** or month or year.
- */
- if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
- z += 9;
- computeYMD(p);
- p->validHMS = 1;
- p->h = p->m = 0;
- p->s = 0.0;
- p->validTZ = 0;
- p->validJD = 0;
- if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
- p->D = 1;
- rc = 0;
- }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
- computeYMD(p);
- p->M = 1;
- p->D = 1;
- rc = 0;
- }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
- rc = 0;
- }
- break;
- }
- case '+':
- case '-':
- case '0':
- case '1':
- case '2':
- case '3':
- case '4':
- case '5':
- case '6':
- case '7':
- case '8':
- case '9': {
- n = getValue(z, &r);
- if( n<=0 ) break;
- if( z[n]==':' ){
- /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
- ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
- ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be
- ** omitted.
- */
- const char *z2 = z;
- DateTime tx;
- int day;
- if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z2) ) z2++;
- memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
- if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
- computeJD(&tx);
- tx.rJD -= 0.5;
- day = (int)tx.rJD;
- tx.rJD -= day;
- if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.rJD = -tx.rJD;
- computeJD(p);
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- p->rJD += tx.rJD;
- rc = 0;
- break;
- }
- z += n;
- while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
- n = strlen(z);
- if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
- if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
- computeJD(p);
- rc = 0;
- if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
- p->rJD += r;
- }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
- p->rJD += r/24.0;
- }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
- p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0);
- }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
- p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0*60.0);
- }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
- int x, y;
- computeYMD_HMS(p);
- p->M += (int)r;
- x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
- p->Y += x;
- p->M -= x*12;
- p->validJD = 0;
- computeJD(p);
- y = (int)r;
- if( y!=r ){
- p->rJD += (r - y)*30.0;
- }
- }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
- computeYMD_HMS(p);
- p->Y += (int)r;
- p->validJD = 0;
- computeJD(p);
- }else{
- rc = 1;
- }
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- break;
- }
- default: {
- break;
- }
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
-** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write
-** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0
-** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
-*/
-static int isDate(int argc, sqlite3_value **argv, DateTime *p){
- int i;
- if( argc==0 ) return 1;
- if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ||
- parseDateOrTime((char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), p) ) return 1;
- for(i=1; i59.999 ) s = 59.999;
- sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%02.3f", s);
- j += strlen(&z[j]);
- break;
- }
- case 'H': sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
- case 'W': /* Fall thru */
- case 'j': {
- int nDay; /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
- DateTime y = x;
- y.validJD = 0;
- y.M = 1;
- y.D = 1;
- computeJD(&y);
- nDay = (int)(x.rJD - y.rJD + 0.5);
- if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
- int wd; /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
- wd = ((int)(x.rJD+0.5)) % 7;
- sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
- j += 2;
- }else{
- sprintf(&z[j],"%03d",nDay+1);
- j += 3;
- }
- break;
- }
- case 'J': sprintf(&z[j],"%.16g",x.rJD); j+=strlen(&z[j]); break;
- case 'm': sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
- case 'M': sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
- case 's': {
- sprintf(&z[j],"%d",(int)((x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5));
- j += strlen(&z[j]);
- break;
- }
- case 'S': sprintf(&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
- case 'w': z[j++] = (((int)(x.rJD+1.5)) % 7) + '0'; break;
- case 'Y': sprintf(&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=strlen(&z[j]); break;
- case '%': z[j++] = '%'; break;
- }
- }
- }
- z[j] = 0;
- sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- if( z!=zBuf ){
- sqliteFree(z);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** current_time()
-**
-** This function returns the same value as time('now').
-*/
-static void ctimeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
- if( pVal ){
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
- timeFunc(context, 1, &pVal);
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** current_date()
-**
-** This function returns the same value as date('now').
-*/
-static void cdateFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
- if( pVal ){
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
- dateFunc(context, 1, &pVal);
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** current_timestamp()
-**
-** This function returns the same value as datetime('now').
-*/
-static void ctimestampFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
- if( pVal ){
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
- datetimeFunc(context, 1, &pVal);
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
- }
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-/*
-** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time
-** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version
-** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp()
-** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that
-** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc.
-**
-** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime()
-** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied
-** as the user-data for the function.
-*/
-static void currentTimeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- time_t t;
- char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
- char zBuf[20];
-
- time(&t);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- {
- extern int sqlite3_current_time; /* See os_XXX.c */
- if( sqlite3_current_time ){
- t = sqlite3_current_time;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
- {
- struct tm sNow;
- gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
- strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
- }
-#else
- {
- struct tm *pTm;
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
- pTm = gmtime(&t);
- strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, pTm);
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- }
-#endif
-
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
-** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with
-** external linkage.
-*/
-void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
- static const struct {
- char *zName;
- int nArg;
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
- } aFuncs[] = {
- { "julianday", -1, juliandayFunc },
- { "date", -1, dateFunc },
- { "time", -1, timeFunc },
- { "datetime", -1, datetimeFunc },
- { "strftime", -1, strftimeFunc },
- { "current_time", 0, ctimeFunc },
- { "current_timestamp", 0, ctimestampFunc },
- { "current_date", 0, cdateFunc },
- };
- int i;
-
- for(i=0; izErrMsg and return NULL. If all tables
-** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
-*/
-Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
- Table *pTab = 0;
- int i;
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
- sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab);
- pItem->pTab = pTab;
- if( pTab ){
- pTab->nRef++;
- }
- }
- return pTab;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not
-** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is
-** writable return 0;
-*/
-int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
- if( (pTab->readOnly && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
- && pParse->nested==0)
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- || (pTab->pMod && pTab->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0)
-#endif
- ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
- return 1;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
- if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
- return 1;
- }
-#endif
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will open a table for reading.
-*/
-void sqlite3OpenTable(
- Parse *p, /* Generate code into this VDBE */
- int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */
- int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
- Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */
- int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
-){
- Vdbe *v;
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return;
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
- assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
- sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite), pTab->zName);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
- VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pTab->zName));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iCur, pTab->nCol);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
-**
-** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
-** \________/ \________________/
-** pTabList pWhere
-*/
-void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */
- Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
-){
- Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */
- Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */
- const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */
- int end, addr = 0; /* A couple addresses of generated code */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */
- Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */
- int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */
- AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */
- int oldIdx = -1; /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */
- NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
- int iDb; /* Database number */
- int memCnt = 0; /* Memory cell used for change counting */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
- int triggers_exist = 0; /* True if any triggers exist */
-#endif
-
- sContext.pParse = 0;
- if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
- goto delete_from_cleanup;
- }
- db = pParse->db;
- assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-
- /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be
- ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
- ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
- ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
- */
- pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
- if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
-
- /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
- ** deleted from is a view
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0);
- isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-#else
-# define triggers_exist 0
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-
- if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){
- goto delete_from_cleanup;
- }
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- assert( iDbnDb );
- zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
- goto delete_from_cleanup;
- }
-
- /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
- */
- if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
- goto delete_from_cleanup;
- }
-
- /* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger.
- */
- if( triggers_exist ){
- oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
- }
-
- /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
- */
- assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
- iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
- memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
- sNC.pParse = pParse;
- sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
- if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
- goto delete_from_cleanup;
- }
-
- /* Start the view context
- */
- if( isView ){
- sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
- }
-
- /* Begin generating code.
- */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ){
- goto delete_from_cleanup;
- }
- if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, triggers_exist, iDb);
-
- /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
- ** a ephemeral table.
- */
- if( isView ){
- Select *pView = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_EphemTab, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pView);
- }
-
- /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
- ** we are counting rows.
- */
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
- memCnt = pParse->nMem++;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, memCnt);
- }
-
- /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
- ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Note, however, that
- ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect.
- */
- if( pWhere==0 && !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
- /* If counting rows deleted, just count the total number of
- ** entries in the table. */
- int endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- int addr2;
- if( !isView ){
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
- addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, memCnt);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr2);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
- }
- if( !isView ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb);
- if( !pParse->nested ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC);
- }
- for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
- }
- }
- }
- /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
- ** the table and pick which records to delete.
- */
- else{
- /* Begin the database scan
- */
- pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0);
- if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
-
- /* Remember the rowid of every item to be deleted.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoWrite, 0, 0);
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, memCnt);
- }
-
- /* End the database scan loop.
- */
- sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-
- /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers.
- */
- if( triggers_exist ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol);
- }
-
- /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the
- ** database scan. We have to delete items after the scan is complete
- ** because deleting an item can change the scan order.
- */
- end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
- /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are
- ** row triggers.
- */
- if( triggers_exist ){
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, end);
- if( !isView ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, 0);
- if( !isView ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
- }
-
- (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab,
- -1, oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default,
- addr);
- }
-
- if( !isView ){
- /* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and all its
- ** indices. If there are row triggers, this happens inside the
- ** OP_FifoRead loop because the cursor have to all be closed
- ** before the trigger fires. If there are no row triggers, the
- ** cursors are opened only once on the outside the loop.
- */
- sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite);
-
- /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are no
- ** row triggers */
- if( !triggers_exist ){
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, end);
- }
-
- /* Delete the row */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- pParse->pVirtualLock = pTab;
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB);
- }else
-#endif
- {
- sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, pParse->nested==0);
- }
- }
-
- /* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke
- ** the AFTER triggers
- */
- if( triggers_exist ){
- if( !isView ){
- for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
- }
- (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, -1,
- oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default,
- addr);
- }
-
- /* End of the delete loop */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end);
-
- /* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */
- if( !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
- }
- }
-
- /*
- ** Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is
- ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
- ** invoke the callback function.
- */
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memCnt, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", P3_STATIC);
- }
-
-delete_from_cleanup:
- sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
- return;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
-** single table to be deleted.
-**
-** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
-** These are the requirements:
-**
-** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
-** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "base".
-**
-** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
-** cursor number base+i for the i-th index.
-**
-** 3. The record number of the row to be deleted must be on the top
-** of the stack.
-**
-** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number
-** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index
-** entries that point to that record.
-*/
-void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
- sqlite3 *db, /* The database containing the index */
- Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */
- Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
- int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */
- int count /* Increment the row change counter */
-){
- int addr;
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0);
- sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(v, pTab, iCur, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
- if( count ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
-** index entries associated with a single row of a single table.
-**
-** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
-** These are the requirements:
-**
-** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
-** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur".
-**
-** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
-** cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index.
-**
-** 3. The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be
-** deleted.
-*/
-void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
- Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */
- Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
- int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */
- char *aIdxUsed /* Only delete if aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i]!=0 */
-){
- int i;
- Index *pIdx;
-
- for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- if( aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i-1]==0 ) continue;
- sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, iCur);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, 0);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it on the top
-** of the tack. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
-** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
-** the entry that needs indexing.
-*/
-void sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
- Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */
- Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */
- int iCur /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */
-){
- int j;
- Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
- for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){
- int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
- if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, j, 0);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx);
- sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx);
- }
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeIdxRec, pIdx->nColumn, 0);
- sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
-}
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/expr.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/expr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 51cbd4de..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/expr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2401 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
-** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
-**
-** $Id: expr.c 3426 2007-03-21 20:19:37Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include
-
-/*
-** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
-**
-** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
-** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the
-** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
-** indicating no affinity for the expression.
-**
-** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all
-** have an affinity:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
-** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
-** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
-** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
-*/
-char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
- int op = pExpr->op;
- if( op==TK_AS ){
- return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
- }
- if( op==TK_SELECT ){
- return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
- if( op==TK_CAST ){
- return sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token);
- }
-#endif
- return pExpr->affinity;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
-** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to the revised expression.
-** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate
-** flag. An explicit collating sequence will override implicit
-** collating sequences.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pName){
- CollSeq *pColl;
- if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
- pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, (char*)pName->z, pName->n);
- if( pColl ){
- pExpr->pColl = pColl;
- pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
- }
- return pExpr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
-** there is no default collation type, return 0.
-*/
-CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
- CollSeq *pColl = 0;
- if( pExpr ){
- pColl = pExpr->pColl;
- if( (pExpr->op==TK_AS || pExpr->op==TK_CAST) && !pColl ){
- return sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
- }
- }
- if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){
- pColl = 0;
- }
- return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator. aff2 is the
-** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the
-** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
-*/
-char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
- char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
- if( aff1 && aff2 ){
- /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric
- ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
- */
- if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){
- return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- }
- }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
- /* Neither side of the comparison is a column. Compare the
- ** results directly.
- */
- return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- }else{
- /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
- assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 );
- return (aff1 + aff2);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should
-** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
-*/
-static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
- char aff;
- assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
- pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
- pExpr->op==TK_NE );
- assert( pExpr->pLeft );
- aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
- if( pExpr->pRight ){
- aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
- }
- else if( pExpr->pSelect ){
- aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
- }
- else if( !aff ){
- aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
- }
- return aff;
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
-** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
-** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
-** the comparison in pExpr.
-*/
-int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
- char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
- switch( aff ){
- case SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
- return 1;
- case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
- return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
- default:
- return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the P1 value that should be used for a binary comparison
-** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
-** If jumpIfNull is true, then set the low byte of the returned
-** P1 value to tell the opcode to jump if either expression
-** evaluates to NULL.
-*/
-static int binaryCompareP1(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
- char aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
- return ((int)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff))+(jumpIfNull?0x100:0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
-** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
-**
-** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
-** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
-** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
-** type.
-*/
-static CollSeq* binaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
- CollSeq *pColl;
- assert( pLeft );
- assert( pRight );
- if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
- assert( pLeft->pColl );
- pColl = pLeft->pColl;
- }else if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
- assert( pRight->pColl );
- pColl = pRight->pColl;
- }else{
- pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
- if( !pColl ){
- pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
- }
- }
- return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a comparison operator.
-*/
-static int codeCompare(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
- Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */
- Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */
- int opcode, /* The comparison opcode */
- int dest, /* Jump here if true. */
- int jumpIfNull /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
-){
- int p1 = binaryCompareP1(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
- CollSeq *p3 = binaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
- return sqlite3VdbeOp3(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, p1, dest, (void*)p3, P3_COLLSEQ);
-}
-
-/*
-** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it. Memory
-** for this node is obtained from sqliteMalloc(). The calling function
-** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3Expr(int op, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight, const Token *pToken){
- Expr *pNew;
- pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Expr) );
- if( pNew==0 ){
- /* When malloc fails, delete pLeft and pRight. Expressions passed to
- ** this function must always be allocated with sqlite3Expr() for this
- ** reason.
- */
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pLeft);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pRight);
- return 0;
- }
- pNew->op = op;
- pNew->pLeft = pLeft;
- pNew->pRight = pRight;
- pNew->iAgg = -1;
- if( pToken ){
- assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
- pNew->span = pNew->token = *pToken;
- }else if( pLeft ){
- if( pRight ){
- sqlite3ExprSpan(pNew, &pLeft->span, &pRight->span);
- if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
- pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
- pNew->pColl = pRight->pColl;
- }
- }
- if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
- pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
- pNew->pColl = pLeft->pColl;
- }
- }
- return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Works like sqlite3Expr() but frees its pLeft and pRight arguments
-** if it fails due to a malloc problem.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3ExprOrFree(int op, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight, const Token *pToken){
- Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(op, pLeft, pRight, pToken);
- if( pNew==0 ){
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pLeft);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pRight);
- }
- return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** When doing a nested parse, you can include terms in an expression
-** that look like this: #0 #1 #2 ... These terms refer to elements
-** on the stack. "#0" means the top of the stack.
-** "#1" means the next down on the stack. And so forth.
-**
-** This routine is called by the parser to deal with on of those terms.
-** It immediately generates code to store the value in a memory location.
-** The returns an expression that will code to extract the value from
-** that memory location as needed.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3RegisterExpr(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- Expr *p;
- int depth;
- if( pParse->nested==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", pToken);
- return 0;
- }
- if( v==0 ) return 0;
- p = sqlite3Expr(TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, pToken);
- if( p==0 ){
- return 0; /* Malloc failed */
- }
- depth = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]);
- p->iTable = pParse->nMem++;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, depth, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, p->iTable, 1);
- return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Join two expressions using an AND operator. If either expression is
-** NULL, then just return the other expression.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
- if( pLeft==0 ){
- return pRight;
- }else if( pRight==0 ){
- return pLeft;
- }else{
- return sqlite3Expr(TK_AND, pLeft, pRight, 0);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the Expr.span field of the given expression to span all
-** text between the two given tokens.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr *pExpr, Token *pLeft, Token *pRight){
- assert( pRight!=0 );
- assert( pLeft!=0 );
- if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() && pRight->z && pLeft->z ){
- assert( pLeft->dyn==0 || pLeft->z[pLeft->n]==0 );
- if( pLeft->dyn==0 && pRight->dyn==0 ){
- pExpr->span.z = pLeft->z;
- pExpr->span.n = pRight->n + (pRight->z - pLeft->z);
- }else{
- pExpr->span.z = 0;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
-** arguments.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
- Expr *pNew;
- assert( pToken );
- pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Expr) );
- if( pNew==0 ){
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); /* Avoid leaking memory when malloc fails */
- return 0;
- }
- pNew->op = TK_FUNCTION;
- pNew->pList = pList;
- assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
- pNew->token = *pToken;
- pNew->span = pNew->token;
- return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
-** in the original SQL statement.
-**
-** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
-** variable number.
-**
-** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn". We make
-** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
-** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
-**
-** Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
-** as the previous instance of the same wildcard. Or if this is the first
-** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is
-** assigned.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
- Token *pToken;
- if( pExpr==0 ) return;
- pToken = &pExpr->token;
- assert( pToken->n>=1 );
- assert( pToken->z!=0 );
- assert( pToken->z[0]!=0 );
- if( pToken->n==1 ){
- /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */
- pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
- }else if( pToken->z[0]=='?' ){
- /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and
- ** use it as the variable number */
- int i;
- pExpr->iTable = i = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]);
- if( i<1 || i>SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
- SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER);
- }
- if( i>pParse->nVar ){
- pParse->nVar = i;
- }
- }else{
- /* Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa". Reuse the same variable
- ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
- ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
- */
- int i, n;
- n = pToken->n;
- for(i=0; inVarExpr; i++){
- Expr *pE;
- if( (pE = pParse->apVarExpr[i])!=0
- && pE->token.n==n
- && memcmp(pE->token.z, pToken->z, n)==0 ){
- pExpr->iTable = pE->iTable;
- break;
- }
- }
- if( i>=pParse->nVarExpr ){
- pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
- if( pParse->nVarExpr>=pParse->nVarExprAlloc-1 ){
- pParse->nVarExprAlloc += pParse->nVarExprAlloc + 10;
- sqliteReallocOrFree((void**)&pParse->apVarExpr,
- pParse->nVarExprAlloc*sizeof(pParse->apVarExpr[0]) );
- }
- if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
- assert( pParse->apVarExpr!=0 );
- pParse->apVarExpr[pParse->nVarExpr++] = pExpr;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Recursively delete an expression tree.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr *p){
- if( p==0 ) return;
- if( p->span.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)p->span.z);
- if( p->token.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)p->token.z);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLeft);
- sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pRight);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pList);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect);
- sqliteFree(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** The Expr.token field might be a string literal that is quoted.
-** If so, remove the quotation marks.
-*/
-void sqlite3DequoteExpr(Expr *p){
- if( ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_Dequoted) ){
- return;
- }
- ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Dequoted);
- if( p->token.dyn==0 ){
- sqlite3TokenCopy(&p->token, &p->token);
- }
- sqlite3Dequote((char*)p->token.z);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
-** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can
-** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
-** without effecting the originals.
-**
-** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
-** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded
-** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
-**
-** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
-*/
-Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(Expr *p){
- Expr *pNew;
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*p) );
- if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
- memcpy(pNew, p, sizeof(*pNew));
- if( p->token.z!=0 ){
- pNew->token.z = (u8*)sqliteStrNDup((char*)p->token.z, p->token.n);
- pNew->token.dyn = 1;
- }else{
- assert( pNew->token.z==0 );
- }
- pNew->span.z = 0;
- pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pLeft);
- pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pRight);
- pNew->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pList);
- pNew->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(p->pSelect);
- pNew->pTab = p->pTab;
- return pNew;
-}
-void sqlite3TokenCopy(Token *pTo, Token *pFrom){
- if( pTo->dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pTo->z);
- if( pFrom->z ){
- pTo->n = pFrom->n;
- pTo->z = (u8*)sqliteStrNDup((char*)pFrom->z, pFrom->n);
- pTo->dyn = 1;
- }else{
- pTo->z = 0;
- }
-}
-ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(ExprList *p){
- ExprList *pNew;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
- int i;
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
- if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
- pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr;
- pNew->a = pItem = sqliteMalloc( p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
- if( pItem==0 ){
- sqliteFree(pNew);
- return 0;
- }
- pOldItem = p->a;
- for(i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
- Expr *pNewExpr, *pOldExpr;
- pItem->pExpr = pNewExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr);
- if( pOldExpr->span.z!=0 && pNewExpr ){
- /* Always make a copy of the span for top-level expressions in the
- ** expression list. The logic in SELECT processing that determines
- ** the names of columns in the result set needs this information */
- sqlite3TokenCopy(&pNewExpr->span, &pOldExpr->span);
- }
- assert( pNewExpr==0 || pNewExpr->span.z!=0
- || pOldExpr->span.z==0
- || sqlite3MallocFailed() );
- pItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
- pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
- pItem->isAgg = pOldItem->isAgg;
- pItem->done = 0;
- }
- return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
-** the build, then none of the following routines, except for
-** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
-** called with a NULL argument.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \
- || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(SrcList *p){
- SrcList *pNew;
- int i;
- int nByte;
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
- pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte );
- if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
- pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
- for(i=0; inSrc; i++){
- struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
- struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
- Table *pTab;
- pNewItem->zDatabase = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zDatabase);
- pNewItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
- pNewItem->zAlias = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zAlias);
- pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
- pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
- pNewItem->isPopulated = pOldItem->isPopulated;
- pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
- if( pTab ){
- pTab->nRef++;
- }
- pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pOldItem->pSelect);
- pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(pOldItem->pOn);
- pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(pOldItem->pUsing);
- pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed;
- }
- return pNew;
-}
-IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(IdList *p){
- IdList *pNew;
- int i;
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pNew) );
- if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
- pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId;
- pNew->a = sqliteMallocRaw( p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
- if( pNew->a==0 ){
- sqliteFree(pNew);
- return 0;
- }
- for(i=0; inId; i++){
- struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
- struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
- pNewItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
- pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
- }
- return pNew;
-}
-Select *sqlite3SelectDup(Select *p){
- Select *pNew;
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*p) );
- if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
- pNew->isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
- pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pEList);
- pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(p->pSrc);
- pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pWhere);
- pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pGroupBy);
- pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pHaving);
- pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pOrderBy);
- pNew->op = p->op;
- pNew->pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(p->pPrior);
- pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pLimit);
- pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pOffset);
- pNew->iLimit = -1;
- pNew->iOffset = -1;
- pNew->isResolved = p->isResolved;
- pNew->isAgg = p->isAgg;
- pNew->usesEphm = 0;
- pNew->disallowOrderBy = 0;
- pNew->pRightmost = 0;
- pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
- pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
- pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
- return pNew;
-}
-#else
-Select *sqlite3SelectDup(Select *p){
- assert( p==0 );
- return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Add a new element to the end of an expression list. If pList is
-** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
-*/
-ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(ExprList *pList, Expr *pExpr, Token *pName){
- if( pList==0 ){
- pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(ExprList) );
- if( pList==0 ){
- goto no_mem;
- }
- assert( pList->nAlloc==0 );
- }
- if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){
- struct ExprList_item *a;
- int n = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4;
- a = sqliteRealloc(pList->a, n*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
- if( a==0 ){
- goto no_mem;
- }
- pList->a = a;
- pList->nAlloc = n;
- }
- assert( pList->a!=0 );
- if( pExpr || pName ){
- struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
- memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
- pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
- pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
- }
- return pList;
-
-no_mem:
- /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an entire expression list.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList *pList){
- int i;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- if( pList==0 ) return;
- assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) );
- assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc );
- for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pExpr);
- sqliteFree(pItem->zName);
- }
- sqliteFree(pList->a);
- sqliteFree(pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree. Call xFunc for each node visited.
-**
-** The return value from xFunc determines whether the tree walk continues.
-** 0 means continue walking the tree. 1 means do not walk children
-** of the current node but continue with siblings. 2 means abandon
-** the tree walk completely.
-**
-** The return value from this routine is 1 to abandon the tree walk
-** and 0 to continue.
-**
-** NOTICE: This routine does *not* descend into subqueries.
-*/
-static int walkExprList(ExprList *, int (*)(void *, Expr*), void *);
-static int walkExprTree(Expr *pExpr, int (*xFunc)(void*,Expr*), void *pArg){
- int rc;
- if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
- rc = (*xFunc)(pArg, pExpr);
- if( rc==0 ){
- if( walkExprTree(pExpr->pLeft, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
- if( walkExprTree(pExpr->pRight, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
- if( walkExprList(pExpr->pList, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
- }
- return rc>1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call walkExprTree() for every expression in list p.
-*/
-static int walkExprList(ExprList *p, int (*xFunc)(void *, Expr*), void *pArg){
- int i;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- if( !p ) return 0;
- for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
- if( walkExprTree(pItem->pExpr, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call walkExprTree() for every expression in Select p, not including
-** expressions that are part of sub-selects in any FROM clause or the LIMIT
-** or OFFSET expressions..
-*/
-static int walkSelectExpr(Select *p, int (*xFunc)(void *, Expr*), void *pArg){
- walkExprList(p->pEList, xFunc, pArg);
- walkExprTree(p->pWhere, xFunc, pArg);
- walkExprList(p->pGroupBy, xFunc, pArg);
- walkExprTree(p->pHaving, xFunc, pArg);
- walkExprList(p->pOrderBy, xFunc, pArg);
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine is designed as an xFunc for walkExprTree().
-**
-** pArg is really a pointer to an integer. If we can tell by looking
-** at pExpr that the expression that contains pExpr is not a constant
-** expression, then set *pArg to 0 and return 2 to abandon the tree walk.
-** If pExpr does does not disqualify the expression from being a constant
-** then do nothing.
-**
-** After walking the whole tree, if no nodes are found that disqualify
-** the expression as constant, then we assume the whole expression
-** is constant. See sqlite3ExprIsConstant() for additional information.
-*/
-static int exprNodeIsConstant(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){
- switch( pExpr->op ){
- /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
- ** and *pArg==2 */
- case TK_FUNCTION:
- if( *((int*)pArg)==2 ) return 0;
- /* Fall through */
- case TK_ID:
- case TK_COLUMN:
- case TK_DOT:
- case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
- case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- case TK_SELECT:
- case TK_EXISTS:
-#endif
- *((int*)pArg) = 0;
- return 2;
- case TK_IN:
- if( pExpr->pSelect ){
- *((int*)pArg) = 0;
- return 2;
- }
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
-**
-** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
-** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
-** a constant.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
- int isConst = 1;
- walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst);
- return isConst;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there
-** are any variables.
-**
-** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
-** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
-** a constant.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){
- int isConst = 2;
- walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst);
- return isConst!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
-** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
-** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
-** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
- switch( p->op ){
- case TK_INTEGER: {
- if( sqlite3GetInt32((char*)p->token.z, pValue) ){
- return 1;
- }
- break;
- }
- case TK_UPLUS: {
- return sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
- }
- case TK_UMINUS: {
- int v;
- if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
- *pValue = -v;
- return 1;
- }
- break;
- }
- default: break;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
-*/
-int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
-** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr
-** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes
-** are made to pExpr:
-**
-** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database holding
-** the table.
-** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
-** from pSrcList.
-** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table.
-** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN.
-** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted
-** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted.
-**
-** The pDbToken is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be
-** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database
-** can be used. The pTableToken is the name of the table (the "Y"). This
-** value can be NULL if pDbToken is also NULL. If pTableToken is NULL it
-** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
-** can be used.
-**
-** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
-** in pParse and return non-zero. Return zero on success.
-*/
-static int lookupName(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
- Token *pDbToken, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
- Token *pTableToken, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
- Token *pColumnToken, /* Name of the column. */
- NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */
- Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
-){
- char *zDb = 0; /* Name of the database. The "X" in X.Y.Z */
- char *zTab = 0; /* Name of the table. The "Y" in X.Y.Z or Y.Z */
- char *zCol = 0; /* Name of the column. The "Z" */
- int i, j; /* Loop counters */
- int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */
- int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */
- struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
- struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */
- NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */
-
- assert( pColumnToken && pColumnToken->z ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
- zDb = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDbToken);
- zTab = sqlite3NameFromToken(pTableToken);
- zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(pColumnToken);
- if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
- goto lookupname_end;
- }
-
- pExpr->iTable = -1;
- while( pNC && cnt==0 ){
- ExprList *pEList;
- SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-
- if( pSrcList ){
- for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
- Table *pTab;
- int iDb;
- Column *pCol;
-
- pTab = pItem->pTab;
- assert( pTab!=0 );
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
- if( zTab ){
- if( pItem->zAlias ){
- char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias;
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
- }else{
- char *zTabName = pTab->zName;
- if( zTabName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
- if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){
- continue;
- }
- }
- }
- if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
- pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
- pExpr->pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
- pMatch = pItem;
- }
- for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pCol++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
- const char *zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
- IdList *pUsing;
- cnt++;
- pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
- pMatch = pItem;
- pExpr->pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
- /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
- pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j;
- pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
- if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate)==0 ){
- pExpr->pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl,-1, 0);
- }
- if( inSrc-1 ){
- if( pItem[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
- /* If this match occurred in the left table of a natural join,
- ** then skip the right table to avoid a duplicate match */
- pItem++;
- i++;
- }else if( (pUsing = pItem[1].pUsing)!=0 ){
- /* If this match occurs on a column that is in the USING clause
- ** of a join, skip the search of the right table of the join
- ** to avoid a duplicate match there. */
- int k;
- for(k=0; knId; k++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ){
- pItem++;
- i++;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe
- ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
- */
- if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->trigStack!=0 ){
- TriggerStack *pTriggerStack = pParse->trigStack;
- Table *pTab = 0;
- if( pTriggerStack->newIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("new", zTab) == 0 ){
- pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->newIdx;
- assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
- pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
- }else if( pTriggerStack->oldIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("old", zTab)==0 ){
- pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->oldIdx;
- assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
- pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
- }
-
- if( pTab ){
- int iCol;
- Column *pCol = pTab->aCol;
-
- pExpr->pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
- cntTab++;
- for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++) {
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
- const char *zColl = pTab->aCol[iCol].zColl;
- cnt++;
- pExpr->iColumn = iCol==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : iCol;
- pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity;
- if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate)==0 ){
- pExpr->pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl,-1, 0);
- }
- pExpr->pTab = pTab;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-
- /*
- ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
- */
- if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
- cnt = 1;
- pExpr->iColumn = -1;
- pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
- }
-
- /*
- ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
- ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when
- ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
- **
- ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
- **
- ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
- ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
- ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
- ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
- */
- if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){
- for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){
- char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
- if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
- assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
- pExpr->op = TK_AS;
- pExpr->iColumn = j;
- pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(pEList->a[j].pExpr);
- cnt = 1;
- assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
- goto lookupname_end_2;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either
- ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts.
- */
- if( cnt==0 ){
- pNC = pNC->pNext;
- }
- }
-
- /*
- ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
- ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
- ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that
- ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
- ** pExpr.
- **
- ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
- ** fields are not changed in any context.
- */
- if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && pColumnToken->z[0]=='"' ){
- sqliteFree(zCol);
- return 0;
- }
-
- /*
- ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or
- ** more matches. Either way, we have an error.
- */
- if( cnt!=1 ){
- char *z = 0;
- char *zErr;
- zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column: %s" : "ambiguous column name: %s";
- if( zDb ){
- sqlite3SetString(&z, zDb, ".", zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0);
- }else if( zTab ){
- sqlite3SetString(&z, zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0);
- }else{
- z = sqliteStrDup(zCol);
- }
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, zErr, z);
- sqliteFree(z);
- pTopNC->nErr++;
- }
-
- /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record
- ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes
- ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the
- ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask
- ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask.
- */
- if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
- int n = pExpr->iColumn;
- if( n>=sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ){
- n = sizeof(Bitmask)*8-1;
- }
- assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
- pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<pLeft);
- pExpr->pLeft = 0;
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr->pRight);
- pExpr->pRight = 0;
- pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
-lookupname_end_2:
- sqliteFree(zCol);
- if( cnt==1 ){
- assert( pNC!=0 );
- sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pNC->pSrcList);
- if( pMatch && !pMatch->pSelect ){
- pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab;
- }
- /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
- ** the point where the name matched. */
- for(;;){
- assert( pTopNC!=0 );
- pTopNC->nRef++;
- if( pTopNC==pNC ) break;
- pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext;
- }
- return 0;
- } else {
- return 1;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is designed as an xFunc for walkExprTree().
-**
-** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
-** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down
-** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk.
-**
-** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for
-** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed
-** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
-*/
-static int nameResolverStep(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){
- NameContext *pNC = (NameContext*)pArg;
- Parse *pParse;
-
- if( pExpr==0 ) return 1;
- assert( pNC!=0 );
- pParse = pNC->pParse;
-
- if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return 1;
- ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){
- SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
- int i;
- for(i=0; ipSrcList->nSrc; i++){
- assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursornTab);
- }
- }
-#endif
- switch( pExpr->op ){
- /* Double-quoted strings (ex: "abc") are used as identifiers if
- ** possible. Otherwise they remain as strings. Single-quoted
- ** strings (ex: 'abc') are always string literals.
- */
- case TK_STRING: {
- if( pExpr->token.z[0]=='\'' ) break;
- /* Fall thru into the TK_ID case if this is a double-quoted string */
- }
- /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
- */
- case TK_ID: {
- lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, &pExpr->token, pNC, pExpr);
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* A table name and column name: ID.ID
- ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID
- */
- case TK_DOT: {
- Token *pColumn;
- Token *pTable;
- Token *pDb;
- Expr *pRight;
-
- /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */
- pRight = pExpr->pRight;
- if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
- pDb = 0;
- pTable = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
- pColumn = &pRight->token;
- }else{
- assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
- pDb = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
- pTable = &pRight->pLeft->token;
- pColumn = &pRight->pRight->token;
- }
- lookupName(pParse, pDb, pTable, pColumn, pNC, pExpr);
- return 1;
- }
-
- /* Resolve function names
- */
- case TK_CONST_FUNC:
- case TK_FUNCTION: {
- ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList; /* The argument list */
- int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */
- int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */
- int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */
- int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */
- int i;
- int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */
- int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */
- const char *zId; /* The function name. */
- FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */
- int enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */
-
- zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z;
- nId = pExpr->token.n;
- pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
- if( pDef==0 ){
- pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0);
- if( pDef==0 ){
- no_such_func = 1;
- }else{
- wrong_num_args = 1;
- }
- }else{
- is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- if( pDef ){
- auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
- if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
- pDef->zName);
- pNC->nErr++;
- }
- pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
- return 1;
- }
- }
-#endif
- if( is_agg && !pNC->allowAgg ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
- pNC->nErr++;
- is_agg = 0;
- }else if( no_such_func ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
- pNC->nErr++;
- }else if( wrong_num_args ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
- nId, zId);
- pNC->nErr++;
- }
- if( is_agg ){
- pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
- pNC->hasAgg = 1;
- }
- if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 0;
- for(i=0; pNC->nErr==0 && ia[i].pExpr, nameResolverStep, pNC);
- }
- if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1;
- /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
- ** type of the function
- */
- return is_agg;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- case TK_SELECT:
- case TK_EXISTS:
-#endif
- case TK_IN: {
- if( pExpr->pSelect ){
- int nRef = pNC->nRef;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- if( pNC->isCheck ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints");
- }
-#endif
- sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, pNC);
- assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef );
- if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){
- ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect);
- }
- }
- break;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- case TK_VARIABLE: {
- if( pNC->isCheck ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints");
- }
- break;
- }
-#endif
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
-** table columns. Nodes of the form ID.ID or ID resolve into an
-** index to the table in the table list and a column offset. The
-** Expr.opcode for such nodes is changed to TK_COLUMN. The Expr.iTable
-** value is changed to the index of the referenced table in pTabList
-** plus the "base" value. The base value will ultimately become the
-** VDBE cursor number for a cursor that is pointing into the referenced
-** table. The Expr.iColumn value is changed to the index of the column
-** of the referenced table. The Expr.iColumn value for the special
-** ROWID column is -1. Any INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is tried as an
-** alias for ROWID.
-**
-** Also resolve function names and check the functions for proper
-** usage. Make sure all function names are recognized and all functions
-** have the correct number of arguments. Leave an error message
-** in pParse->zErrMsg if anything is amiss. Return the number of errors.
-**
-** If the expression contains aggregate functions then set the EP_Agg
-** property on the expression.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprResolveNames(
- NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
- Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */
-){
- int savedHasAgg;
- if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
- savedHasAgg = pNC->hasAgg;
- pNC->hasAgg = 0;
- walkExprTree(pExpr, nameResolverStep, pNC);
- if( pNC->nErr>0 ){
- ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
- }
- if( pNC->hasAgg ){
- ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
- }else if( savedHasAgg ){
- pNC->hasAgg = 1;
- }
- return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
-}
-
-/*
-** A pointer instance of this structure is used to pass information
-** through walkExprTree into codeSubqueryStep().
-*/
-typedef struct QueryCoder QueryCoder;
-struct QueryCoder {
- Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */
- NameContext *pNC; /* Namespace of first enclosing query */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as an expression
-** and IN operators. Examples:
-**
-** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery
-** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery
-** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side
-** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right
-**
-** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN
-** operator or subquery.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
- int testAddr = 0; /* One-time test address */
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ) return;
-
- /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
- ** if any of the following is true:
- **
- ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery
- ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
- ** * We are inside a trigger
- **
- ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
- ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
- */
- if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && !pParse->trigStack ){
- int mem = pParse->nMem++;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, mem, 0);
- testAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, 0, 0);
- assert( testAddr>0 || sqlite3MallocFailed() );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, mem);
- }
-
- switch( pExpr->op ){
- case TK_IN: {
- char affinity;
- KeyInfo keyInfo;
- int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
-
- affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
-
- /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN()'
- ** expression it is handled the same way. A virtual table is
- ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
- ** from the SELECT or the .
- **
- ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
- ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
- ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
- ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
- ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
- ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
- ** is used.
- */
- pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, 0);
- memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo));
- keyInfo.nField = 1;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, pExpr->iTable, 1);
-
- if( pExpr->pSelect ){
- /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...)
- **
- ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
- ** table allocated and opened above.
- */
- int iParm = pExpr->iTable + (((int)affinity)<<16);
- ExprList *pEList;
- assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, SRT_Set, iParm, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- pEList = pExpr->pSelect->pEList;
- if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>0 ){
- keyInfo.aColl[0] = binaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
- pEList->a[0].pExpr);
- }
- }else if( pExpr->pList ){
- /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist)
- **
- ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
- ** store it in the temporary table. If is a column, then use
- ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If is not
- ** a column, use numeric affinity.
- */
- int i;
- ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-
- if( !affinity ){
- affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- }
- keyInfo.aColl[0] = pExpr->pLeft->pColl;
-
- /* Loop through each expression in . */
- for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
- Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
-
- /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
- ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
- ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant
- ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
- */
- if( testAddr>0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr-1, 3);
- testAddr = 0;
- }
-
- /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pE2);
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, 0);
- }
- }
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
- break;
- }
-
- case TK_EXISTS:
- case TK_SELECT: {
- /* This has to be a scalar SELECT. Generate code to put the
- ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
- ** of the memory cell in iColumn.
- */
- static const Token one = { (u8*)"1", 0, 1 };
- Select *pSel;
- int iMem;
- int sop;
-
- pExpr->iColumn = iMem = pParse->nMem++;
- pSel = pExpr->pSelect;
- if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
- sop = SRT_Mem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, iMem, 0);
- VdbeComment((v, "# Init subquery result"));
- }else{
- sop = SRT_Exists;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iMem);
- VdbeComment((v, "# Init EXISTS result"));
- }
- sqlite3ExprDelete(pSel->pLimit);
- pSel->pLimit = sqlite3Expr(TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &one);
- sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, sop, iMem, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if( testAddr ){
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr);
- }
- return;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-/*
-** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
-** text z[0..n-1] on the stack.
-*/
-static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n){
- int i;
- if( sqlite3GetInt32(z, &i) ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
- }else if( sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(z) ){
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Int64, 0, 0, z, n);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, z, n);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
-** expression and leave the result on the top of stack.
-**
-** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
-** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
-** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
-** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code
-** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int op;
- int stackChng = 1; /* Amount of change to stack depth */
-
- if( v==0 ) return;
- if( pExpr==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
- return;
- }
- op = pExpr->op;
- switch( op ){
- case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
- AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
- struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg];
- if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pCol->iMem, 0);
- break;
- }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdx,
- pCol->iSorterColumn);
- break;
- }
- /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */
- }
- case TK_COLUMN: {
- if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
- /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
- assert( pParse->ckOffset>0 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, pParse->ckOffset-pExpr->iColumn-1, 1);
- }else if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
- Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab;
- int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
- int op = (pTab && IsVirtual(pTab)) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, pExpr->iTable, iCol);
- sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- if( pTab && pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RealAffinity, 0, 0);
- }
-#endif
- }else{
- Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab;
- int op = (pTab && IsVirtual(pTab)) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, pExpr->iTable, 0);
- }
- break;
- }
- case TK_INTEGER: {
- codeInteger(v, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
- break;
- }
- case TK_FLOAT:
- case TK_STRING: {
- assert( TK_FLOAT==OP_Real );
- assert( TK_STRING==OP_String8 );
- sqlite3DequoteExpr(pExpr);
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
- break;
- }
- case TK_NULL: {
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
- break;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
- case TK_BLOB: {
- int n;
- const char *z;
- assert( TK_BLOB==OP_HexBlob );
- n = pExpr->token.n - 3;
- z = (char*)pExpr->token.z + 2;
- assert( n>=0 );
- if( n==0 ){
- z = "";
- }
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, z, n);
- break;
- }
-#endif
- case TK_VARIABLE: {
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iTable, 0);
- if( pExpr->token.n>1 ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
- }
- break;
- }
- case TK_REGISTER: {
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pExpr->iTable, 0);
- break;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
- case TK_CAST: {
- /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */
- int aff, to_op;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
- aff = sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token);
- to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText;
- assert( to_op==OP_ToText || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
- assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
- assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
- assert( to_op==OP_ToInt || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
- assert( to_op==OP_ToReal || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, to_op, 0, 0);
- stackChng = 0;
- break;
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
- case TK_LT:
- case TK_LE:
- case TK_GT:
- case TK_GE:
- case TK_NE:
- case TK_EQ: {
- assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
- assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
- assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
- assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
- assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
- assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
- codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, 0, 0);
- stackChng = -1;
- break;
- }
- case TK_AND:
- case TK_OR:
- case TK_PLUS:
- case TK_STAR:
- case TK_MINUS:
- case TK_REM:
- case TK_BITAND:
- case TK_BITOR:
- case TK_SLASH:
- case TK_LSHIFT:
- case TK_RSHIFT:
- case TK_CONCAT: {
- assert( TK_AND==OP_And );
- assert( TK_OR==OP_Or );
- assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add );
- assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract );
- assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder );
- assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd );
- assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr );
- assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide );
- assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft );
- assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight );
- assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat );
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0);
- stackChng = -1;
- break;
- }
- case TK_UMINUS: {
- Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
- assert( pLeft );
- if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
- Token *p = &pLeft->token;
- char *z = sqlite3MPrintf("-%.*s", p->n, p->z);
- if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, z, p->n+1);
- }else{
- codeInteger(v, z, p->n+1);
- }
- sqliteFree(z);
- break;
- }
- /* Fall through into TK_NOT */
- }
- case TK_BITNOT:
- case TK_NOT: {
- assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );
- assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0);
- stackChng = 0;
- break;
- }
- case TK_ISNULL:
- case TK_NOTNULL: {
- int dest;
- assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
- assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
- dest = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0);
- stackChng = 0;
- break;
- }
- case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
- AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
- if( pInfo==0 ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %T",
- &pExpr->span);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem, 0);
- }
- break;
- }
- case TK_CONST_FUNC:
- case TK_FUNCTION: {
- ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
- int nExpr = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
- FuncDef *pDef;
- int nId;
- const char *zId;
- int constMask = 0;
- int i;
- u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);
- CollSeq *pColl = 0;
- zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z;
- nId = pExpr->token.n;
- pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, nExpr, enc, 0);
- assert( pDef!=0 );
- nExpr = sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is
- ** a virtual table column.
- **
- ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the
- ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to
- ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because
- ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
- ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
- ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to
- ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
- ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
- */
- if( nExpr>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){
- pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(pDef, nExpr, pList->a[1].pExpr);
- }else if( nExpr>0 ){
- pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(pDef, nExpr, pList->a[0].pExpr);
- }
-#endif
- for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){
- constMask |= (1<needCollSeq && !pColl ){
- pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
- }
- }
- if( pDef->needCollSeq ){
- if( !pColl ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Function, constMask, nExpr, (char*)pDef, P3_FUNCDEF);
- stackChng = 1-nExpr;
- break;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- case TK_EXISTS:
- case TK_SELECT: {
- if( pExpr->iColumn==0 ){
- sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pExpr->iColumn, 0);
- VdbeComment((v, "# load subquery result"));
- break;
- }
- case TK_IN: {
- int addr;
- char affinity;
- int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset;
- sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr);
-
- /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
- ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
- ** P3 of OP_MakeRecord.
- */
- affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
-
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0);
- pParse->ckOffset = ckOffset+1;
-
- /* Code the from " IN (...)". The temporary table
- ** pExpr->iTable contains the values that make up the (...) set.
- */
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr+4); /* addr + 0 */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 2, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+7);
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); /* addr + 4 */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, addr+7);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0); /* addr + 6 */
-
- break;
- }
-#endif
- case TK_BETWEEN: {
- Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
- struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->pList->a;
- Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
- codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
- pLItem++;
- pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
- codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_And, 0, 0);
- break;
- }
- case TK_UPLUS:
- case TK_AS: {
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
- stackChng = 0;
- break;
- }
- case TK_CASE: {
- int expr_end_label;
- int jumpInst;
- int nExpr;
- int i;
- ExprList *pEList;
- struct ExprList_item *aListelem;
-
- assert(pExpr->pList);
- assert((pExpr->pList->nExpr % 2) == 0);
- assert(pExpr->pList->nExpr > 0);
- pEList = pExpr->pList;
- aListelem = pEList->a;
- nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
- expr_end_label = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- if( pExpr->pLeft ){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
- }
- for(i=0; ipLeft ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 1);
- jumpInst = codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, aListelem[i].pExpr,
- OP_Ne, 0, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
- }else{
- jumpInst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, 1, 0);
- }
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, expr_end_label);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst);
- }
- if( pExpr->pLeft ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
- }
- if( pExpr->pRight ){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, expr_end_label);
- break;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- case TK_RAISE: {
- if( !pParse->trigStack ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
- return;
- }
- if( pExpr->iColumn!=OE_Ignore ){
- assert( pExpr->iColumn==OE_Rollback ||
- pExpr->iColumn == OE_Abort ||
- pExpr->iColumn == OE_Fail );
- sqlite3DequoteExpr(pExpr);
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, pExpr->iColumn,
- (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
- } else {
- assert( pExpr->iColumn == OE_Ignore );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->trigStack->ignoreJump);
- VdbeComment((v, "# raise(IGNORE)"));
- }
- stackChng = 0;
- break;
- }
-#endif
- }
-
- if( pParse->ckOffset ){
- pParse->ckOffset += stackChng;
- assert( pParse->ckOffset );
- }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/*
-** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and leaves the result
-** on the stack. See also sqlite3ExprCode().
-**
-** This routine might also cache the result and modify the pExpr tree
-** so that it will make use of the cached result on subsequent evaluations
-** rather than evaluate the whole expression again. Trivial expressions are
-** not cached. If the expression is cached, its result is stored in a
-** memory location.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int iMem;
- int addr1, addr2;
- if( v==0 ) return;
- addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr);
- addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- if( addr2>addr1+1 || sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addr1)->opcode==OP_Function ){
- iMem = pExpr->iTable = pParse->nMem++;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 0);
- pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
-** expression list onto the stack.
-**
-** Return the number of elements pushed onto the stack.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- ExprList *pList /* The expression list to be coded */
-){
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- int i, n;
- if( pList==0 ) return 0;
- n = pList->nExpr;
- for(pItem=pList->a, i=n; i>0; i--, pItem++){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
- }
- return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
-** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
-** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
-**
-** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
-** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is true.
-**
-** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
-** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
-** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
-** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code
-** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int op = 0;
- int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset;
- if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
- op = pExpr->op;
- switch( op ){
- case TK_AND: {
- int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull);
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
- break;
- }
- case TK_OR: {
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
- break;
- }
- case TK_NOT: {
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
- break;
- }
- case TK_LT:
- case TK_LE:
- case TK_GT:
- case TK_GE:
- case TK_NE:
- case TK_EQ: {
- assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
- assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
- assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
- assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
- assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
- assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
- codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull);
- break;
- }
- case TK_ISNULL:
- case TK_NOTNULL: {
- assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
- assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
- break;
- }
- case TK_BETWEEN: {
- /* The expression "x BETWEEN y AND z" is implemented as:
- **
- ** 1 IF (x < y) GOTO 3
- ** 2 IF (x <= z) GOTO
- ** 3 ...
- */
- int addr;
- Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
- Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
- addr = codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Lt, 0, !jumpIfNull);
-
- pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
- codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, dest, jumpIfNull);
-
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
- break;
- }
- default: {
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, jumpIfNull, dest);
- break;
- }
- }
- pParse->ckOffset = ckOffset;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
-** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
-** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
-**
-** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
-** jump if jumpIfNull is true or fall through if jumpIfNull is false.
-*/
-void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
- Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
- int op = 0;
- int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset;
- if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
-
- /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
- **
- ** pExpr->op op
- ** --------- ----------
- ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull
- ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull
- ** TK_NE OP_Eq
- ** TK_EQ OP_Ne
- ** TK_GT OP_Le
- ** TK_LE OP_Gt
- ** TK_GE OP_Lt
- ** TK_LT OP_Ge
- **
- ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
- ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
- ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
- ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
- */
- op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);
-
- /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
- */
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
- assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );
-
- switch( pExpr->op ){
- case TK_AND: {
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
- break;
- }
- case TK_OR: {
- int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull);
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
- break;
- }
- case TK_NOT: {
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
- break;
- }
- case TK_LT:
- case TK_LE:
- case TK_GT:
- case TK_GE:
- case TK_NE:
- case TK_EQ: {
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
- codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull);
- break;
- }
- case TK_ISNULL:
- case TK_NOTNULL: {
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
- break;
- }
- case TK_BETWEEN: {
- /* The expression is "x BETWEEN y AND z". It is implemented as:
- **
- ** 1 IF (x >= y) GOTO 3
- ** 2 GOTO
- ** 3 IF (x > z) GOTO
- */
- int addr;
- Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
- Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, addr+3, !jumpIfNull);
-
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
- pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
- codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Gt, dest, jumpIfNull);
- break;
- }
- default: {
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, jumpIfNull, dest);
- break;
- }
- }
- pParse->ckOffset = ckOffset;
-}
-
-/*
-** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return TRUE (non-zero)
-** if they are identical and return FALSE if they differ in any way.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){
- int i;
- if( pA==0||pB==0 ){
- return pB==pA;
- }
- if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 0;
- if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 0;
- if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 0;
- if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 0;
- if( pA->pList ){
- if( pB->pList==0 ) return 0;
- if( pA->pList->nExpr!=pB->pList->nExpr ) return 0;
- for(i=0; ipList->nExpr; i++){
- if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pList->a[i].pExpr, pB->pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
- return 0;
- }
- }
- }else if( pB->pList ){
- return 0;
- }
- if( pA->pSelect || pB->pSelect ) return 0;
- if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 0;
- if( pA->token.z ){
- if( pB->token.z==0 ) return 0;
- if( pB->token.n!=pA->token.n ) return 0;
- if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pA->token.z,(char*)pB->token.z,pB->token.n)!=0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of
-** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails.
-*/
-static int addAggInfoColumn(AggInfo *pInfo){
- int i;
- i = sqlite3ArrayAllocate((void**)&pInfo->aCol, sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]), 3);
- if( i<0 ){
- return -1;
- }
- return i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of
-** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails.
-*/
-static int addAggInfoFunc(AggInfo *pInfo){
- int i;
- i = sqlite3ArrayAllocate((void**)&pInfo->aFunc, sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), 2);
- if( i<0 ){
- return -1;
- }
- return i;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is an xFunc for walkExprTree() used to implement
-** sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates
-** for additional information.
-**
-** This routine analyzes the aggregate function at pExpr.
-*/
-static int analyzeAggregate(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){
- int i;
- NameContext *pNC = (NameContext *)pArg;
- Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
- SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
- AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo;
-
-
- switch( pExpr->op ){
- case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
- case TK_COLUMN: {
- /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM
- ** clause of the aggregate query */
- if( pSrcList ){
- struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a;
- for(i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){
- struct AggInfo_col *pCol;
- if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){
- /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table
- ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.
- **
- ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there
- ** is not an entry there already.
- */
- pCol = pAggInfo->aCol;
- for(i=0; inColumn; i++, pCol++){
- if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
- pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
- break;
- }
- }
- if( i>=pAggInfo->nColumn && (i = addAggInfoColumn(pAggInfo))>=0 ){
- pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[i];
- pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable;
- pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
- pCol->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
- pCol->iSorterColumn = -1;
- pCol->pExpr = pExpr;
- if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){
- int j, n;
- ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy;
- struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a;
- n = pGB->nExpr;
- for(j=0; jpExpr;
- if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
- pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
- pCol->iSorterColumn = j;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){
- pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++;
- }
- }
- /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either
- ** because it was there before or because we just created it).
- ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that
- ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry.
- */
- pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
- pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN;
- pExpr->iAgg = i;
- break;
- } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */
- } /* end loop over pSrcList */
- }
- return 1;
- }
- case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
- /* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries
- ** to be ignored */
- if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){
- /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate
- ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure
- */
- struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
- for(i=0; inFunc; i++, pItem++){
- if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr) ){
- break;
- }
- }
- if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){
- /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[]
- */
- u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);
- i = addAggInfoFunc(pAggInfo);
- if( i>=0 ){
- pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i];
- pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
- pItem->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
- pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
- (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n,
- pExpr->pList ? pExpr->pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
- if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){
- pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
- }else{
- pItem->iDistinct = -1;
- }
- }
- }
- /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry
- */
- pExpr->iAgg = i;
- pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
- return 1;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Recursively walk subqueries looking for TK_COLUMN nodes that need
- ** to be changed to TK_AGG_COLUMN. But increment nDepth so that
- ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in subqueries will be unchanged.
- */
- if( pExpr->pSelect ){
- pNC->nDepth++;
- walkSelectExpr(pExpr->pSelect, analyzeAggregate, pNC);
- pNC->nDepth--;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and
-** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array.
-** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary.
-**
-** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
-** analyzed by sqlite3ExprResolveNames().
-**
-** If errors are seen, leave an error message in zErrMsg and return
-** the number of errors.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
- int nErr = pNC->pParse->nErr;
- walkExprTree(pExpr, analyzeAggregate, pNC);
- return pNC->pParse->nErr - nErr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an
-** expression list. Return the number of errors.
-**
-** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short.
-*/
-int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){
- struct ExprList_item *pItem;
- int i;
- int nErr = 0;
- if( pList ){
- for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; nErr==0 && inExpr; i++, pItem++){
- nErr += sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr);
- }
- }
- return nErr;
-}
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/func.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/func.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 05b10f4d..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/func.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1232 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2002 February 23
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
-** functions of SQLite.
-**
-** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
-** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
-** All other code has file scope.
-**
-** $Id: func.c 3426 2007-03-21 20:19:37Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include
-/* #include */
-#include
-#include
-#include "vdbeInt.h"
-#include "os.h"
-
-/*
-** Return the collating function associated with a function.
-*/
-static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
- return context->pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
-*/
-static void minmaxFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- int i;
- int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
- int iBest;
- CollSeq *pColl;
-
- if( argc==0 ) return;
- mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
- pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
- assert( pColl );
- assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
- iBest = 0;
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
- for(i=1; i=0 ){
- iBest = i;
- }
- }
- sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the type of the argument.
-*/
-static void typeofFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- const char *z = 0;
- switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
- case SQLITE_NULL: z = "null"; break;
- case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
- case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break;
- case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break;
- case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break;
- }
- sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the length() function
-*/
-static void lengthFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- int len;
-
- assert( argc==1 );
- switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
- case SQLITE_BLOB:
- case SQLITE_INTEGER:
- case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
- sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_TEXT: {
- const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- for(len=0; *z; z++){ if( (0xc0&*z)!=0x80 ) len++; }
- sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
- break;
- }
- default: {
- sqlite3_result_null(context);
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the abs() function
-*/
-static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- assert( argc==1 );
- switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
- case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
- i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
- if( iVal<0 ){
- if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1);
- return;
- }
- iVal = -iVal;
- }
- sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_NULL: {
- sqlite3_result_null(context);
- break;
- }
- default: {
- double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
- if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
- sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the substr() function
-*/
-static void substrFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- const unsigned char *z;
- const unsigned char *z2;
- int i;
- int p1, p2, len;
-
- assert( argc==3 );
- z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- if( z==0 ) return;
- p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
- p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
- for(len=0, z2=z; *z2; z2++){ if( (0xc0&*z2)!=0x80 ) len++; }
- if( p1<0 ){
- p1 += len;
- if( p1<0 ){
- p2 += p1;
- p1 = 0;
- }
- }else if( p1>0 ){
- p1--;
- }
- if( p1+p2>len ){
- p2 = len-p1;
- }
- for(i=0; i30 ) n = 30;
- if( n<0 ) n = 0;
- }
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
- r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%.*f",n,r);
- sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r);
- sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
-*/
-static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- unsigned char *z;
- int i;
- if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
- z = sqliteMalloc(sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1);
- if( z==0 ) return;
- strcpy((char*)z, (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]));
- for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
- z[i] = toupper(z[i]);
- }
- sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- sqliteFree(z);
-}
-static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- unsigned char *z;
- int i;
- if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
- z = sqliteMalloc(sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1);
- if( z==0 ) return;
- strcpy((char*)z, (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]));
- for(i=0; z[i]; i++){
- z[i] = tolower(z[i]);
- }
- sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- sqliteFree(z);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions.
-** All three do the same thing. They return the first non-NULL
-** argument.
-*/
-static void ifnullFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- int i;
- for(i=0; imatchOne;
- u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;
- u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet;
- u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase;
- int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */
-
- while( (c = *zPattern)!=0 ){
- if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){
- while( (c=zPattern[1]) == matchAll || c == matchOne ){
- if( c==matchOne ){
- if( *zString==0 ) return 0;
- sqliteNextChar(zString);
- }
- zPattern++;
- }
- if( c && esc && sqlite3ReadUtf8(&zPattern[1])==esc ){
- u8 const *zTemp = &zPattern[1];
- sqliteNextChar(zTemp);
- c = *zTemp;
- }
- if( c==0 ) return 1;
- if( c==matchSet ){
- assert( esc==0 ); /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */
- while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){
- sqliteNextChar(zString);
- }
- return *zString!=0;
- }else{
- while( (c2 = *zString)!=0 ){
- if( noCase ){
- c2 = sqlite3UpperToLower[c2];
- c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
- while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ c2 = sqlite3UpperToLower[*++zString]; }
- }else{
- while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ c2 = *++zString; }
- }
- if( c2==0 ) return 0;
- if( patternCompare(&zPattern[1],zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
- sqliteNextChar(zString);
- }
- return 0;
- }
- }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){
- if( *zString==0 ) return 0;
- sqliteNextChar(zString);
- zPattern++;
- }else if( c==matchSet ){
- int prior_c = 0;
- assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */
- seen = 0;
- invert = 0;
- c = sqliteCharVal(zString);
- if( c==0 ) return 0;
- c2 = *++zPattern;
- if( c2=='^' ){ invert = 1; c2 = *++zPattern; }
- if( c2==']' ){
- if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
- c2 = *++zPattern;
- }
- while( (c2 = sqliteCharVal(zPattern))!=0 && c2!=']' ){
- if( c2=='-' && zPattern[1]!=']' && zPattern[1]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
- zPattern++;
- c2 = sqliteCharVal(zPattern);
- if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
- prior_c = 0;
- }else if( c==c2 ){
- seen = 1;
- prior_c = c2;
- }else{
- prior_c = c2;
- }
- sqliteNextChar(zPattern);
- }
- if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ) return 0;
- sqliteNextChar(zString);
- zPattern++;
- }else if( esc && !prevEscape && sqlite3ReadUtf8(zPattern)==esc){
- prevEscape = 1;
- sqliteNextChar(zPattern);
- }else{
- if( noCase ){
- if( sqlite3UpperToLower[c] != sqlite3UpperToLower[*zString] ) return 0;
- }else{
- if( c != *zString ) return 0;
- }
- zPattern++;
- zString++;
- prevEscape = 0;
- }
- }
- return *zString==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is
-** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing
-** only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_like_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements
-** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the
-** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements:
-**
-** A LIKE B
-**
-** is implemented as like(B,A).
-**
-** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes
-** the GLOB operator.
-*/
-static void likeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- int escape = 0;
- if( argc==3 ){
- /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
- ** Otherwise, return an error.
- */
- const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
- if( sqlite3utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context,
- "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
- return;
- }
- escape = sqlite3ReadUtf8(zEsc);
- }
- if( zA && zB ){
- struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_like_count++;
-#endif
- sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zA, zB, pInfo, escape));
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first
-** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the
-** arguments are equal to each other.
-*/
-static void nullifFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
- if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
- sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the VERSION(*) function. The result is the version
-** of the SQLite library that is running.
-*/
-static void versionFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_version, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex
-** digits. */
-static const char hexdigits[] = {
- '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
- '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F'
-};
-
-/*
-** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function. The interface may
-** change. This function may disappear. Do not write code that depends
-** on this function.
-**
-** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single
-** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
-** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
-** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
-** single-quote escapes.
-*/
-static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- if( argc<1 ) return;
- switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
- case SQLITE_NULL: {
- sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_INTEGER:
- case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
- sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_BLOB: {
- char *zText = 0;
- int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
- char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-
- zText = (char *)sqliteMalloc((2*nBlob)+4);
- if( !zText ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
- }else{
- int i;
- for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F];
- zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
- }
- zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
- zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
- zText[0] = 'X';
- zText[1] = '\'';
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- sqliteFree(zText);
- }
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_TEXT: {
- int i,j,n;
- const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- char *z;
-
- for(i=n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
- z = sqliteMalloc( i+n+3 );
- if( z==0 ) return;
- z[0] = '\'';
- for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
- z[j++] = zArg[i];
- if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
- z[j++] = '\'';
- }
- }
- z[j++] = '\'';
- z[j] = 0;
- sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- sqliteFree(z);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return
-** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
-*/
-static void hexFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- int i, n;
- const unsigned char *pBlob;
- char *zHex, *z;
- assert( argc==1 );
- pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
- n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
- z = zHex = sqlite3_malloc(n*2 + 1);
- if( zHex==0 ) return;
- for(i=0; i>4)&0xf];
- *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf];
- }
- *z = 0;
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
-/*
-** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
-*/
-static void soundexFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- char zResult[8];
- const u8 *zIn;
- int i, j;
- static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
- 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
- 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- };
- assert( argc==1 );
- zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)"";
- for(i=0; zIn[i] && !isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
- if( zIn[i] ){
- u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
- zResult[0] = toupper(zIn[i]);
- for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
- int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
- if( code>0 ){
- if( code!=prevcode ){
- prevcode = code;
- zResult[j++] = code + '0';
- }
- }else{
- prevcode = 0;
- }
- }
- while( j<4 ){
- zResult[j++] = '0';
- }
- zResult[j] = 0;
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }else{
- sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL.
-*/
-static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- const char *zProc = 0;
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context);
- char *zErrMsg = 0;
-
- if( argc==2 ){
- zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- }
- if( sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1);
- sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** This function generates a string of random characters. Used for
-** generating test data.
-*/
-static void randStr(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- static const unsigned char zSrc[] =
- "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
- "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
- "0123456789"
- ".-!,:*^+=_|?/<> ";
- int iMin, iMax, n, r, i;
- unsigned char zBuf[1000];
- if( argc>=1 ){
- iMin = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
- if( iMin<0 ) iMin = 0;
- if( iMin>=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMin = sizeof(zBuf)-1;
- }else{
- iMin = 1;
- }
- if( argc>=2 ){
- iMax = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
- if( iMax=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMax = sizeof(zBuf)-1;
- }else{
- iMax = 50;
- }
- n = iMin;
- if( iMax>iMin ){
- sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
- r &= 0x7fffffff;
- n += r%(iMax + 1 - iMin);
- }
- assert( ncnt++;
- if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
- i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
- p->rSum += v;
- if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 ){
- i64 iNewSum = p->iSum + v;
- int s1 = (int)(p->iSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
- int s2 = (int)(v >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
- int s3 = (int)(iNewSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
- p->overflow = (s1&s2&~s3) | (~s1&~s2&s3);
- p->iSum = iNewSum;
- }
- }else{
- p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
- p->approx = 1;
- }
- }
-}
-static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
- SumCtx *p;
- p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
- if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
- if( p->overflow ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1);
- }else if( p->approx ){
- sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum);
- }else{
- sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum);
- }
- }
-}
-static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
- SumCtx *p;
- p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
- if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
- sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt);
- }
-}
-static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
- SumCtx *p;
- p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
- sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : 0.0);
-}
-
-/*
-** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
-** count() aggregate function.
-*/
-typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
-struct CountCtx {
- i64 n;
-};
-
-/*
-** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
-*/
-static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- CountCtx *p;
- p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
- if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
- p->n++;
- }
-}
-static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
- CountCtx *p;
- p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
- sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
-*/
-static void minmaxStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0];
- Mem *pBest;
-
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
- pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
- if( !pBest ) return;
-
- if( pBest->flags ){
- int max;
- int cmp;
- CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
- /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
- ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
- ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
- ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
- ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer.
- ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
- ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
- */
- max = ((sqlite3_user_data(context)==(void *)-1)?1:0);
- cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
- if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
- }
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
- }
-}
-static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
- sqlite3_value *pRes;
- pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
- if( pRes ){
- if( pRes->flags ){
- sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
- }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
-** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with
-** external linkage.
-*/
-void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
- static const struct {
- char *zName;
- signed char nArg;
- u8 argType; /* 0: none. 1: db 2: (-1) */
- u8 eTextRep; /* 1: UTF-16. 0: UTF-8 */
- u8 needCollSeq;
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **);
- } aFuncs[] = {
- { "min", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, minmaxFunc },
- { "min", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, 0 },
- { "max", -1, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, minmaxFunc },
- { "max", 0, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, 0 },
- { "typeof", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, typeofFunc },
- { "length", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, lengthFunc },
- { "substr", 3, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, substrFunc },
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- { "substr", 3, 0, SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, sqlite3utf16Substr },
-#endif
- { "abs", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, absFunc },
- { "round", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, roundFunc },
- { "round", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, roundFunc },
- { "upper", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, upperFunc },
- { "lower", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, lowerFunc },
- { "coalesce", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, ifnullFunc },
- { "coalesce", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0 },
- { "coalesce", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0 },
- { "hex", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, hexFunc },
- { "ifnull", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, ifnullFunc },
- { "random", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randomFunc },
- { "randomblob", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randomBlob },
- { "nullif", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, nullifFunc },
- { "sqlite_version", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, versionFunc},
- { "quote", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, quoteFunc },
- { "last_insert_rowid", 0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, last_insert_rowid },
- { "changes", 0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, changes },
- { "total_changes", 0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, total_changes },
-#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
- { "soundex", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, soundexFunc},
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
- { "load_extension", 1, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, loadExt },
- { "load_extension", 2, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, loadExt },
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- { "randstr", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randStr },
- { "test_destructor", 1, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor},
- { "test_destructor_count", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor_count},
- { "test_auxdata", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_auxdata},
- { "test_error", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_error},
-#endif
- };
- static const struct {
- char *zName;
- signed char nArg;
- u8 argType;
- u8 needCollSeq;
- void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
- void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);
- } aAggs[] = {
- { "min", 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize },
- { "max", 1, 2, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize },
- { "sum", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize },
- { "total", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize },
- { "avg", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize },
- { "count", 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize },
- { "count", 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize },
- };
- int i;
-
- for(i=0; ineedCollSeq = 1;
- }
- }
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
- sqlite3AlterFunctions(db);
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER
- sqlite3AttachFunctions(db);
-#endif
- for(i=0; ineedCollSeq = 1;
- }
- }
- }
- sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(db);
- sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
-#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
- (void)sqlite3SseFunctions(db);
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
- sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, 1);
-#else
- sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, 0);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name.
-*/
-static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int flagVal){
- FuncDef *pDef;
- pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, strlen(zName), 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
- if( pDef ){
- pDef->flags = flagVal;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive
-** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case
-** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive.
-*/
-void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){
- struct compareInfo *pInfo;
- if( caseSensitive ){
- pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt;
- }else{
- pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm;
- }
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0);
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0);
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8,
- (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0,0);
- setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE);
- setLikeOptFlag(db, "like",
- caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE);
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If
-** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function
-** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and
-** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then
-** return FALSE.
-*/
-int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){
- FuncDef *pDef;
- if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){
- return 0;
- }
- if( pExpr->pList->nExpr!=2 ){
- return 0;
- }
- pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 2,
- SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
- if( pDef==0 || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are
- ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The
- ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption
- */
- memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3);
- assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll );
- assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
- assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
- *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
- return 1;
-}
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b1aeaf5..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,394 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
-** used in SQLite.
-**
-** $Id: hash.c 2779 2006-06-04 04:29:46Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include
-
-/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
-** fields of the Hash structure.
-**
-** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
-** keyClass is one of the constants SQLITE_HASH_INT, SQLITE_HASH_POINTER,
-** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, or SQLITE_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass
-** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is
-** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
-** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. CopyKey only makes
-** sense for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY and is ignored
-** for other key classes.
-*/
-void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
- assert( pNew!=0 );
- assert( keyClass>=SQLITE_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
- pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
-#if 0
- if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_POINTER || keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0;
-#endif
- pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
- pNew->first = 0;
- pNew->count = 0;
- pNew->htsize = 0;
- pNew->ht = 0;
- pNew->xMalloc = sqlite3MallocX;
- pNew->xFree = sqlite3FreeX;
-}
-
-/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory.
-** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
-** to the empty state.
-*/
-void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
- HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */
-
- assert( pH!=0 );
- elem = pH->first;
- pH->first = 0;
- if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
- pH->ht = 0;
- pH->htsize = 0;
- while( elem ){
- HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
- if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
- pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
- }
- pH->xFree(elem);
- elem = next_elem;
- }
- pH->count = 0;
-}
-
-#if 0 /* NOT USED */
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_INT
-*/
-static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
- return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8);
-}
-static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
- return n2 - n1;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if 0 /* NOT USED */
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_POINTER
-*/
-static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
- uptr x = Addr(pKey);
- return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8);
-}
-static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
- if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0;
- if( pKey1 0 ){
- h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
- nKey--;
- }
- return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
- if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
- return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
-*/
-static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
- int h = 0;
- const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
- while( nKey-- > 0 ){
- h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
- }
- return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
- if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
- return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some
-** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
-**
-** The name of the function is "hashFunction". The function takes a
-** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of hashFunction()
-** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value
-** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
-** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
-*/
-static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
-#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
- switch( keyClass ){
- case SQLITE_HASH_INT: return &intHash;
- case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash;
- case SQLITE_HASH_STRING: return &strHash;
- case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY: return &binHash;;
- default: break;
- }
- return 0;
-#else
- if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
- return &strHash;
- }else{
- assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
- return &binHash;
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
-** see the header comment on the previous function.
-*/
-static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
-#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
- switch( keyClass ){
- case SQLITE_HASH_INT: return &intCompare;
- case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare;
- case SQLITE_HASH_STRING: return &strCompare;
- case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY: return &binCompare;
- default: break;
- }
- return 0;
-#else
- if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
- return &strCompare;
- }else{
- assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
- return &binCompare;
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Link an element into the hash table
-*/
-static void insertElement(
- Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */
- struct _ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
- HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */
-){
- HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */
- pHead = pEntry->chain;
- if( pHead ){
- pNew->next = pHead;
- pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
- if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
- else { pH->first = pNew; }
- pHead->prev = pNew;
- }else{
- pNew->next = pH->first;
- if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
- pNew->prev = 0;
- pH->first = pNew;
- }
- pEntry->count++;
- pEntry->chain = pNew;
-}
-
-
-/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
-** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail
-** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
-*/
-static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
- struct _ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */
- HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */
- int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
-
- assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
- new_ht = (struct _ht *)pH->xMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
- if( new_ht==0 ) return;
- if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
- pH->ht = new_ht;
- pH->htsize = new_size;
- xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
- for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
- int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
- next_elem = elem->next;
- insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
- }
-}
-
-/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
-** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has
-** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
-*/
-static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
- const Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
- const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */
- int nKey,
- int h /* The hash for this key. */
-){
- HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
- int count; /* Number of elements left to test */
- int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */
-
- if( pH->ht ){
- struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
- elem = pEntry->chain;
- count = pEntry->count;
- xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
- while( count-- && elem ){
- if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){
- return elem;
- }
- elem = elem->next;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
-** element and a hash on the element's key.
-*/
-static void removeElementGivenHash(
- Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */
- HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */
- int h /* Hash value for the element */
-){
- struct _ht *pEntry;
- if( elem->prev ){
- elem->prev->next = elem->next;
- }else{
- pH->first = elem->next;
- }
- if( elem->next ){
- elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
- }
- pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
- if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
- pEntry->chain = elem->next;
- }
- pEntry->count--;
- if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
- pEntry->chain = 0;
- }
- if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
- pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
- }
- pH->xFree( elem );
- pH->count--;
- if( pH->count<=0 ){
- assert( pH->first==0 );
- assert( pH->count==0 );
- sqlite3HashClear(pH);
- }
-}
-
-/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
-** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is
-** found, or NULL if there is no match.
-*/
-void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
- int h; /* A hash on key */
- HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */
- int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
-
- if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
- xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
- assert( xHash!=0 );
- h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
- assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
- elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
- return elem ? elem->data : 0;
-}
-
-/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey
-** and the data is "data".
-**
-** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
-** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
-** flag is set. NULL is returned.
-**
-** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
-** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
-** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then
-** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
-**
-** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
-** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
-*/
-void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
- int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */
- int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
- HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
- HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */
- int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
-
- assert( pH!=0 );
- xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
- assert( xHash!=0 );
- hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
- assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
- h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
- elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
- if( elem ){
- void *old_data = elem->data;
- if( data==0 ){
- removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
- }else{
- elem->data = data;
- }
- return old_data;
- }
- if( data==0 ) return 0;
- new_elem = (HashElem*)pH->xMalloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
- if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
- if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
- new_elem->pKey = pH->xMalloc( nKey );
- if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
- pH->xFree(new_elem);
- return data;
- }
- memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
- }else{
- new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
- }
- new_elem->nKey = nKey;
- pH->count++;
- if( pH->htsize==0 ){
- rehash(pH,8);
- if( pH->htsize==0 ){
- pH->count = 0;
- pH->xFree(new_elem);
- return data;
- }
- }
- if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
- rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
- }
- assert( pH->htsize>0 );
- assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
- h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
- insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
- new_elem->data = data;
- return 0;
-}
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.h b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 99721b40..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/hash.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
-** used in SQLite.
-**
-** $Id: hash.h 2779 2006-06-04 04:29:46Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
-#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
-
-/* Forward declarations of structures. */
-typedef struct Hash Hash;
-typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
-
-/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
-** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
-** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
-** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below.
-** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
-** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
-** this structure opaque.
-*/
-struct Hash {
- char keyClass; /* SQLITE_HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
- char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */
- int count; /* Number of entries in this table */
- HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
- void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* malloc() function to use */
- void (*xFree)(void *); /* free() function to use */
- int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
- struct _ht { /* the hash table */
- int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */
- HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
- } *ht;
-};
-
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
-** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
-**
-** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
-** be opaque because it is used by macros.
-*/
-struct HashElem {
- HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
- void *data; /* Data associated with this element */
- void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */
-};
-
-/*
-** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table:
-**
-** SQLITE_HASH_INT nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored.
-**
-** SQLITE_HASH_POINTER pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored.
-**
-** SQLITE_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
-** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case
-** is ignored in comparisons.
-**
-** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long.
-** memcmp() is used to compare keys.
-**
-** A copy of the key is made for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
-** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1.
-*/
-/* #define SQLITE_HASH_INT 1 // NOT USED */
-/* #define SQLITE_HASH_POINTER 2 // NOT USED */
-#define SQLITE_HASH_STRING 3
-#define SQLITE_HASH_BINARY 4
-
-/*
-** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
-*/
-void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
-void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
-void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
-void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
-
-/*
-** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is
-** like this:
-**
-** Hash h;
-** HashElem *p;
-** ...
-** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
-** // do something with pData
-** }
-*/
-#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first)
-#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next)
-#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data)
-#define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey)
-#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
-
-/*
-** Number of entries in a hash table
-*/
-#define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count)
-
-#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/insert.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/insert.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fb03e3c5..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/insert.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1142 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
-**
-** $Id: insert.c 3426 2007-03-21 20:19:37Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
-** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character
-** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column:
-**
-** Character Column affinity
-** ------------------------------
-** 'a' TEXT
-** 'b' NONE
-** 'c' NUMERIC
-** 'd' INTEGER
-** 'e' REAL
-*/
-void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
- if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
- /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
- ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
- ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
- **
- ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
- ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
- ** up.
- */
- int n;
- Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
- pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqliteMalloc(pIdx->nColumn+1);
- if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
- return;
- }
- for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){
- pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity;
- }
- pIdx->zColAff[pIdx->nColumn] = '\0';
- }
-
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pIdx->zColAff, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
-** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character
-** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the
-** column:
-**
-** Character Column affinity
-** ------------------------------
-** 'a' TEXT
-** 'b' NONE
-** 'c' NUMERIC
-** 'd' INTEGER
-** 'e' REAL
-*/
-void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){
- /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table
- ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then
- ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use.
- **
- ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
- ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up.
- */
- if( !pTab->zColAff ){
- char *zColAff;
- int i;
-
- zColAff = (char *)sqliteMalloc(pTab->nCol+1);
- if( !zColAff ){
- return;
- }
-
- for(i=0; inCol; i++){
- zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
- }
- zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0';
-
- pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
- }
-
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if SELECT statement p opens the table with rootpage
-** iTab in database iDb. This is used to see if a statement of the form
-** "INSERT INTO SELECT ..." can run without using temporary
-** table for the results of the SELECT.
-**
-** No checking is done for sub-selects that are part of expressions.
-*/
-static int selectReadsTable(Select *p, Schema *pSchema, int iTab){
- int i;
- struct SrcList_item *pItem;
- if( p->pSrc==0 ) return 0;
- for(i=0, pItem=p->pSrc->a; ipSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
- if( pItem->pSelect ){
- if( selectReadsTable(pItem->pSelect, pSchema, iTab) ) return 1;
- }else{
- if( pItem->pTab->pSchema==pSchema && pItem->pTab->tnum==iTab ) return 1;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms:
-**
-** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST)
-** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
-**
-** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted,
-** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST
-** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted.
-**
-** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT
-** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is
-** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate
-** data for the insert.
-**
-** The code generated follows one of three templates. For a simple
-** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes
-** once straight down through. The template looks like this:
-**
-** open write cursor to
and its indices
-** puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack
-** write the resulting record into
-** cleanup
-**
-** If the statement is of the form
-**
-** INSERT INTO
SELECT ...
-**
-** And the SELECT clause does not read from
at any time, then
-** the generated code follows this template:
-**
-** goto B
-** A: setup for the SELECT
-** loop over the tables in the SELECT
-** gosub C
-** end loop
-** cleanup after the SELECT
-** goto D
-** B: open write cursor to
and its indices
-** goto A
-** C: insert the select result into
-** return
-** D: cleanup
-**
-** The third template is used if the insert statement takes its
-** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
-** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form,
-** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of
-** the select. The template is like this:
-**
-** goto B
-** A: setup for the SELECT
-** loop over the tables in the SELECT
-** gosub C
-** end loop
-** cleanup after the SELECT
-** goto D
-** C: insert the select result into the intermediate table
-** return
-** B: open a cursor to an intermediate table
-** goto A
-** D: open write cursor to
and its indices
-** loop over the intermediate table
-** transfer values form intermediate table into
-** end the loop
-** cleanup
-*/
-void sqlite3Insert(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
- SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
- ExprList *pList, /* List of values to be inserted */
- Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
- IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
- int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */
-){
- Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into */
- char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
- const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */
- int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */
- Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
- Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */
- int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */
- int base = 0; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
- int iCont=0,iBreak=0; /* Beginning and end of the loop over srcTab */
- sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */
- int keyColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
- int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
- int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
- int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
- int iSelectLoop = 0; /* Address of code that implements the SELECT */
- int iCleanup = 0; /* Address of the cleanup code */
- int iInsertBlock = 0; /* Address of the subroutine used to insert data */
- int iCntMem = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
- int newIdx = -1; /* Cursor for the NEW table */
- Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */
- int counterMem = 0; /* Memory cell holding AUTOINCREMENT counter */
- int iDb;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
- int triggers_exist = 0; /* True if there are FOR EACH ROW triggers */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- int counterRowid = 0; /* Memory cell holding rowid of autoinc counter */
-#endif
-
- if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
- }
- db = pParse->db;
-
- /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
- */
- assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
- zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
- if( zTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
- pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
- if( pTab==0 ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
- }
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- assert( iDbnDb );
- pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
- zDb = pDb->zName;
- if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
- }
-
- /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
- ** inserted into is a view
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0);
- isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-#else
-# define triggers_exist 0
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-
- /* Ensure that:
- * (a) the table is not read-only,
- * (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist
- */
- if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
- }
- assert( pTab!=0 );
-
- /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
- ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual
- ** module table).
- */
- if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
- }
-
- /* Allocate a VDBE
- */
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
- if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
- sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || triggers_exist, iDb);
-
- /* if there are row triggers, allocate a temp table for new.* references. */
- if( triggers_exist ){
- newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the
- ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell counterMem. Also
- ** remember the rowid of the sqlite_sequence table entry in memory cell
- ** counterRowid.
- */
- if( pTab->autoInc ){
- int iCur = pParse->nTab;
- int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- counterRowid = pParse->nMem++;
- counterMem = pParse->nMem++;
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, addr+13);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ne, 0x100, addr+12);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, counterRowid, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, counterMem, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+13);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr+4);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
-
- /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data
- ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then this step also generates
- ** all the code to implement the SELECT statement and invoke a subroutine
- ** to process each row of the result. (Template 2.) If the SELECT
- ** statement uses the the table that is being inserted into, then the
- ** subroutine is also coded here. That subroutine stores the SELECT
- ** results in a temporary table. (Template 3.)
- */
- if( pSelect ){
- /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate code to implement that SELECT
- */
- int rc, iInitCode;
- iInitCode = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
- iSelectLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- iInsertBlock = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
- /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */
- rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Subroutine, iInsertBlock,0,0,0,0);
- if( rc || pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
- }
-
- iCleanup = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iCleanup);
- assert( pSelect->pEList );
- nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
-
- /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
- ** should be written into a temporary table. Set to FALSE if each
- ** row of the SELECT can be written directly into the result table.
- **
- ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
- ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a
- ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
- */
- if( triggers_exist || selectReadsTable(pSelect,pTab->pSchema,pTab->tnum) ){
- useTempTable = 1;
- }
-
- if( useTempTable ){
- /* Generate the subroutine that SELECT calls to process each row of
- ** the result. Store the result in a temporary table
- */
- srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
-
- /* The following code runs first because the GOTO at the very top
- ** of the program jumps to it. Create the temporary table, then jump
- ** back up and execute the SELECT code above.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iInitCode);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, srcTab, nColumn);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iInitCode);
- }
- }else{
- /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES
- ** clause
- */
- NameContext sNC;
- memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
- sNC.pParse = pParse;
- srcTab = -1;
- useTempTable = 0;
- nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
- for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
- ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
- */
- if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=pTab->nCol ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
- "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
- pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol, nColumn);
- goto insert_cleanup;
- }
- if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
- goto insert_cleanup;
- }
-
- /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
- ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and
- ** remember the column indices.
- **
- ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
- ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable
- ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. keyColumn is
- ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
- ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the primary
- ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
- */
- if( pColumn ){
- for(i=0; inId; i++){
- pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
- }
- for(i=0; inId; i++){
- for(j=0; jnCol; j++){
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
- pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
- if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
- keyColumn = i;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
- if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){
- keyColumn = i;
- }else{
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
- pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
- pParse->nErr++;
- goto insert_cleanup;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
- ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index
- ** in the original table definition.
- */
- if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
- keyColumn = pTab->iPKey;
- }
-
- /* Open the temp table for FOR EACH ROW triggers
- */
- if( triggers_exist ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, newIdx, pTab->nCol);
- }
-
- /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
- */
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
- iCntMem = pParse->nMem++;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iCntMem);
- }
-
- /* Open tables and indices if there are no row triggers */
- if( !triggers_exist ){
- base = pParse->nTab;
- sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite);
- }
-
- /* If the data source is a temporary table, then we have to create
- ** a loop because there might be multiple rows of data. If the data
- ** source is a subroutine call from the SELECT statement, then we need
- ** to launch the SELECT statement processing.
- */
- if( useTempTable ){
- iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab, iBreak);
- iCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- }else if( pSelect ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock);
- }
-
- /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
- */
- endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- if( triggers_exist & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
-
- /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER
- ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
- ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger,
- ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
- ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
- */
- if( keyColumn<0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0);
- }else if( useTempTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn);
- }else{
- assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
- }
-
- /* Create the new column data
- */
- for(i=0; inCol; i++){
- if( pColumn==0 ){
- j = i;
- }else{
- for(j=0; jnId; j++){
- if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
- }
- }
- if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt);
- }else if( useTempTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j);
- }else{
- assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
- sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr);
- }
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);
-
- /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
- ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
- ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
- ** table column affinities.
- */
- if( !isView ){
- sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, 0);
-
- /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
- if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab,
- newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop) ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
- }
- }
-
- /* If any triggers exists, the opening of tables and indices is deferred
- ** until now.
- */
- if( triggers_exist && !isView ){
- base = pParse->nTab;
- sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite);
- }
-
- /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack. The
- ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid
- ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which
- ** case the record number is the same as that column.
- */
- if( !isView ){
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
- }
- if( keyColumn>=0 ){
- if( useTempTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn);
- }else if( pSelect ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nColumn - keyColumn - 1, 1);
- }else{
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr);
- }
- /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid
- ** to generate a unique primary key value.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, base, counterMem);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
- }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, base, counterMem);
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- if( pTab->autoInc ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemMax, counterMem, 0);
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
-
- /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
- ** with the first column.
- */
- for(i=0; inCol; i++){
- if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
- /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
- ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted
- ** in its place. So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid
- ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
- continue;
- }
- if( pColumn==0 ){
- j = i;
- }else{
- for(j=0; jnId; j++){
- if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
- }
- }
- if( nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt);
- }else if( useTempTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j);
- }else if( pSelect ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+nColumn-j+IsVirtual(pTab), 1);
- }else{
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr);
- }
- }
-
- /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
- ** do the insertion.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- pParse->pVirtualLock = pTab;
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2,
- (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB);
- }else
-#endif
- {
- sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, base, 0, keyColumn>=0,
- 0, onError, endOfLoop);
- sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, base, 0,0,0,
- (triggers_exist & TRIGGER_AFTER)!=0 ? newIdx : -1);
- }
- }
-
- /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
- */
- if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, iCntMem);
- }
-
- if( triggers_exist ){
- /* Close all tables opened */
- if( !isView ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0);
- for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0);
- }
- }
-
- /* Code AFTER triggers */
- if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab,
- newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop) ){
- goto insert_cleanup;
- }
- }
-
- /* The bottom of the loop, if the data source is a SELECT statement
- */
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
- if( useTempTable ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, srcTab, iCont);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, srcTab, 0);
- }else if( pSelect ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup);
- }
-
- if( !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
- /* Close all tables opened */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0);
- for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0);
- }
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
- /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
- ** counter value in memory counterMem back into the sqlite_sequence
- ** table.
- */
- if( pTab->autoInc ){
- int iCur = pParse->nTab;
- int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, counterRowid, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr+7);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iCur, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, counterMem, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, 2, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iCur, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
- }
-#endif
-
- /*
- ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is
- ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
- ** invoke the callback function.
- */
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iCntMem, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", P3_STATIC);
- }
-
-insert_cleanup:
- sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
- sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumn);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to do a constraint check prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE.
-**
-** When this routine is called, the stack contains (from bottom to top)
-** the following values:
-**
-** 1. The rowid of the row to be updated before the update. This
-** value is omitted unless we are doing an UPDATE that involves a
-** change to the record number.
-**
-** 2. The rowid of the row after the update.
-**
-** 3. The data in the first column of the entry after the update.
-**
-** i. Data from middle columns...
-**
-** N. The data in the last column of the entry after the update.
-**
-** The old rowid shown as entry (1) above is omitted unless both isUpdate
-** and rowidChng are 1. isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for
-** INSERTs and rowidChng is true if the record number is being changed.
-**
-** The code generated by this routine pushes additional entries onto
-** the stack which are the keys for new index entries for the new record.
-** The order of index keys is the same as the order of the indices on
-** the pTable->pIndex list. A key is only created for index i if
-** aIdxUsed!=0 and aIdxUsed[i]!=0.
-**
-** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL,
-** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails,
-** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible
-** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
-**
-** Constraint type Action What Happens
-** --------------- ---------- ----------------------------------------
-** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and
-** sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a
-** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
-**
-** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command
-** only (do not do a complete rollback) then
-** cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately
-** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
-**
-** any FAIL Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a
-** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The
-** transaction is not rolled back and any
-** prior changes are retained.
-**
-** any IGNORE The record number and data is popped from
-** the stack and there is an immediate jump
-** to label ignoreDest.
-**
-** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default
-** value for that column. If the default value
-** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
-**
-** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row
-** being inserted is removed.
-**
-** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception.
-**
-** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
-** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
-** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
-** for the constraint is used.
-**
-** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with
-** cursor number "base". All indices of pTab must also have open
-** read/write cursors with cursor number base+i for the i-th cursor.
-** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then
-** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aIdxUsed[i]==0.
-**
-** If the isUpdate flag is true, it means that the "base" cursor is
-** initially pointing to an entry that is being updated. The isUpdate
-** flag causes extra code to be generated so that the "base" cursor
-** is still pointing at the same entry after the routine returns.
-** Without the isUpdate flag, the "base" cursor might be moved.
-*/
-void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */
- int base, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
- char *aIdxUsed, /* Which indices are used. NULL means all are used */
- int rowidChng, /* True if the record number will change */
- int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
- int overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
- int ignoreDest /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
-){
- int i;
- Vdbe *v;
- int nCol;
- int onError;
- int addr;
- int extra;
- int iCur;
- Index *pIdx;
- int seenReplace = 0;
- int jumpInst1=0, jumpInst2;
- int hasTwoRowids = (isUpdate && rowidChng);
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- assert( v!=0 );
- assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */
- nCol = pTab->nCol;
-
- /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
- */
- for(i=0; iiPKey ){
- continue;
- }
- onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
- if( onError==OE_None ) continue;
- if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
- onError = overrideError;
- }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
- onError = OE_Abort;
- }
- if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){
- onError = OE_Abort;
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol-1-i, 1);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, 1, 0);
- assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
- || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
- switch( onError ){
- case OE_Rollback:
- case OE_Abort:
- case OE_Fail: {
- char *zMsg = 0;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError);
- sqlite3SetString(&zMsg, pTab->zName, ".", pTab->aCol[i].zName,
- " may not be NULL", (char*)0);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, zMsg, P3_DYNAMIC);
- break;
- }
- case OE_Ignore: {
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
- break;
- }
- case OE_Replace: {
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Push, nCol-i, 0);
- break;
- }
- }
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
- }
-
- /* Test all CHECK constraints
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
- int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
- assert( pParse->ckOffset==0 );
- pParse->ckOffset = nCol;
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, 1);
- assert( pParse->ckOffset==nCol );
- pParse->ckOffset = 0;
- onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
- if( onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
- }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
-
- /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key
- ** of the new record does not previously exist. Except, if this
- ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK.
- */
- if( rowidChng ){
- onError = pTab->keyConf;
- if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
- onError = overrideError;
- }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
- onError = OE_Abort;
- }
-
- if( isUpdate ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
- jumpInst1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0, 0);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol, 1);
- jumpInst2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, base, 0);
- switch( onError ){
- default: {
- onError = OE_Abort;
- /* Fall thru into the next case */
- }
- case OE_Rollback:
- case OE_Abort:
- case OE_Fail: {
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError,
- "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P3_STATIC);
- break;
- }
- case OE_Replace: {
- sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(v, pTab, base, 0);
- if( isUpdate ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+hasTwoRowids, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
- }
- seenReplace = 1;
- break;
- }
- case OE_Ignore: {
- assert( seenReplace==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
- break;
- }
- }
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst2);
- if( isUpdate ){
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
- }
- }
-
- /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
- ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
- ** Add the new records to the indices as we go.
- */
- extra = -1;
- for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){
- if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[iCur]==0 ) continue; /* Skip unused indices */
- extra++;
-
- /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra, 1);
- for(i=0; inColumn; i++){
- int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
- if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol+1, 1);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol-idx, 1);
- }
- }
- jumpInst1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeIdxRec, pIdx->nColumn, 0);
- sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
-
- /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */
- onError = pIdx->onError;
- if( onError==OE_None ) continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
- if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
- onError = overrideError;
- }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
- onError = OE_Abort;
- }
- if( seenReplace ){
- if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace;
- else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort;
- }
-
-
- /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, extra+nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 1);
- jumpInst2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsUnique, base+iCur+1, 0);
-
- /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
- assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
- || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
- switch( onError ){
- case OE_Rollback:
- case OE_Abort:
- case OE_Fail: {
- int j, n1, n2;
- char zErrMsg[200];
- strcpy(zErrMsg, pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column ");
- n1 = strlen(zErrMsg);
- for(j=0; jnColumn && n1aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
- n2 = strlen(zCol);
- if( j>0 ){
- strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], ", ");
- n1 += 2;
- }
- if( n1+n2>sizeof(zErrMsg)-30 ){
- strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], "...");
- n1 += 3;
- break;
- }else{
- strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1], zCol);
- n1 += n2;
- }
- }
- strcpy(&zErrMsg[n1],
- pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique");
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, zErrMsg, 0);
- break;
- }
- case OE_Ignore: {
- assert( seenReplace==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+extra+3+hasTwoRowids, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
- break;
- }
- case OE_Replace: {
- sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse->db, v, pTab, base, 0);
- if( isUpdate ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra+1+hasTwoRowids, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
- }
- seenReplace = 1;
- break;
- }
- }
-#if NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst1);
-#endif
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst2);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
-** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
-** The stack must contain keys for all active indices followed by data
-** and the rowid for the new entry. This routine creates the new
-** entries in all indices and in the main table.
-**
-** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
-** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
-*/
-void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
- Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
- Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */
- int base, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
- char *aIdxUsed, /* Which indices are used. NULL means all are used */
- int rowidChng, /* True if the record number will change */
- int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
- int newIdx /* Index of NEW table for triggers. -1 if none */
-){
- int i;
- Vdbe *v;
- int nIdx;
- Index *pIdx;
- int pik_flags;
-
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- assert( v!=0 );
- assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */
- for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
- for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){
- if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[i]==0 ) continue;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, base+i+1, 0);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);
- sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- if( newIdx>=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, 0);
- }
-#endif
- if( pParse->nested ){
- pik_flags = 0;
- }else{
- pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
- pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, base, pik_flags);
- if( !pParse->nested ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC);
- }
-
- if( isUpdate && rowidChng ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all
-** indices of that table. The "base" parameter is the cursor number used
-** for the table. Indices are opened on subsequent cursors.
-*/
-void sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */
- int base, /* Cursor number assigned to the table */
- int op /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
-){
- int i;
- int iDb;
- Index *pIdx;
- Vdbe *v;
-
- if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return;
- iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- assert( v!=0 );
- sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, base, iDb, pTab, op);
- for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
- KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
- assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
- VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pIdx->zName));
- sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, i+base, pIdx->tnum, (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
- }
- if( pParse->nTab<=base+i ){
- pParse->nTab = base+i;
- }
-}
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/keywordhash.h b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/keywordhash.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bc0898f3..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/keywordhash.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-/* Hash score: 167 */
-static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){
- static const char zText[544] =
- "ABORTABLEFTEMPORARYADDATABASELECTHENDEFAULTRANSACTIONATURALTER"
- "AISEACHECKEYAFTEREFERENCESCAPELSEXCEPTRIGGEREGEXPLAINITIALLYANALYZE"
- "XCLUSIVEXISTSTATEMENTANDEFERRABLEATTACHAVINGLOBEFOREIGNOREINDEX"
- "AUTOINCREMENTBEGINNERENAMEBETWEENOTNULLIKEBYCASCADEFERREDELETE"
- "CASECASTCOLLATECOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCONSTRAINTERSECTCREATECROSS"
- "CURRENT_DATECURRENT_TIMESTAMPLANDESCDETACHDISTINCTDROPRAGMATCH"
- "FAILIMITFROMFULLGROUPDATEIFIMMEDIATEINSERTINSTEADINTOFFSETISNULL"
- "JOINORDEREPLACEOUTERESTRICTPRIMARYQUERYRIGHTROLLBACKROWHENUNION"
- "UNIQUEUSINGVACUUMVALUESVIEWHEREVIRTUAL";
- static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
- 92, 80, 107, 91, 0, 4, 0, 0, 114, 0, 83, 0, 0,
- 95, 44, 76, 93, 0, 106, 109, 97, 90, 0, 10, 0, 0,
- 113, 0, 117, 103, 0, 28, 48, 0, 41, 0, 0, 65, 71,
- 0, 63, 19, 0, 105, 36, 104, 0, 108, 74, 0, 0, 33,
- 0, 61, 37, 0, 8, 0, 115, 38, 12, 0, 77, 40, 25,
- 66, 0, 0, 31, 81, 53, 30, 50, 20, 88, 0, 34, 0,
- 75, 26, 0, 72, 0, 0, 0, 64, 47, 67, 22, 87, 29,
- 69, 86, 0, 1, 0, 9, 101, 58, 18, 0, 112, 82, 99,
- 54, 6, 85, 0, 0, 49, 94, 0, 102, 0, 70, 0, 0,
- 15, 0, 116, 51, 56, 0, 2, 55, 0, 111,
- };
- static const unsigned char aNext[117] = {
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 17, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 11, 0, 0, 0, 0, 5, 13, 0, 7, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 43, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 16, 0, 23, 52, 0, 0, 0, 0, 45, 0, 59,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 73, 42, 0, 24, 60,
- 21, 0, 79, 0, 0, 68, 0, 0, 84, 46, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 39, 96, 98, 0, 0, 100, 0, 32,
- 0, 14, 27, 78, 0, 57, 89, 0, 35, 0, 62, 0, 110,
- };
- static const unsigned char aLen[117] = {
- 5, 5, 4, 4, 9, 2, 3, 8, 2, 6, 4, 3, 7,
- 11, 2, 7, 5, 5, 4, 5, 3, 5, 10, 6, 4, 6,
- 7, 6, 7, 9, 3, 7, 9, 6, 9, 3, 10, 6, 6,
- 4, 6, 3, 7, 6, 7, 5, 13, 2, 2, 5, 5, 6,
- 7, 3, 7, 4, 4, 2, 7, 3, 8, 6, 4, 4, 7,
- 6, 6, 8, 10, 9, 6, 5, 12, 12, 17, 4, 4, 6,
- 8, 2, 4, 6, 5, 4, 5, 4, 4, 5, 6, 2, 9,
- 6, 7, 4, 2, 6, 3, 6, 4, 5, 7, 5, 8, 7,
- 5, 5, 8, 3, 4, 5, 6, 5, 6, 6, 4, 5, 7,
- };
- static const unsigned short int aOffset[117] = {
- 0, 4, 7, 10, 10, 14, 19, 21, 26, 27, 32, 34, 36,
- 42, 51, 52, 57, 61, 65, 67, 71, 74, 78, 86, 91, 94,
- 99, 105, 108, 113, 118, 122, 128, 136, 141, 150, 152, 162, 167,
- 172, 175, 177, 177, 181, 185, 187, 192, 194, 196, 205, 208, 212,
- 218, 224, 224, 227, 230, 234, 236, 237, 241, 248, 254, 258, 262,
- 269, 275, 281, 289, 296, 305, 311, 316, 328, 328, 344, 348, 352,
- 358, 359, 366, 369, 373, 378, 381, 386, 390, 394, 397, 403, 405,
- 414, 420, 427, 430, 430, 433, 436, 442, 446, 450, 457, 461, 469,
- 476, 481, 486, 494, 496, 500, 505, 511, 516, 522, 528, 531, 536,
- };
- static const unsigned char aCode[117] = {
- TK_ABORT, TK_TABLE, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP,
- TK_OR, TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT,
- TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFAULT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ON,
- TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EACH, TK_CHECK,
- TK_KEY, TK_AFTER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_ESCAPE, TK_ELSE,
- TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INITIALLY,
- TK_ALL, TK_ANALYZE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_STATEMENT,
- TK_AND, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_LIKE_KW,
- TK_BEFORE, TK_FOR, TK_FOREIGN, TK_IGNORE, TK_REINDEX,
- TK_INDEX, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, TK_BEGIN,
- TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RENAME, TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOT, TK_NOTNULL,
- TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC,
- TK_DEFERRED, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, TK_CAST, TK_COLLATE,
- TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTERSECT,
- TK_CREATE, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW,
- TK_PLAN, TK_DESC, TK_DETACH, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS,
- TK_DROP, TK_PRAGMA, TK_MATCH, TK_FAIL, TK_LIMIT,
- TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_GROUP, TK_UPDATE, TK_IF,
- TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_INSERT, TK_INSTEAD, TK_INTO, TK_OF,
- TK_OFFSET, TK_SET, TK_ISNULL, TK_JOIN, TK_ORDER,
- TK_REPLACE, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RESTRICT, TK_PRIMARY, TK_QUERY,
- TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, TK_WHEN, TK_UNION,
- TK_UNIQUE, TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VALUES, TK_VIEW,
- TK_WHERE, TK_VIRTUAL,
- };
- int h, i;
- if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
- h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^
- (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^
- n) % 127;
- for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
- if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
- return aCode[i];
- }
- }
- return TK_ID;
-}
-int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){
- return keywordCode((char*)z, n);
-}
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/legacy.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/legacy.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5244aa87..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/legacy.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file
-** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in
-** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
-** accessed by users of the library.
-**
-** $Id: legacy.c 3426 2007-03-21 20:19:37Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include
-
-/*
-** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
-** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from
-** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
-**
-** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
-** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first
-** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback
-** is invoked, even for queries.
-*/
-int sqlite3_exec(
- sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */
- const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */
- sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
- void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */
- char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- const char *zLeftover;
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
- char **azCols = 0;
-
- int nRetry = 0;
- int nChange = 0;
- int nCallback;
-
- if( zSql==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){
- int nCol;
- char **azVals = 0;
-
- pStmt = 0;
- rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- continue;
- }
- if( !pStmt ){
- /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
- zSql = zLeftover;
- continue;
- }
-
- db->nChange += nChange;
- nCallback = 0;
-
- nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
- azCols = sqliteMalloc(2*nCol*sizeof(const char *) + 1);
- if( azCols==0 ){
- goto exec_out;
- }
-
- while( 1 ){
- int i;
- rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-
- /* Invoke the callback function if required */
- if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc ||
- (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !nCallback && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
- if( 0==nCallback ){
- for(i=0; ipVdbe==0 ){
- nChange = db->nChange;
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
- nRetry = 0;
- zSql = zLeftover;
- while( isspace((unsigned char)zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
-
- sqliteFree(azCols);
- azCols = 0;
- }
-
-exec_out:
- if( pStmt ) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
- if( azCols ) sqliteFree(azCols);
-
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc==sqlite3_errcode(db) && pzErrMsg ){
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_malloc(1+strlen(sqlite3_errmsg(db)));
- if( *pzErrMsg ){
- strcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
- }
- }else if( pzErrMsg ){
- *pzErrMsg = 0;
- }
-
- assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
- return rc;
-}
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/loadext.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/loadext.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6af99a64..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/loadext.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,422 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2006 June 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
-** the SQLite library.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-
-#define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
-#include "sqlite3ext.h"
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include
-#include
-
-/*
-** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
-** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer
-** for any missing APIs.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0
-# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_text16 0
-# define sqlite3_complete16 0
-# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0
-# define sqlite3_create_function16 0
-# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0
-# define sqlite3_open16 0
-# define sqlite3_prepare16 0
-# define sqlite3_result_error16 0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16 0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16 0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
-# define sqlite3_complete 0
-# define sqlite3_complete16 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-# define sqlite3_create_module 0
-# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-# define sqlite3_profile 0
-# define sqlite3_trace 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
-# define sqlite3_free_table 0
-# define sqlite3_get_table 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
-** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
-** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
-** library.
-**
-** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure
-** in order to preserve backwards compatibility.
-**
-** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they
-** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should
-** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is
-** not NULL before calling it.
-*/
-const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_apis = {
- sqlite3_aggregate_context,
- sqlite3_aggregate_count,
- sqlite3_bind_blob,
- sqlite3_bind_double,
- sqlite3_bind_int,
- sqlite3_bind_int64,
- sqlite3_bind_null,
- sqlite3_bind_parameter_count,
- sqlite3_bind_parameter_index,
- sqlite3_bind_parameter_name,
- sqlite3_bind_text,
- sqlite3_bind_text16,
- sqlite3_bind_value,
- sqlite3_busy_handler,
- sqlite3_busy_timeout,
- sqlite3_changes,
- sqlite3_close,
- sqlite3_collation_needed,
- sqlite3_collation_needed16,
- sqlite3_column_blob,
- sqlite3_column_bytes,
- sqlite3_column_bytes16,
- sqlite3_column_count,
- sqlite3_column_database_name,
- sqlite3_column_database_name16,
- sqlite3_column_decltype,
- sqlite3_column_decltype16,
- sqlite3_column_double,
- sqlite3_column_int,
- sqlite3_column_int64,
- sqlite3_column_name,
- sqlite3_column_name16,
- sqlite3_column_origin_name,
- sqlite3_column_origin_name16,
- sqlite3_column_table_name,
- sqlite3_column_table_name16,
- sqlite3_column_text,
- sqlite3_column_text16,
- sqlite3_column_type,
- sqlite3_column_value,
- sqlite3_commit_hook,
- sqlite3_complete,
- sqlite3_complete16,
- sqlite3_create_collation,
- sqlite3_create_collation16,
- sqlite3_create_function,
- sqlite3_create_function16,
- sqlite3_create_module,
- sqlite3_data_count,
- sqlite3_db_handle,
- sqlite3_declare_vtab,
- sqlite3_enable_shared_cache,
- sqlite3_errcode,
- sqlite3_errmsg,
- sqlite3_errmsg16,
- sqlite3_exec,
- sqlite3_expired,
- sqlite3_finalize,
- sqlite3_free,
- sqlite3_free_table,
- sqlite3_get_autocommit,
- sqlite3_get_auxdata,
- sqlite3_get_table,
- 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */
- sqlite3_interrupt,
- sqlite3_last_insert_rowid,
- sqlite3_libversion,
- sqlite3_libversion_number,
- sqlite3_malloc,
- sqlite3_mprintf,
- sqlite3_open,
- sqlite3_open16,
- sqlite3_prepare,
- sqlite3_prepare16,
- sqlite3_profile,
- sqlite3_progress_handler,
- sqlite3_realloc,
- sqlite3_reset,
- sqlite3_result_blob,
- sqlite3_result_double,
- sqlite3_result_error,
- sqlite3_result_error16,
- sqlite3_result_int,
- sqlite3_result_int64,
- sqlite3_result_null,
- sqlite3_result_text,
- sqlite3_result_text16,
- sqlite3_result_text16be,
- sqlite3_result_text16le,
- sqlite3_result_value,
- sqlite3_rollback_hook,
- sqlite3_set_authorizer,
- sqlite3_set_auxdata,
- sqlite3_snprintf,
- sqlite3_step,
- sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
- sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
- sqlite3_total_changes,
- sqlite3_trace,
- sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
- sqlite3_update_hook,
- sqlite3_user_data,
- sqlite3_value_blob,
- sqlite3_value_bytes,
- sqlite3_value_bytes16,
- sqlite3_value_double,
- sqlite3_value_int,
- sqlite3_value_int64,
- sqlite3_value_numeric_type,
- sqlite3_value_text,
- sqlite3_value_text16,
- sqlite3_value_text16be,
- sqlite3_value_text16le,
- sqlite3_value_type,
- sqlite3_vmprintf,
- /*
- ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any
- ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But
- ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the
- ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with
- ** a library that is new enough to support that API.
- *************************************************************************
- */
- sqlite3_overload_function,
-};
-
-/*
-** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
-** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a
-** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use
-** of the default name is recommended.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
-**
-** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with
-** error message text. The calling function should free this memory
-** by calling sqlite3_free().
-*/
-int sqlite3_load_extension(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */
- const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
- const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
- char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-){
- void *handle;
- int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
- char *zErrmsg = 0;
- void **aHandle;
-
- /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older
- ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the
- ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One
- ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension
- ** loading. Otherwise you get the following error.
- */
- if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){
- if( pzErrMsg ){
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized");
- }
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
-
- if( zProc==0 ){
- zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init";
- }
-
- handle = sqlite3OsDlopen(zFile);
- if( handle==0 ){
- if( pzErrMsg ){
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
- }
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
- sqlite3OsDlsym(handle, zProc);
- if( xInit==0 ){
- if( pzErrMsg ){
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]",
- zProc, zFile);
- }
- sqlite3OsDlclose(handle);
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3_apis) ){
- if( pzErrMsg ){
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg);
- }
- sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
- sqlite3OsDlclose(handle);
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
-
- /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */
- db->nExtension++;
- aHandle = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension);
- if( aHandle==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( db->nExtension>0 ){
- memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension-1));
- }
- sqliteFree(db->aExtension);
- db->aExtension = aHandle;
-
- db->aExtension[db->nExtension-1] = handle;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order
-** to clean up loaded extensions
-*/
-void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- for(i=0; inExtension; i++){
- sqlite3OsDlclose(db->aExtension[i]);
- }
- sqliteFree(db->aExtension);
-}
-
-/*
-** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by
-** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
-*/
-int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
- if( onoff ){
- db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension;
- }else{
- db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** A list of automatically loaded extensions.
-**
-** This list is shared across threads, so be sure to hold the
-** mutex while accessing or changing it.
-*/
-static int nAutoExtension = 0;
-static void **aAutoExtension = 0;
-
-
-/*
-** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
-** loaded by every new database connection.
-*/
-int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xInit){
- int i;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
- for(i=0; i=nAutoExtension ){
- xInit = 0;
- go = 0;
- }else{
- xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
- aAutoExtension[i];
- }
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3_apis) ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR,
- "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
- go = 0;
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/main.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/main.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 59e3bb79..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/main.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1342 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file
-** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in
-** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
-** accessed by users of the library.
-**
-** $Id: main.c 3426 2007-03-21 20:19:37Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include
-
-/*
-** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
-** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
-*/
-const int sqlite3one = 1;
-
-/*
-** The version of the library
-*/
-const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
-const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
-int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
-
-/*
-** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
-** available.
-*/
-static int binCollFunc(
- void *NotUsed,
- int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
- int nKey2, const void *pKey2
-){
- int rc, n;
- n = nKey1lastRowid;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
-*/
-int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
- return db->nChange;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
-*/
-int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
- return db->nTotalChange;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an existing SQLite database
-*/
-int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){
- HashElem *i;
- int j;
-
- if( !db ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
- {
- extern void sqlite3SseCleanup(sqlite3*);
- sqlite3SseCleanup(db);
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
- if( db->pVdbe ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
- "Unable to close due to unfinalised statements");
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- assert( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) );
-
- /* FIX ME: db->magic may be set to SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED if the database
- ** cannot be opened for some reason. So this routine needs to run in
- ** that case. But maybe there should be an extra magic value for the
- ** "failed to open" state.
- */
- if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED && sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
- /* printf("DID NOT CLOSE\n"); fflush(stdout); */
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
-
- sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
-
- for(j=0; jnDb; j++){
- struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
- if( pDb->pBt ){
- sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
- pDb->pBt = 0;
- if( j!=1 ){
- pDb->pSchema = 0;
- }
- }
- }
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
- assert( db->nDb<=2 );
- assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
- for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
- FuncDef *pFunc, *pNext;
- for(pFunc = (FuncDef*)sqliteHashData(i); pFunc; pFunc=pNext){
- pNext = pFunc->pNext;
- sqliteFree(pFunc);
- }
- }
-
- for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
- CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
- sqliteFree(pColl);
- }
- sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
- Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i);
- sqliteFree(pMod);
- }
- sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
-#endif
-
- sqlite3HashClear(&db->aFunc);
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
- if( db->pErr ){
- sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
- }
- sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);
-
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
-
- /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
- ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
- ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
- ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database
- ** structure?
- */
- sqliteFree(db->aDb[1].pSchema);
- sqliteFree(db);
- sqlite3ReleaseThreadData();
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback all database files.
-*/
-void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- int inTrans = 0;
- for(i=0; inDb; i++){
- if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
- if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
- inTrans = 1;
- }
- sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt);
- db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0;
- }
- }
- sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
- if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
- }
-
- /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
- if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){
- db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
-** argument.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
- const char *z;
- switch( rc & 0xff ){
- case SQLITE_ROW:
- case SQLITE_DONE:
- case SQLITE_OK: z = "not an error"; break;
- case SQLITE_ERROR: z = "SQL logic error or missing database"; break;
- case SQLITE_PERM: z = "access permission denied"; break;
- case SQLITE_ABORT: z = "callback requested query abort"; break;
- case SQLITE_BUSY: z = "database is locked"; break;
- case SQLITE_LOCKED: z = "database table is locked"; break;
- case SQLITE_NOMEM: z = "out of memory"; break;
- case SQLITE_READONLY: z = "attempt to write a readonly database"; break;
- case SQLITE_INTERRUPT: z = "interrupted"; break;
- case SQLITE_IOERR: z = "disk I/O error"; break;
- case SQLITE_CORRUPT: z = "database disk image is malformed"; break;
- case SQLITE_FULL: z = "database or disk is full"; break;
- case SQLITE_CANTOPEN: z = "unable to open database file"; break;
- case SQLITE_PROTOCOL: z = "database locking protocol failure"; break;
- case SQLITE_EMPTY: z = "table contains no data"; break;
- case SQLITE_SCHEMA: z = "database schema has changed"; break;
- case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: z = "constraint failed"; break;
- case SQLITE_MISMATCH: z = "datatype mismatch"; break;
- case SQLITE_MISUSE: z = "library routine called out of sequence";break;
- case SQLITE_NOLFS: z = "kernel lacks large file support"; break;
- case SQLITE_AUTH: z = "authorization denied"; break;
- case SQLITE_FORMAT: z = "auxiliary database format error"; break;
- case SQLITE_RANGE: z = "bind or column index out of range"; break;
- case SQLITE_NOTADB: z = "file is encrypted or is not a database";break;
- default: z = "unknown error"; break;
- }
- return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
-** again until a timeout value is reached. The timeout value is
-** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
-** argument.
-*/
-static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
- void *ptr, /* Database connection */
- int count /* Number of times table has been busy */
-){
-#if OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP)
- static const u8 delays[] =
- { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 };
- static const u8 totals[] =
- { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
-# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0]))
- int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
- int delay, prior;
-
- assert( count>=0 );
- if( count < NDELAY ){
- delay = delays[count];
- prior = totals[count];
- }else{
- delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
- prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
- }
- if( prior + delay > timeout ){
- delay = timeout - prior;
- if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
- }
- sqlite3OsSleep(delay);
- return 1;
-#else
- int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
- if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
- return 0;
- }
- sqlite3OsSleep(1000);
- return 1;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the given busy handler.
-**
-** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.
-** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it
-** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
-*/
-int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
- int rc;
- if( p==0 || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
- rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);
- if( rc==0 ){
- p->nBusy = -1;
- }else{
- p->nBusy++;
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
-** given callback function with the given argument.
-*/
-int sqlite3_busy_handler(
- sqlite3 *db,
- int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
- void *pArg
-){
- if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
- db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
- db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-/*
-** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
-** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
-** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
-*/
-void sqlite3_progress_handler(
- sqlite3 *db,
- int nOps,
- int (*xProgress)(void*),
- void *pArg
-){
- if( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
- if( nOps>0 ){
- db->xProgress = xProgress;
- db->nProgressOps = nOps;
- db->pProgressArg = pArg;
- }else{
- db->xProgress = 0;
- db->nProgressOps = 0;
- db->pProgressArg = 0;
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
-** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
-*/
-int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
- if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- if( ms>0 ){
- db->busyTimeout = ms;
- sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);
- }else{
- sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
-*/
-void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
- if( db && (db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY) ){
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Memory allocation routines that use SQLites internal memory
-** memory allocator. Depending on how SQLite is compiled, the
-** internal memory allocator might be just an alias for the
-** system default malloc/realloc/free. Or the built-in allocator
-** might do extra stuff like put sentinals around buffers to
-** check for overruns or look for memory leaks.
-**
-** Use sqlite3_free() to free memory returned by sqlite3_mprintf().
-*/
-void sqlite3_free(void *p){ if( p ) sqlite3OsFree(p); }
-void *sqlite3_malloc(int nByte){ return nByte>0 ? sqlite3OsMalloc(nByte) : 0; }
-void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int nByte){
- if( pOld ){
- if( nByte>0 ){
- return sqlite3OsRealloc(pOld, nByte);
- }else{
- sqlite3OsFree(pOld);
- return 0;
- }
- }else{
- return sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
-** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
-** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
-** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared.
-*/
-int sqlite3CreateFunc(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zFunctionName,
- int nArg,
- int enc,
- void *pUserData,
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
- FuncDef *p;
- int nName;
-
- if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- if( zFunctionName==0 ||
- (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) ||
- (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
- (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
- (nArg<-1 || nArg>127) ||
- (255<(nName = strlen(zFunctionName))) ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "bad parameters");
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
- ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
- ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
- **
- ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
- ** to the hash table.
- */
- if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
- enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
- }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
- int rc;
- rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
- pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE,
- pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
- }
-#else
- enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-#endif
-
- /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
- ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
- ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
- ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
- */
- p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 0);
- if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
- if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
- "Unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
- assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() );
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else{
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
- }
- }
-
- p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 1);
- if( p ){
- p->flags = 0;
- p->xFunc = xFunc;
- p->xStep = xStep;
- p->xFinalize = xFinal;
- p->pUserData = pUserData;
- p->nArg = nArg;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create new user functions.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_function(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zFunctionName,
- int nArg,
- int enc,
- void *p,
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
- int rc;
- assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() );
- rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
-
- return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-int sqlite3_create_function16(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const void *zFunctionName,
- int nArg,
- int eTextRep,
- void *p,
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
- void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
- void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
- int rc;
- char *zFunc8;
- assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() );
-
- zFunc8 = sqlite3utf16to8(zFunctionName, -1);
- rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
- sqliteFree(zFunc8);
-
- return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table.
-**
-** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
-** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create
-** a new one that always throws a run-time error.
-**
-** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
-** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
-** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work
-** properly.
-*/
-int sqlite3_overload_function(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zName,
- int nArg
-){
- int nName = strlen(zName);
- if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
- 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0);
- }
- return sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-/*
-** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace
-** is returned.
-**
-** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL
-** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
-** SQL statement.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
- void *pOld = db->pTraceArg;
- db->xTrace = xTrace;
- db->pTraceArg = pArg;
- return pOld;
-}
-/*
-** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered
-** profile function is returned.
-**
-** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL
-** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
-** each SQL statement that is run.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_profile(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),
- void *pArg
-){
- void *pOld = db->pProfileArg;
- db->xProfile = xProfile;
- db->pProfileArg = pArg;
- return pOld;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
-
-/*** EXPERIMENTAL ***
-**
-** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments.
-** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
-** rollback.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
- int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */
- void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
-){
- void *pOld = db->pCommitArg;
- db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
- db->pCommitArg = pArg;
- return pOld;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
-** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_update_hook(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
- void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64),
- void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
-){
- void *pRet = db->pUpdateArg;
- db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback;
- db->pUpdateArg = pArg;
- return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled
-** back by this database connection.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
- void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */
- void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
-){
- void *pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
- db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
- db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
- return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree
-** driver. If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is
-** opened and used. If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then
-** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as
-** the connection is closed.) If zFilename is NULL then the database
-** is a "virtual" database for transient use only and is deleted as
-** soon as the connection is closed.
-**
-** A virtual database can be either a disk file (that is automatically
-** deleted when the file is closed) or it an be held entirely in memory,
-** depending on the values of the TEMP_STORE compile-time macro and the
-** db->temp_store variable, according to the following chart:
-**
-** TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database
-** ---------- -------------- ------------------------------
-** 0 any file
-** 1 1 file
-** 1 2 memory
-** 1 0 file
-** 2 1 file
-** 2 2 memory
-** 2 0 memory
-** 3 any memory
-*/
-int sqlite3BtreeFactory(
- const sqlite3 *db, /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
- int omitJournal, /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */
- int nCache, /* How many pages in the page cache */
- Btree **ppBtree /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
-){
- int btree_flags = 0;
- int rc;
-
- assert( ppBtree != 0);
- if( omitJournal ){
- btree_flags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL;
- }
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){
- btree_flags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK;
- }
- if( zFilename==0 ){
-#if TEMP_STORE==0
- /* Do nothing */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-#if TEMP_STORE==1
- if( db->temp_store==2 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
-#endif
-#if TEMP_STORE==2
- if( db->temp_store!=1 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
-#endif
-#if TEMP_STORE==3
- zFilename = ":memory:";
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB */
- }
-
- rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, (sqlite3 *)db, ppBtree, btree_flags);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(*ppBtree, (void*)&db->busyHandler);
- sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(*ppBtree, nCache);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
-** error.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
- const char *z;
- if( !db || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
- return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
- }
- if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){
- return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE);
- }
- z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
- if( z==0 ){
- z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
- }
- return z;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
-** error.
-*/
-const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
- /* Because all the characters in the string are in the unicode
- ** range 0x00-0xFF, if we pad the big-endian string with a
- ** zero byte, we can obtain the little-endian string with
- ** &big_endian[1].
- */
- static const char outOfMemBe[] = {
- 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ',
- 0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ',
- 0, 'm', 0, 'e', 0, 'm', 0, 'o', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, 0, 0
- };
- static const char misuseBe [] = {
- 0, 'l', 0, 'i', 0, 'b', 0, 'r', 0, 'a', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, ' ',
- 0, 'r', 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, 'i', 0, 'n', 0, 'e', 0, ' ',
- 0, 'c', 0, 'a', 0, 'l', 0, 'l', 0, 'e', 0, 'd', 0, ' ',
- 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ',
- 0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ',
- 0, 's', 0, 'e', 0, 'q', 0, 'u', 0, 'e', 0, 'n', 0, 'c', 0, 'e', 0, 0, 0
- };
-
- const void *z;
- if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
- return (void *)(&outOfMemBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]);
- }
- if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){
- return (void *)(&misuseBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]);
- }
- z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
- if( z==0 ){
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode),
- SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
- z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
- }
- sqlite3ApiExit(0, 0);
- return z;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is
-** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open().
-*/
-int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
- if( !db || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- return db->errCode & db->errMask;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName
-** and the encoding is enc.
-*/
-static int createCollation(
- sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
- int enc,
- void* pCtx,
- int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-){
- CollSeq *pColl;
- int enc2;
-
- if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
-
- /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
- ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
- ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
- */
- enc2 = enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED;
- if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
- enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
- }
-
- if( (enc2&~3)!=0 ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown encoding");
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
-
- /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation
- ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
- ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
- */
- pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, strlen(zName), 0);
- if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
- if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
- "Unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
- }
-
- pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, strlen(zName), 1);
- if( pColl ){
- pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
- pColl->pUser = pCtx;
- pColl->enc = enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
- }
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"
-** is UTF-8 encoded.
-*/
-static int openDatabase(
- const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
- sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: Returned database handle */
-){
- sqlite3 *db;
- int rc;
- CollSeq *pColl;
-
- assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() );
-
- /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
- db = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(sqlite3) );
- if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
- db->errMask = 0xff;
- db->priorNewRowid = 0;
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
- db->nDb = 2;
- db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
- db->autoCommit = 1;
- db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
- | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
-#endif
- ;
- sqlite3HashInit(&db->aFunc, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
- sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-#endif
-
- /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
- ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
- ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
- */
- if( createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc) ||
- createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc) ||
- createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc) ||
- (db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0))==0
- ){
- assert( sqlite3MallocFailed() );
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
- goto opendb_out;
- }
-
- /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
- createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc);
-
- /* Set flags on the built-in collating sequences */
- db->pDfltColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_BINARY;
- pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "NOCASE", 6, 0);
- if( pColl ){
- pColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE;
- }
-
- /* Open the backend database driver */
- rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, MAX_PAGES, &db->aDb[0].pBt);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
- goto opendb_out;
- }
- db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db->aDb[0].pBt);
- db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(0);
-
-
- /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
- ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.
- */
- db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
- db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
- db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
- db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
-#endif
-
- /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
- ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
- ** is accessed.
- */
- if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
- sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
- }
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
-
- /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
- ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
- */
- (void)sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
- {
- extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
- sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
- }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
- {
- extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
- sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
- }
-#endif
-
-opendb_out:
- if( SQLITE_NOMEM==(rc = sqlite3_errcode(db)) ){
- sqlite3_close(db);
- db = 0;
- }
- *ppDb = db;
- return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a new database handle.
-*/
-int sqlite3_open(
- const char *zFilename,
- sqlite3 **ppDb
-){
- return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Open a new database handle.
-*/
-int sqlite3_open16(
- const void *zFilename,
- sqlite3 **ppDb
-){
- char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- sqlite3_value *pVal;
-
- assert( zFilename );
- assert( ppDb );
- *ppDb = 0;
- pVal = sqlite3ValueNew();
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
- zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
- if( zFilename8 ){
- rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppDb ){
- rc = sqlite3_exec(*ppDb, "PRAGMA encoding = 'UTF-16'", 0, 0, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_close(*ppDb);
- *ppDb = 0;
- }
- }
- }
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-
- return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
-** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
-** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
-** machine.
-**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
-*/
-int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int rc;
- if( pStmt==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
-** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
-** the prior execution is returned.
-**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
-*/
-int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int rc;
- if( pStmt==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3VdbeReset((Vdbe*)pStmt);
- sqlite3VdbeMakeReady((Vdbe*)pStmt, -1, 0, 0, 0);
- assert( (rc & (sqlite3_db_handle(pStmt)->errMask))==rc );
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_collation(
- sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
- int enc,
- void* pCtx,
- int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-){
- int rc;
- assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() );
- rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare);
- return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_collation16(
- sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
- int enc,
- void* pCtx,
- int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- char *zName8;
- assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() );
- zName8 = sqlite3utf16to8(zName, -1);
- if( zName8 ){
- rc = createCollation(db, zName8, enc, pCtx, xCompare);
- sqliteFree(zName8);
- }
- return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
-** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
-*/
-int sqlite3_collation_needed(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void *pCollNeededArg,
- void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
-){
- if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
- db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
- db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
-** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
-*/
-int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void *pCollNeededArg,
- void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
-){
- if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- db->xCollNeeded = 0;
- db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
- db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GLOBALRECOVER
-/*
-** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
-** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
-*/
-int sqlite3_global_recover(){
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
-** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on
-** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
-** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
-**
-******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
-*/
-int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
- return db->autoCommit;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** The following routine is subtituted for constant SQLITE_CORRUPT in
-** debugging builds. This provides a way to set a breakpoint for when
-** corruption is first detected.
-*/
-int sqlite3Corrupt(void){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features for the
-** current thread.
-**
-** This routine should only be called when there are no open
-** database connections.
-*/
-int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
- ThreadData *pTd = sqlite3ThreadData();
- if( pTd ){
- /* It is only legal to call sqlite3_enable_shared_cache() when there
- ** are no currently open b-trees that were opened by the calling thread.
- ** This condition is only easy to detect if the shared-cache were
- ** previously enabled (and is being disabled).
- */
- if( pTd->pBtree && !enable ){
- assert( pTd->useSharedData );
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
-
- pTd->useSharedData = enable;
- sqlite3ReleaseThreadData();
- }
- return sqlite3ApiExit(0, SQLITE_OK);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
-** data for this thread has been deallocated.
-*/
-void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
- ThreadData *pTd = sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(0);
- if( pTd ){
- memset(pTd, 0, sizeof(*pTd));
- sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(-1);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
-** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */
- const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */
- const char *zTableName, /* Table name */
- const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */
- char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
- char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
- int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
- int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
- int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if colums is auto-increment */
-){
- int rc;
- char *zErrMsg = 0;
- Table *pTab = 0;
- Column *pCol = 0;
- int iCol;
-
- char const *zDataType = 0;
- char const *zCollSeq = 0;
- int notnull = 0;
- int primarykey = 0;
- int autoinc = 0;
-
- /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
- if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
- goto error_out;
- }
-
- /* Locate the table in question */
- pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName);
- if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){
- pTab = 0;
- goto error_out;
- }
-
- /* Find the column for which info is requested */
- if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){
- iCol = pTab->iPKey;
- if( iCol>=0 ){
- pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
- }
- }else{
- for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){
- pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
- if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){
- break;
- }
- }
- if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
- pTab = 0;
- goto error_out;
- }
- }
-
- /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
- ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
- ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
- **
- ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_"
- ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column.
- **
- ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an
- ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
- */
- if( pCol ){
- zDataType = pCol->zType;
- zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
- notnull = (pCol->notNull?1:0);
- primarykey = (pCol->isPrimKey?1:0);
- autoinc = ((pTab->iPKey==iCol && pTab->autoInc)?1:0);
- }else{
- zDataType = "INTEGER";
- primarykey = 1;
- }
- if( !zCollSeq ){
- zCollSeq = "BINARY";
- }
-
-error_out:
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
- rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
-
- /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters
- ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur,
- ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters.
- */
- if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType;
- if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq;
- if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull;
- if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey;
- if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc;
-
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
- sqlite3SetString(&zErrMsg, "no such table column: ", zTableName, ".",
- zColumnName, 0);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
- sqliteFree(zErrMsg);
- return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
-*/
-int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int i;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt); i++){
- rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
-*/
-int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){
- return sqlite3OsSleep(ms);
-}
-
-/*
-** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
-*/
-int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
- db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f796476..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */
-/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-const char *const sqlite3OpcodeNames[] = { "?",
- /* 1 */ "MemLoad",
- /* 2 */ "VNext",
- /* 3 */ "Column",
- /* 4 */ "SetCookie",
- /* 5 */ "IfMemPos",
- /* 6 */ "Sequence",
- /* 7 */ "MoveGt",
- /* 8 */ "RowKey",
- /* 9 */ "OpenWrite",
- /* 10 */ "If",
- /* 11 */ "Pop",
- /* 12 */ "VRowid",
- /* 13 */ "CollSeq",
- /* 14 */ "OpenRead",
- /* 15 */ "Expire",
- /* 16 */ "Not",
- /* 17 */ "AutoCommit",
- /* 18 */ "IntegrityCk",
- /* 19 */ "Sort",
- /* 20 */ "Function",
- /* 21 */ "Noop",
- /* 22 */ "Return",
- /* 23 */ "NewRowid",
- /* 24 */ "IfMemNeg",
- /* 25 */ "Variable",
- /* 26 */ "String",
- /* 27 */ "RealAffinity",
- /* 28 */ "ParseSchema",
- /* 29 */ "VOpen",
- /* 30 */ "Close",
- /* 31 */ "CreateIndex",
- /* 32 */ "IsUnique",
- /* 33 */ "NotFound",
- /* 34 */ "Int64",
- /* 35 */ "MustBeInt",
- /* 36 */ "Halt",
- /* 37 */ "Rowid",
- /* 38 */ "IdxLT",
- /* 39 */ "AddImm",
- /* 40 */ "Statement",
- /* 41 */ "RowData",
- /* 42 */ "MemMax",
- /* 43 */ "Push",
- /* 44 */ "NotExists",
- /* 45 */ "MemIncr",
- /* 46 */ "Gosub",
- /* 47 */ "Integer",
- /* 48 */ "MemInt",
- /* 49 */ "Prev",
- /* 50 */ "VColumn",
- /* 51 */ "CreateTable",
- /* 52 */ "Last",
- /* 53 */ "IdxRowid",
- /* 54 */ "MakeIdxRec",
- /* 55 */ "ResetCount",
- /* 56 */ "FifoWrite",
- /* 57 */ "Callback",
- /* 58 */ "ContextPush",
- /* 59 */ "DropTrigger",
- /* 60 */ "DropIndex",
- /* 61 */ "Or",
- /* 62 */ "And",
- /* 63 */ "IdxGE",
- /* 64 */ "IdxDelete",
- /* 65 */ "Vacuum",
- /* 66 */ "IsNull",
- /* 67 */ "NotNull",
- /* 68 */ "Ne",
- /* 69 */ "Eq",
- /* 70 */ "Gt",
- /* 71 */ "Le",
- /* 72 */ "Lt",
- /* 73 */ "Ge",
- /* 74 */ "MoveLe",
- /* 75 */ "BitAnd",
- /* 76 */ "BitOr",
- /* 77 */ "ShiftLeft",
- /* 78 */ "ShiftRight",
- /* 79 */ "Add",
- /* 80 */ "Subtract",
- /* 81 */ "Multiply",
- /* 82 */ "Divide",
- /* 83 */ "Remainder",
- /* 84 */ "Concat",
- /* 85 */ "IfNot",
- /* 86 */ "Negative",
- /* 87 */ "DropTable",
- /* 88 */ "BitNot",
- /* 89 */ "String8",
- /* 90 */ "MakeRecord",
- /* 91 */ "Delete",
- /* 92 */ "AggFinal",
- /* 93 */ "Dup",
- /* 94 */ "Goto",
- /* 95 */ "TableLock",
- /* 96 */ "FifoRead",
- /* 97 */ "Clear",
- /* 98 */ "IdxGT",
- /* 99 */ "MoveLt",
- /* 100 */ "VerifyCookie",
- /* 101 */ "AggStep",
- /* 102 */ "Pull",
- /* 103 */ "SetNumColumns",
- /* 104 */ "AbsValue",
- /* 105 */ "Transaction",
- /* 106 */ "VFilter",
- /* 107 */ "VDestroy",
- /* 108 */ "ContextPop",
- /* 109 */ "Next",
- /* 110 */ "IdxInsert",
- /* 111 */ "Distinct",
- /* 112 */ "Insert",
- /* 113 */ "Destroy",
- /* 114 */ "ReadCookie",
- /* 115 */ "ForceInt",
- /* 116 */ "LoadAnalysis",
- /* 117 */ "Explain",
- /* 118 */ "IfMemZero",
- /* 119 */ "OpenPseudo",
- /* 120 */ "OpenEphemeral",
- /* 121 */ "Null",
- /* 122 */ "Blob",
- /* 123 */ "MemStore",
- /* 124 */ "Rewind",
- /* 125 */ "MoveGe",
- /* 126 */ "Real",
- /* 127 */ "HexBlob",
- /* 128 */ "VBegin",
- /* 129 */ "VUpdate",
- /* 130 */ "VCreate",
- /* 131 */ "MemMove",
- /* 132 */ "MemNull",
- /* 133 */ "Found",
- /* 134 */ "NullRow",
- /* 135 */ "NotUsed_135",
- /* 136 */ "NotUsed_136",
- /* 137 */ "NotUsed_137",
- /* 138 */ "NotUsed_138",
- /* 139 */ "ToText",
- /* 140 */ "ToBlob",
- /* 141 */ "ToNumeric",
- /* 142 */ "ToInt",
- /* 143 */ "ToReal",
-};
-#endif
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.h b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 69ffced3..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/opcodes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */
-/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
-#define OP_MemLoad 1
-#define OP_VNext 2
-#define OP_HexBlob 127 /* same as TK_BLOB */
-#define OP_Column 3
-#define OP_SetCookie 4
-#define OP_IfMemPos 5
-#define OP_Real 126 /* same as TK_FLOAT */
-#define OP_Sequence 6
-#define OP_MoveGt 7
-#define OP_Ge 73 /* same as TK_GE */
-#define OP_RowKey 8
-#define OP_Eq 69 /* same as TK_EQ */
-#define OP_OpenWrite 9
-#define OP_NotNull 67 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */
-#define OP_If 10
-#define OP_ToInt 142 /* same as TK_TO_INT */
-#define OP_String8 89 /* same as TK_STRING */
-#define OP_Pop 11
-#define OP_VRowid 12
-#define OP_CollSeq 13
-#define OP_OpenRead 14
-#define OP_Expire 15
-#define OP_AutoCommit 17
-#define OP_Gt 70 /* same as TK_GT */
-#define OP_IntegrityCk 18
-#define OP_Sort 19
-#define OP_Function 20
-#define OP_And 62 /* same as TK_AND */
-#define OP_Subtract 80 /* same as TK_MINUS */
-#define OP_Noop 21
-#define OP_Return 22
-#define OP_Remainder 83 /* same as TK_REM */
-#define OP_NewRowid 23
-#define OP_Multiply 81 /* same as TK_STAR */
-#define OP_IfMemNeg 24
-#define OP_Variable 25
-#define OP_String 26
-#define OP_RealAffinity 27
-#define OP_ParseSchema 28
-#define OP_VOpen 29
-#define OP_Close 30
-#define OP_CreateIndex 31
-#define OP_IsUnique 32
-#define OP_NotFound 33
-#define OP_Int64 34
-#define OP_MustBeInt 35
-#define OP_Halt 36
-#define OP_Rowid 37
-#define OP_IdxLT 38
-#define OP_AddImm 39
-#define OP_Statement 40
-#define OP_RowData 41
-#define OP_MemMax 42
-#define OP_Push 43
-#define OP_Or 61 /* same as TK_OR */
-#define OP_NotExists 44
-#define OP_MemIncr 45
-#define OP_Gosub 46
-#define OP_Divide 82 /* same as TK_SLASH */
-#define OP_Integer 47
-#define OP_ToNumeric 141 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
-#define OP_MemInt 48
-#define OP_Prev 49
-#define OP_Concat 84 /* same as TK_CONCAT */
-#define OP_BitAnd 75 /* same as TK_BITAND */
-#define OP_VColumn 50
-#define OP_CreateTable 51
-#define OP_Last 52
-#define OP_IsNull 66 /* same as TK_ISNULL */
-#define OP_IdxRowid 53
-#define OP_MakeIdxRec 54
-#define OP_ShiftRight 78 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */
-#define OP_ResetCount 55
-#define OP_FifoWrite 56
-#define OP_Callback 57
-#define OP_ContextPush 58
-#define OP_DropTrigger 59
-#define OP_DropIndex 60
-#define OP_IdxGE 63
-#define OP_IdxDelete 64
-#define OP_Vacuum 65
-#define OP_MoveLe 74
-#define OP_IfNot 85
-#define OP_DropTable 87
-#define OP_MakeRecord 90
-#define OP_ToBlob 140 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */
-#define OP_Delete 91
-#define OP_AggFinal 92
-#define OP_ShiftLeft 77 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */
-#define OP_Dup 93
-#define OP_Goto 94
-#define OP_TableLock 95
-#define OP_FifoRead 96
-#define OP_Clear 97
-#define OP_IdxGT 98
-#define OP_MoveLt 99
-#define OP_Le 71 /* same as TK_LE */
-#define OP_VerifyCookie 100
-#define OP_AggStep 101
-#define OP_Pull 102
-#define OP_ToText 139 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */
-#define OP_Not 16 /* same as TK_NOT */
-#define OP_ToReal 143 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */
-#define OP_SetNumColumns 103
-#define OP_AbsValue 104
-#define OP_Transaction 105
-#define OP_VFilter 106
-#define OP_Negative 86 /* same as TK_UMINUS */
-#define OP_Ne 68 /* same as TK_NE */
-#define OP_VDestroy 107
-#define OP_ContextPop 108
-#define OP_BitOr 76 /* same as TK_BITOR */
-#define OP_Next 109
-#define OP_IdxInsert 110
-#define OP_Distinct 111
-#define OP_Lt 72 /* same as TK_LT */
-#define OP_Insert 112
-#define OP_Destroy 113
-#define OP_ReadCookie 114
-#define OP_ForceInt 115
-#define OP_LoadAnalysis 116
-#define OP_Explain 117
-#define OP_IfMemZero 118
-#define OP_OpenPseudo 119
-#define OP_OpenEphemeral 120
-#define OP_Null 121
-#define OP_Blob 122
-#define OP_Add 79 /* same as TK_PLUS */
-#define OP_MemStore 123
-#define OP_Rewind 124
-#define OP_MoveGe 125
-#define OP_VBegin 128
-#define OP_VUpdate 129
-#define OP_BitNot 88 /* same as TK_BITNOT */
-#define OP_VCreate 130
-#define OP_MemMove 131
-#define OP_MemNull 132
-#define OP_Found 133
-#define OP_NullRow 134
-
-/* The following opcode values are never used */
-#define OP_NotUsed_135 135
-#define OP_NotUsed_136 136
-#define OP_NotUsed_137 137
-#define OP_NotUsed_138 138
-
-/* Opcodes that are guaranteed to never push a value onto the stack
-** contain a 1 their corresponding position of the following mask
-** set. See the opcodeNoPush() function in vdbeaux.c */
-#define NOPUSH_MASK_0 0xeeb4
-#define NOPUSH_MASK_1 0x796b
-#define NOPUSH_MASK_2 0x7ddb
-#define NOPUSH_MASK_3 0xff92
-#define NOPUSH_MASK_4 0xffff
-#define NOPUSH_MASK_5 0xd9ef
-#define NOPUSH_MASK_6 0xfefe
-#define NOPUSH_MASK_7 0x39d9
-#define NOPUSH_MASK_8 0xf867
-#define NOPUSH_MASK_9 0x0000
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ec482fe0..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2005 November 29
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
-** architectures.
-*/
-#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "os.h"
-
-/*
-** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
-** of the OsFile object. This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All
-** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
-** C++ instead of plain old C.
-*/
-int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile **pId){
- OsFile *id;
- if( pId!=0 && (id = *pId)!=0 ){
- return id->pMethod->xClose(pId);
- }else{
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-}
-int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(OsFile *id, const char *zName){
- return id->pMethod->xOpenDirectory(id, zName);
-}
-int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
- return id->pMethod->xRead(id, pBuf, amt);
-}
-int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
- return id->pMethod->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt);
-}
-int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
- return id->pMethod->xSeek(id, offset);
-}
-int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 size){
- return id->pMethod->xTruncate(id, size);
-}
-int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id, int fullsync){
- return id->pMethod->xSync(id, fullsync);
-}
-void sqlite3OsSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int value){
- id->pMethod->xSetFullSync(id, value);
-}
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/* This method is currently only used while interactively debugging the
-** pager. More specificly, it can only be used when sqlite3DebugPrintf() is
-** included in the build. */
-int sqlite3OsFileHandle(OsFile *id){
- return id->pMethod->xFileHandle(id);
-}
-#endif
-int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
- return id->pMethod->xFileSize(id, pSize);
-}
-int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile *id, int lockType){
- return id->pMethod->xLock(id, lockType);
-}
-int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id, int lockType){
- return id->pMethod->xUnlock(id, lockType);
-}
-int sqlite3OsLockState(OsFile *id){
- return id->pMethod->xLockState(id);
-}
-int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
- return id->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock(id);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO
-/*
-** A function to return a pointer to the virtual function table.
-** This routine really does not accomplish very much since the
-** virtual function table is a global variable and anybody who
-** can call this function can just as easily access the variable
-** for themselves. Nevertheless, we include this routine for
-** backwards compatibility with an earlier redefinable I/O
-** interface design.
-*/
-struct sqlite3OsVtbl *sqlite3_os_switch(void){
- return &sqlite3Os;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.h b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fe7b156..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,517 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
-** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
-** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
-#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
-
-/*
-** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other
-** operating system.
-*/
-#if !defined(OS_UNIX) && !defined(OS_OTHER)
-# define OS_OTHER 0
-# ifndef OS_WIN
-# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
-# define OS_WIN 1
-# define OS_UNIX 0
-# define OS_OS2 0
-# elif defined(_EMX_) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__)
-# define OS_WIN 0
-# define OS_UNIX 0
-# define OS_OS2 1
-# else
-# define OS_WIN 0
-# define OS_UNIX 1
-# define OS_OS2 0
-# endif
-# else
-# define OS_UNIX 0
-# define OS_OS2 0
-# endif
-#else
-# ifndef OS_WIN
-# define OS_WIN 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename
-*/
-#if OS_WIN
-# include
-# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50)
-#elif OS_OS2
-# define INCL_DOSDATETIME
-# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR
-# define INCL_DOSERRORS
-# define INCL_DOSMISC
-# define INCL_DOSPROCESS
-# include
-# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP)
-#else
-# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200
-#endif
-
-/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
-** a no-op
-*/
-#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
-# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
-** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
-** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
-** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
-** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
-** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
-** using -DTEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
-**
-** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then
-** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
-** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
-** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a
-** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
-** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
-** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite"
-** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but
-** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
-** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
-** of the file.
-*/
-#ifndef TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
-# define TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_"
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Define the interfaces for Unix, Windows, and OS/2.
-*/
-#if OS_UNIX
-#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite sqlite3UnixOpenReadWrite
-#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive sqlite3UnixOpenExclusive
-#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly sqlite3UnixOpenReadOnly
-#define sqlite3OsDelete sqlite3UnixDelete
-#define sqlite3OsFileExists sqlite3UnixFileExists
-#define sqlite3OsFullPathname sqlite3UnixFullPathname
-#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable sqlite3UnixIsDirWritable
-#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory sqlite3UnixSyncDirectory
-#define sqlite3OsTempFileName sqlite3UnixTempFileName
-#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed sqlite3UnixRandomSeed
-#define sqlite3OsSleep sqlite3UnixSleep
-#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime sqlite3UnixCurrentTime
-#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex sqlite3UnixEnterMutex
-#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex sqlite3UnixLeaveMutex
-#define sqlite3OsInMutex sqlite3UnixInMutex
-#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3UnixThreadSpecificData
-#define sqlite3OsMalloc sqlite3GenericMalloc
-#define sqlite3OsRealloc sqlite3GenericRealloc
-#define sqlite3OsFree sqlite3GenericFree
-#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
-#define sqlite3OsDlopen sqlite3UnixDlopen
-#define sqlite3OsDlsym sqlite3UnixDlsym
-#define sqlite3OsDlclose sqlite3UnixDlclose
-#endif
-#if OS_WIN
-#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite sqlite3WinOpenReadWrite
-#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive sqlite3WinOpenExclusive
-#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly sqlite3WinOpenReadOnly
-#define sqlite3OsDelete sqlite3WinDelete
-#define sqlite3OsFileExists sqlite3WinFileExists
-#define sqlite3OsFullPathname sqlite3WinFullPathname
-#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable sqlite3WinIsDirWritable
-#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory sqlite3WinSyncDirectory
-#define sqlite3OsTempFileName sqlite3WinTempFileName
-#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed sqlite3WinRandomSeed
-#define sqlite3OsSleep sqlite3WinSleep
-#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime sqlite3WinCurrentTime
-#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex sqlite3WinEnterMutex
-#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex sqlite3WinLeaveMutex
-#define sqlite3OsInMutex sqlite3WinInMutex
-#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3WinThreadSpecificData
-#define sqlite3OsMalloc sqlite3GenericMalloc
-#define sqlite3OsRealloc sqlite3GenericRealloc
-#define sqlite3OsFree sqlite3GenericFree
-#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
-#define sqlite3OsDlopen sqlite3WinDlopen
-#define sqlite3OsDlsym sqlite3WinDlsym
-#define sqlite3OsDlclose sqlite3WinDlclose
-#endif
-#if OS_OS2
-#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite sqlite3Os2OpenReadWrite
-#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive sqlite3Os2OpenExclusive
-#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly sqlite3Os2OpenReadOnly
-#define sqlite3OsDelete sqlite3Os2Delete
-#define sqlite3OsFileExists sqlite3Os2FileExists
-#define sqlite3OsFullPathname sqlite3Os2FullPathname
-#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable sqlite3Os2IsDirWritable
-#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory sqlite3Os2SyncDirectory
-#define sqlite3OsTempFileName sqlite3Os2TempFileName
-#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed sqlite3Os2RandomSeed
-#define sqlite3OsSleep sqlite3Os2Sleep
-#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime sqlite3Os2CurrentTime
-#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex sqlite3Os2EnterMutex
-#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex sqlite3Os2LeaveMutex
-#define sqlite3OsInMutex sqlite3Os2InMutex
-#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3Os2ThreadSpecificData
-#define sqlite3OsMalloc sqlite3GenericMalloc
-#define sqlite3OsRealloc sqlite3GenericRealloc
-#define sqlite3OsFree sqlite3GenericFree
-#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
-#define sqlite3OsDlopen sqlite3Os2Dlopen
-#define sqlite3OsDlsym sqlite3Os2Dlsym
-#define sqlite3OsDlclose sqlite3Os2Dlclose
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-/*
-** If using an alternative OS interface, then we must have an "os_other.h"
-** header file available for that interface. Presumably the "os_other.h"
-** header file contains #defines similar to those above.
-*/
-#if OS_OTHER
-# include "os_other.h"
-#endif
-
-
-
-/*
-** Forward declarations
-*/
-typedef struct OsFile OsFile;
-typedef struct IoMethod IoMethod;
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure contains pointers to all
-** methods on an OsFile object.
-*/
-struct IoMethod {
- int (*xClose)(OsFile**);
- int (*xOpenDirectory)(OsFile*, const char*);
- int (*xRead)(OsFile*, void*, int amt);
- int (*xWrite)(OsFile*, const void*, int amt);
- int (*xSeek)(OsFile*, i64 offset);
- int (*xTruncate)(OsFile*, i64 size);
- int (*xSync)(OsFile*, int);
- void (*xSetFullSync)(OsFile *id, int setting);
- int (*xFileHandle)(OsFile *id);
- int (*xFileSize)(OsFile*, i64 *pSize);
- int (*xLock)(OsFile*, int);
- int (*xUnlock)(OsFile*, int);
- int (*xLockState)(OsFile *id);
- int (*xCheckReservedLock)(OsFile *id);
-};
-
-/*
-** The OsFile object describes an open disk file in an OS-dependent way.
-** The version of OsFile defined here is a generic version. Each OS
-** implementation defines its own subclass of this structure that contains
-** additional information needed to handle file I/O. But the pMethod
-** entry (pointing to the virtual function table) always occurs first
-** so that we can always find the appropriate methods.
-*/
-struct OsFile {
- IoMethod const *pMethod;
-};
-
-/*
-** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
-** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
-**
-** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
-** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
-** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
-** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
-** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
-** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
-** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
-**
-** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
-** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
-** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
-** sqlite3OsLock().
-*/
-#define NO_LOCK 0
-#define SHARED_LOCK 1
-#define RESERVED_LOCK 2
-#define PENDING_LOCK 3
-#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4
-
-/*
-** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
-**
-** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
-** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and
-** UnlockFile().
-**
-** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
-** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen
-** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at
-** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the
-** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
-** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
-** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
-** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
-** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
-** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
-**
-** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
-** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks
-** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
-** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme
-** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
-** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
-** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
-**
-** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
-** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
-** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for
-** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST.
-**
-** These #defines are available in sqlite_aux.h so that adaptors for
-** connecting SQLite to other operating systems can use the same byte
-** ranges for locking. In particular, the same locking strategy and
-** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having
-** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
-** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever
-** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
-** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
-** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
-**
-** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store
-** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates
-** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so
-** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
-** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE
-** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
-** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic
-** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
-**
-** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
-** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
-** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
-** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
-** 1GB boundary.
-**
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
-#define PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000 /* First byte past the 1GB boundary */
-#else
-extern unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte;
-#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3_pending_byte
-#endif
-
-#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1)
-#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2)
-#define SHARED_SIZE 510
-
-/*
-** Prototypes for operating system interface routines.
-*/
-int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile**);
-int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(OsFile*, const char*);
-int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile*, void*, int amt);
-int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile*, const void*, int amt);
-int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile*, i64 offset);
-int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile*, i64 size);
-int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile*, int);
-void sqlite3OsSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int setting);
-int sqlite3OsFileHandle(OsFile *id);
-int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile*, i64 *pSize);
-int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile*, int);
-int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile*, int);
-int sqlite3OsLockState(OsFile *id);
-int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id);
-int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(const char*, OsFile**, int*);
-int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char*, OsFile**, int);
-int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char*, OsFile**);
-int sqlite3OsDelete(const char*);
-int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char*);
-char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char*);
-int sqlite3OsIsDirWritable(char*);
-int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char*);
-int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char*);
-int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char*);
-int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms);
-int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double*);
-void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(void);
-void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(void);
-int sqlite3OsInMutex(int);
-ThreadData *sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(int);
-void *sqlite3OsMalloc(int);
-void *sqlite3OsRealloc(void *, int);
-void sqlite3OsFree(void *);
-int sqlite3OsAllocationSize(void *);
-void *sqlite3OsDlopen(const char*);
-void *sqlite3OsDlsym(void*, const char*);
-int sqlite3OsDlclose(void*);
-
-/*
-** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO macro is defined, then the OS-layer
-** interface routines are not called directly but are invoked using
-** pointers to functions. This allows the implementation of various
-** OS-layer interface routines to be modified at run-time. There are
-** obscure but legitimate reasons for wanting to do this. But for
-** most users, a direct call to the underlying interface is preferable
-** so the the redefinable I/O interface is turned off by default.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO
-
-/*
-** When redefinable I/O is enabled, a single global instance of the
-** following structure holds pointers to the routines that SQLite
-** uses to talk with the underlying operating system. Modify this
-** structure (before using any SQLite API!) to accomodate perculiar
-** operating system interfaces or behaviors.
-*/
-struct sqlite3OsVtbl {
- int (*xOpenReadWrite)(const char*, OsFile**, int*);
- int (*xOpenExclusive)(const char*, OsFile**, int);
- int (*xOpenReadOnly)(const char*, OsFile**);
-
- int (*xDelete)(const char*);
- int (*xFileExists)(const char*);
- char *(*xFullPathname)(const char*);
- int (*xIsDirWritable)(char*);
- int (*xSyncDirectory)(const char*);
- int (*xTempFileName)(char*);
-
- int (*xRandomSeed)(char*);
- int (*xSleep)(int ms);
- int (*xCurrentTime)(double*);
-
- void (*xEnterMutex)(void);
- void (*xLeaveMutex)(void);
- int (*xInMutex)(int);
- ThreadData *(*xThreadSpecificData)(int);
-
- void *(*xMalloc)(int);
- void *(*xRealloc)(void *, int);
- void (*xFree)(void *);
- int (*xAllocationSize)(void *);
-
- void *(*xDlopen)(const char*);
- void *(*xDlsym)(void*, const char*);
- int (*xDlclose)(void*);
-};
-
-/* Macro used to comment out routines that do not exists when there is
-** no disk I/O or extension loading
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-# define IF_DISKIO(X) 0
-#else
-# define IF_DISKIO(X) X
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-# define IF_DLOPEN(X) 0
-#else
-# define IF_DLOPEN(X) X
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef _SQLITE_OS_C_
- /*
- ** The os.c file implements the global virtual function table.
- */
- struct sqlite3OsVtbl sqlite3Os = {
- IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite ),
- IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsOpenExclusive ),
- IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly ),
- IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsDelete ),
- IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsFileExists ),
- IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsFullPathname ),
- IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsIsDirWritable ),
- IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsSyncDirectory ),
- IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsTempFileName ),
- sqlite3OsRandomSeed,
- sqlite3OsSleep,
- sqlite3OsCurrentTime,
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex,
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex,
- sqlite3OsInMutex,
- sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData,
- sqlite3OsMalloc,
- sqlite3OsRealloc,
- sqlite3OsFree,
- sqlite3OsAllocationSize,
- IF_DLOPEN( sqlite3OsDlopen ),
- IF_DLOPEN( sqlite3OsDlsym ),
- IF_DLOPEN( sqlite3OsDlclose ),
- };
-#else
- /*
- ** Files other than os.c just reference the global virtual function table.
- */
- extern struct sqlite3OsVtbl sqlite3Os;
-#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_C_ */
-
-
-/* This additional API routine is available with redefinable I/O */
-struct sqlite3OsVtbl *sqlite3_os_switch(void);
-
-
-/*
-** Redefine the OS interface to go through the virtual function table
-** rather than calling routines directly.
-*/
-#undef sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite
-#undef sqlite3OsOpenExclusive
-#undef sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly
-#undef sqlite3OsDelete
-#undef sqlite3OsFileExists
-#undef sqlite3OsFullPathname
-#undef sqlite3OsIsDirWritable
-#undef sqlite3OsSyncDirectory
-#undef sqlite3OsTempFileName
-#undef sqlite3OsRandomSeed
-#undef sqlite3OsSleep
-#undef sqlite3OsCurrentTime
-#undef sqlite3OsEnterMutex
-#undef sqlite3OsLeaveMutex
-#undef sqlite3OsInMutex
-#undef sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData
-#undef sqlite3OsMalloc
-#undef sqlite3OsRealloc
-#undef sqlite3OsFree
-#undef sqlite3OsAllocationSize
-#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite sqlite3Os.xOpenReadWrite
-#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive sqlite3Os.xOpenExclusive
-#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly sqlite3Os.xOpenReadOnly
-#define sqlite3OsDelete sqlite3Os.xDelete
-#define sqlite3OsFileExists sqlite3Os.xFileExists
-#define sqlite3OsFullPathname sqlite3Os.xFullPathname
-#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable sqlite3Os.xIsDirWritable
-#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory sqlite3Os.xSyncDirectory
-#define sqlite3OsTempFileName sqlite3Os.xTempFileName
-#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed sqlite3Os.xRandomSeed
-#define sqlite3OsSleep sqlite3Os.xSleep
-#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime sqlite3Os.xCurrentTime
-#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex sqlite3Os.xEnterMutex
-#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex sqlite3Os.xLeaveMutex
-#define sqlite3OsInMutex sqlite3Os.xInMutex
-#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3Os.xThreadSpecificData
-#define sqlite3OsMalloc sqlite3Os.xMalloc
-#define sqlite3OsRealloc sqlite3Os.xRealloc
-#define sqlite3OsFree sqlite3Os.xFree
-#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize sqlite3Os.xAllocationSize
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO */
-
-#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_common.h b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_common.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 863e3cde..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_common.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
-** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
-** files.
-**
-** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a
-** general purpose header file.
-*/
-
-/*
-** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
-** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
-** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
-*/
-#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
-# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
- * pending-byte in the database file.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
-#endif
-
-int sqlite3_os_trace = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-static int last_page = 0;
-#define SEEK(X) last_page=(X)
-#define TRACE1(X) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
-#define TRACE2(X,Y) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
-#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
-#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define TRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define TRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define TRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
- if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
-#else
-#define SEEK(X)
-#define TRACE1(X)
-#define TRACE2(X,Y)
-#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)
-#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define TRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define TRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define TRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works
-** on i486 hardware.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
-__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
- unsigned long long int x;
- __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
- "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
- :"=A" (x));
- return x;
-}
-static unsigned long long int g_start;
-static unsigned int elapse;
-#define TIMER_START g_start=hwtime()
-#define TIMER_END elapse=hwtime()-g_start
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED elapse
-#else
-#define TIMER_START
-#define TIMER_END
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
-** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This
-** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;
-int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;
-int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
-int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
-#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \
- if( sqlite3_io_error_pending ) \
- if( sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ){ local_ioerr(); CODE; }
-static void local_ioerr(){
- sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; /* Really just a place to set a breakpoint */
-}
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
- if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
- if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
- local_ioerr(); \
- sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
- CODE; \
- }else{ \
- sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
- } \
- }
-#else
-#define SimulateIOError(A)
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
-#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
-#else
-#define OpenCounter(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** sqlite3GenericMalloc
-** sqlite3GenericRealloc
-** sqlite3GenericOsFree
-** sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
-**
-** Implementation of the os level dynamic memory allocation interface in terms
-** of the standard malloc(), realloc() and free() found in many operating
-** systems. No rocket science here.
-**
-** There are two versions of these four functions here. The version
-** implemented here is only used if memory-management or memory-debugging is
-** enabled. This version allocates an extra 8-bytes at the beginning of each
-** block and stores the size of the allocation there.
-**
-** If neither memory-management or debugging is enabled, the second
-** set of implementations is used instead.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || defined (SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)
-void *sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
- char *p = (char *)malloc(n+8);
- assert(n>0);
- assert(sizeof(int)<=8);
- if( p ){
- *(int *)p = n;
- p += 8;
- }
- return (void *)p;
-}
-void *sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
- char *p2 = ((char *)p - 8);
- assert(n>0);
- p2 = (char*)realloc(p2, n+8);
- if( p2 ){
- *(int *)p2 = n;
- p2 += 8;
- }
- return (void *)p2;
-}
-void sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
- assert(p);
- free((void *)((char *)p - 8));
-}
-int sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){
- return p ? *(int *)((char *)p - 8) : 0;
-}
-#else
-void *sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
- char *p = (char *)malloc(n);
- return (void *)p;
-}
-void *sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
- assert(n>0);
- p = realloc(p, n);
- return p;
-}
-void sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
- assert(p);
- free(p);
-}
-/* Never actually used, but needed for the linker */
-int sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){ return 0; }
-#endif
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_unix.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_unix.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bb8a90e..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_unix.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2918 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code that is specific to Unix systems.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#if OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */
-
-/* #define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 */
-
-/*
-** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
-** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks
-** large file support, these should be no-ops.
-**
-** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
-** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling
-** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
-** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0). If you compile on RedHat 7.2
-** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel
-** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary
-** portability you should omit LFS.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
-# define _LARGE_FILE 1
-# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
-# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
-# endif
-# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** standard include files.
-*/
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
-/*
-** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
-** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
-*/
-#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
-# include
-# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Default permissions when creating a new file
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644
-#endif
-
-
-
-/*
-** The unixFile structure is subclass of OsFile specific for the unix
-** protability layer.
-*/
-typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
-struct unixFile {
- IoMethod const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */
- struct openCnt *pOpen; /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
- struct lockInfo *pLock; /* Info about locks on this inode */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
- int h; /* The file descriptor */
- unsigned char locktype; /* The type of lock held on this fd */
- unsigned char isOpen; /* True if needs to be closed */
- unsigned char fullSync; /* Use F_FULLSYNC if available */
- int dirfd; /* File descriptor for the directory */
- i64 offset; /* Seek offset */
-#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
- pthread_t tid; /* The thread that "owns" this OsFile */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Provide the ability to override some OS-layer functions during
-** testing. This is used to simulate OS crashes to verify that
-** commits are atomic even in the event of an OS crash.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_CRASH_TEST
- extern int sqlite3CrashTestEnable;
- extern int sqlite3CrashOpenReadWrite(const char*, OsFile**, int*);
- extern int sqlite3CrashOpenExclusive(const char*, OsFile**, int);
- extern int sqlite3CrashOpenReadOnly(const char*, OsFile**, int);
-# define CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(X,A,B,C) \
- if(sqlite3CrashTestEnable){ return X(A,B,C); }
-#else
-# define CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(X,A,B,C) /* no-op */
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
-*/
-#include "os_common.h"
-
-/*
-** Do not include any of the File I/O interface procedures if the
-** SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO macro is defined (indicating that the database
-** will be in-memory only)
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-
-
-/*
-** Define various macros that are missing from some systems.
-*/
-#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
-# define O_LARGEFILE 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
-# undef O_LARGEFILE
-# define O_LARGEFILE 0
-#endif
-#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
-# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
-#endif
-#ifndef O_BINARY
-# define O_BINARY 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
-** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something
-** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under
-** DJGPP. But it's DOS - what did you expect?
-*/
-#ifdef __DJGPP__
-# define fcntl(A,B,C) 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for
-** testing and debugging only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
-#define threadid pthread_self()
-#else
-#define threadid 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Set or check the OsFile.tid field. This field is set when an OsFile
-** is first opened. All subsequent uses of the OsFile verify that the
-** same thread is operating on the OsFile. Some operating systems do
-** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction
-** means that sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread
-** to another. This logic makes sure a user does not try to do that
-** by mistake.
-**
-** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15): OsFiles can be moved from one thread to
-** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads
-** overriding each others locks (which now the most common behavior)
-** or if no locks are held. But the OsFile.pLock field needs to be
-** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id. See the
-** transferOwnership() function below for additional information
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS)
-# define SET_THREADID(X) (X)->tid = pthread_self()
-# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \
- !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self()))
-#else
-# define SET_THREADID(X)
-# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Here is the dirt on POSIX advisory locks: ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
-** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
-** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
-** by the same process. It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
-** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
-** file descriptor. Consider this test case:
-**
-** int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
-** int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
-**
-** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
-** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
-** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
-** on fd2, it works. I would have expected the second lock to
-** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
-** But not so. Since both locks came from the same process, the
-** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
-** file descriptors opened on different file names.
-**
-** Bummer. If you ask me, this is broken. Badly broken. It means
-** that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access among
-** competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine
-** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
-** threads within the same process.
-**
-** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
-** on its own. Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
-** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
-** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
-** and check for locks already existing on that inode. When locks are
-** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
-** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
-** inode.
-**
-** The OsFile structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
-** descriptor. It is now a structure that holds the integer file
-** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
-** locks on the corresponding inode. There is one locking structure
-** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both OsFile structures
-** point to the same locking structure. The locking structure keeps
-** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
-** field that tells us its internal lock status. cnt==0 means the
-** file is unlocked. cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
-** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
-**
-** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
-** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a
-** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
-** a locked and an unlocked state.
-**
-** 2004-Jan-11:
-** More recent discoveries about POSIX advisory locks. (The more
-** I discover, the more I realize the a POSIX advisory locks are
-** an abomination.)
-**
-** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
-** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
-** released. To work around this problem, each OsFile structure contains
-** a pointer to an openCnt structure. There is one openCnt structure
-** per open inode, which means that multiple OsFiles can point to a single
-** openCnt. When an attempt is made to close an OsFile, if there are
-** other OsFiles open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
-** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
-** The openCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
-** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
-** clears.
-**
-** First, under Linux threads, because each thread has a separate
-** process ID, lock operations in one thread do not override locks
-** to the same file in other threads. Linux threads behave like
-** separate processes in this respect. But, if you close a file
-** descriptor in linux threads, all locks are cleared, even locks
-** on other threads and even though the other threads have different
-** process IDs. Linux threads is inconsistent in this respect.
-** (I'm beginning to think that linux threads is an abomination too.)
-** The consequence of this all is that the hash table for the lockInfo
-** structure has to include the process id as part of its key because
-** locks in different threads are treated as distinct. But the
-** openCnt structure should not include the process id in its
-** key because close() clears lock on all threads, not just the current
-** thread. Were it not for this goofiness in linux threads, we could
-** combine the lockInfo and openCnt structures into a single structure.
-**
-** 2004-Jun-28:
-** On some versions of linux, threads can override each others locks.
-** On others not. Sometimes you can change the behavior on the same
-** system by setting the LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variable. The
-** POSIX standard is silent as to which behavior is correct, as far
-** as I can tell, so other versions of unix might show the same
-** inconsistency. There is no little doubt in my mind that posix
-** advisory locks and linux threads are profoundly broken.
-**
-** To work around the inconsistencies, we have to test at runtime
-** whether or not threads can override each others locks. This test
-** is run once, the first time any lock is attempted. A static
-** variable is set to record the results of this test for future
-** use.
-*/
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
-** to locate a particular lockInfo structure given its inode.
-**
-** If threads cannot override each others locks, then we set the
-** lockKey.tid field to the thread ID. If threads can override
-** each others locks then tid is always set to zero. tid is omitted
-** if we compile without threading support.
-*/
-struct lockKey {
- dev_t dev; /* Device number */
- ino_t ino; /* Inode number */
-#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
- pthread_t tid; /* Thread ID or zero if threads can override each other */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
-** inode on each thread with a different process ID. (Threads have
-** different process IDs on linux, but not on most other unixes.)
-**
-** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each OsFile
-** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
-** object keeps a count of the number of OsFiles pointing to it.
-*/
-struct lockInfo {
- struct lockKey key; /* The lookup key */
- int cnt; /* Number of SHARED locks held */
- int locktype; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
- int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
-** to locate a particular openCnt structure given its inode. This
-** is the same as the lockKey except that the thread ID is omitted.
-*/
-struct openKey {
- dev_t dev; /* Device number */
- ino_t ino; /* Inode number */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
-** inode. This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that
-** inode. If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding
-** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the
-** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list.
-*/
-struct openCnt {
- struct openKey key; /* The lookup key */
- int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */
- int nLock; /* Number of outstanding locks */
- int nPending; /* Number of pending close() operations */
- int *aPending; /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */
-};
-
-/*
-** These hash tables map inodes and file descriptors (really, lockKey and
-** openKey structures) into lockInfo and openCnt structures. Access to
-** these hash tables must be protected by a mutex.
-*/
-static Hash lockHash = {SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0,
- sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc, sqlite3ThreadSafeFree, 0, 0};
-static Hash openHash = {SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0,
- sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc, sqlite3ThreadSafeFree, 0, 0};
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
-** The locking styles are associated with the different file locking
-** capabilities supported by different file systems.
-**
-** POSIX locking style fully supports shared and exclusive byte-range locks
-** ADP locking only supports exclusive byte-range locks
-** FLOCK only supports a single file-global exclusive lock
-** DOTLOCK isn't a true locking style, it refers to the use of a special
-** file named the same as the database file with a '.lock' extension, this
-** can be used on file systems that do not offer any reliable file locking
-** NO locking means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for
-** read-only file systems currently
-** UNSUPPORTED means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for
-** file systems that are known to be unsupported
-*/
-typedef enum {
- posixLockingStyle = 0, /* standard posix-advisory locks */
- afpLockingStyle, /* use afp locks */
- flockLockingStyle, /* use flock() */
- dotlockLockingStyle, /* use .lock files */
- noLockingStyle, /* useful for read-only file system */
- unsupportedLockingStyle /* indicates unsupported file system */
-} sqlite3LockingStyle;
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
-/*
-** This variable records whether or not threads can override each others
-** locks.
-**
-** 0: No. Threads cannot override each others locks.
-** 1: Yes. Threads can override each others locks.
-** -1: We don't know yet.
-**
-** On some systems, we know at compile-time if threads can override each
-** others locks. On those systems, the SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK macro
-** will be set appropriately. On other systems, we have to check at
-** runtime. On these latter systems, SQLTIE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK is
-** undefined.
-**
-** This variable normally has file scope only. But during testing, we make
-** it a global so that the test code can change its value in order to verify
-** that the right stuff happens in either case.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK
-# define SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
-#else
-static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This structure holds information passed into individual test
-** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine.
-*/
-struct threadTestData {
- int fd; /* File to be locked */
- struct flock lock; /* The locking operation */
- int result; /* Result of the locking operation */
-};
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
-/*
-** Print out information about all locking operations.
-**
-** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
-** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
-** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally
-** turned off.
-*/
-static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
- char *zOpName, *zType;
- int s;
- int savedErrno;
- if( op==F_GETLK ){
- zOpName = "GETLK";
- }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
- zOpName = "SETLK";
- }else{
- s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
- return s;
- }
- if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
- zType = "RDLCK";
- }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
- zType = "WRLCK";
- }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
- zType = "UNLCK";
- }else{
- assert( 0 );
- }
- assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
- s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
- savedErrno = errno;
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
- threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
- (int)p->l_pid, s);
- if( s && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
- struct flock l2;
- l2 = *p;
- fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
- if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
- zType = "RDLCK";
- }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
- zType = "WRLCK";
- }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
- zType = "UNLCK";
- }else{
- assert( 0 );
- }
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
- zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
- }
- errno = savedErrno;
- return s;
-}
-#define fcntl lockTrace
-#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */
-
-/*
-** The testThreadLockingBehavior() routine launches two separate
-** threads on this routine. This routine attempts to lock a file
-** descriptor then returns. The success or failure of that attempt
-** allows the testThreadLockingBehavior() procedure to determine
-** whether or not threads can override each others locks.
-*/
-static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){
- struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg;
- pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_SETLK, &pData->lock);
- return pArg;
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads
-** can override each others locks then sets the
-** threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable appropriately.
-*/
-static void testThreadLockingBehavior(int fd_orig){
- int fd;
- struct threadTestData d[2];
- pthread_t t[2];
-
- fd = dup(fd_orig);
- if( fd<0 ) return;
- memset(d, 0, sizeof(d));
- d[0].fd = fd;
- d[0].lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
- d[0].lock.l_len = 1;
- d[0].lock.l_start = 0;
- d[0].lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- d[1] = d[0];
- d[1].lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
- pthread_create(&t[0], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[0]);
- pthread_create(&t[1], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[1]);
- pthread_join(t[0], 0);
- pthread_join(t[1], 0);
- close(fd);
- threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = d[0].result==0 && d[1].result==0;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS */
-
-/*
-** Release a lockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
-*/
-static void releaseLockInfo(struct lockInfo *pLock){
- assert( sqlite3OsInMutex(1) );
- if (pLock == NULL)
- return;
- pLock->nRef--;
- if( pLock->nRef==0 ){
- sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(pLock->key), 0);
- sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pLock);
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a openCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
-*/
-static void releaseOpenCnt(struct openCnt *pOpen){
- assert( sqlite3OsInMutex(1) );
- if (pOpen == NULL)
- return;
- pOpen->nRef--;
- if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){
- sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(pOpen->key), 0);
- free(pOpen->aPending);
- sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pOpen);
- }
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
-** Tests a byte-range locking query to see if byte range locks are
-** supported, if not we fall back to dotlockLockingStyle.
-*/
-static sqlite3LockingStyle sqlite3TestLockingStyle(const char *filePath,
- int fd) {
- /* test byte-range lock using fcntl */
- struct flock lockInfo;
-
- lockInfo.l_len = 1;
- lockInfo.l_start = 0;
- lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-
- if (fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo) != -1) {
- return posixLockingStyle;
- }
-
- /* testing for flock can give false positives. So if if the above test
- ** fails, then we fall back to using dot-lock style locking.
- */
- return dotlockLockingStyle;
-}
-
-/*
-** Examines the f_fstypename entry in the statfs structure as returned by
-** stat() for the file system hosting the database file, assigns the
-** appropriate locking style based on it's value. These values and
-** assignments are based on Darwin/OSX behavior and have not been tested on
-** other systems.
-*/
-static sqlite3LockingStyle sqlite3DetectLockingStyle(const char *filePath,
- int fd) {
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE
- return (sqlite3LockingStyle)SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE;
-#else
- struct statfs fsInfo;
-
- if (statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) == -1)
- return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd);
-
- if (fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY)
- return noLockingStyle;
-
- if( (!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "hfs")) ||
- (!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "ufs")) )
- return posixLockingStyle;
-
- if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "afpfs"))
- return afpLockingStyle;
-
- if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs"))
- return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd);
-
- if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "smbfs"))
- return flockLockingStyle;
-
- if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "msdos"))
- return dotlockLockingStyle;
-
- if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "webdav"))
- return unsupportedLockingStyle;
-
- return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd);
-#endif // SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
-/*
-** Given a file descriptor, locate lockInfo and openCnt structures that
-** describes that file descriptor. Create new ones if necessary. The
-** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
-**
-** Return the number of errors.
-*/
-static int findLockInfo(
- int fd, /* The file descriptor used in the key */
- struct lockInfo **ppLock, /* Return the lockInfo structure here */
- struct openCnt **ppOpen /* Return the openCnt structure here */
-){
- int rc;
- struct lockKey key1;
- struct openKey key2;
- struct stat statbuf;
- struct lockInfo *pLock;
- struct openCnt *pOpen;
- rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
- if( rc!=0 ) return 1;
-
- assert( sqlite3OsInMutex(1) );
- memset(&key1, 0, sizeof(key1));
- key1.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
- key1.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
-#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
- if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){
- testThreadLockingBehavior(fd);
- }
- key1.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self();
-#endif
- memset(&key2, 0, sizeof(key2));
- key2.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
- key2.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
- pLock = (struct lockInfo*)sqlite3HashFind(&lockHash, &key1, sizeof(key1));
- if( pLock==0 ){
- struct lockInfo *pOld;
- pLock = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(*pLock) );
- if( pLock==0 ){
- rc = 1;
- goto exit_findlockinfo;
- }
- pLock->key = key1;
- pLock->nRef = 1;
- pLock->cnt = 0;
- pLock->locktype = 0;
- pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(key1), pLock);
- if( pOld!=0 ){
- assert( pOld==pLock );
- sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pLock);
- rc = 1;
- goto exit_findlockinfo;
- }
- }else{
- pLock->nRef++;
- }
- *ppLock = pLock;
- if( ppOpen!=0 ){
- pOpen = (struct openCnt*)sqlite3HashFind(&openHash, &key2, sizeof(key2));
- if( pOpen==0 ){
- struct openCnt *pOld;
- pOpen = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(*pOpen) );
- if( pOpen==0 ){
- releaseLockInfo(pLock);
- rc = 1;
- goto exit_findlockinfo;
- }
- pOpen->key = key2;
- pOpen->nRef = 1;
- pOpen->nLock = 0;
- pOpen->nPending = 0;
- pOpen->aPending = 0;
- pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(key2), pOpen);
- if( pOld!=0 ){
- assert( pOld==pOpen );
- sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pOpen);
- releaseLockInfo(pLock);
- rc = 1;
- goto exit_findlockinfo;
- }
- }else{
- pOpen->nRef++;
- }
- *ppOpen = pOpen;
- }
-
-exit_findlockinfo:
- return rc;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
-** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
-** integer lock-type.
-*/
-static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){
- switch( locktype ){
- case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
- case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
- case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
- case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
- case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
- }
- return "ERROR";
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If we are currently in a different thread than the thread that the
-** unixFile argument belongs to, then transfer ownership of the unixFile
-** over to the current thread.
-**
-** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems where one thread is
-** unable to override locks created by a different thread. RedHat9 is
-** an example of such a system.
-**
-** Ownership transfer is only allowed if the unixFile is currently unlocked.
-** If the unixFile is locked and an ownership is wrong, then return
-** SQLITE_MISUSE. SQLITE_OK is returned if everything works.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
-static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){
- int rc;
- pthread_t hSelf;
- if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ){
- /* Ownership transfers not needed on this system */
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- hSelf = pthread_self();
- if( pthread_equal(pFile->tid, hSelf) ){
- /* We are still in the same thread */
- TRACE1("No-transfer, same thread\n");
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){
- /* We cannot change ownership while we are holding a lock! */
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- TRACE4("Transfer ownership of %d from %d to %d\n", pFile->h,pFile->tid,hSelf);
- pFile->tid = hSelf;
- if (pFile->pLock != NULL) {
- releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
- rc = findLockInfo(pFile->h, &pFile->pLock, 0);
- TRACE5("LOCK %d is now %s(%s,%d)\n", pFile->h,
- locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
- locktypeName(pFile->pLock->locktype), pFile->pLock->cnt);
- return rc;
- } else {
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-}
-#else
- /* On single-threaded builds, ownership transfer is a no-op */
-# define transferOwnership(X) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Delete the named file
-*/
-int sqlite3UnixDelete(const char *zFilename){
- unlink(zFilename);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
-*/
-int sqlite3UnixFileExists(const char *zFilename){
- return access(zFilename, 0)==0;
-}
-
-/* Forward declaration */
-static int allocateUnixFile(
- int h, /* File descriptor of the open file */
- OsFile **pId, /* Write the real file descriptor here */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */
- int delFlag /* If true, make sure the file deletes on close */
-);
-
-/*
-** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing. If that
-** fails, try opening it read-only. If the file does not exist,
-** try to create it.
-**
-** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
-** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
-** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only. The function returns
-** SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
-** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
-*/
-int sqlite3UnixOpenReadWrite(
- const char *zFilename,
- OsFile **pId,
- int *pReadonly
-){
- int h;
-
- CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(sqlite3CrashOpenReadWrite, zFilename, pId, pReadonly);
- assert( 0==*pId );
- h = open(zFilename, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY,
- SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
- if( h<0 ){
-#ifdef EISDIR
- if( errno==EISDIR ){
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
-#endif
- h = open(zFilename, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
- if( h<0 ){
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
- *pReadonly = 1;
- }else{
- *pReadonly = 0;
- }
- return allocateUnixFile(h, pId, zFilename, 0);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
-** The file will be opened for both reading and writing. To avoid
-** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
-** previously existed. Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
-** link.
-**
-** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
-** the file when it is closed.
-**
-** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
-*/
-int sqlite3UnixOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId, int delFlag){
- int h;
-
- CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(sqlite3CrashOpenExclusive, zFilename, pId, delFlag);
- assert( 0==*pId );
- h = open(zFilename,
- O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY,
- SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
- if( h<0 ){
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
- return allocateUnixFile(h, pId, zFilename, delFlag);
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
-**
-** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
-*/
-int sqlite3UnixOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId){
- int h;
-
- CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(sqlite3CrashOpenReadOnly, zFilename, pId, 0);
- assert( 0==*pId );
- h = open(zFilename, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
- if( h<0 ){
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
- return allocateUnixFile(h, pId, zFilename, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
-** file. This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
-** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
-** to disk.
-**
-** This routine is only meaningful for Unix. It is a no-op under
-** windows since windows does not support hard links.
-**
-** If FULL_FSYNC is enabled, this function is not longer useful,
-** a FULL_FSYNC sync applies to all pending disk operations.
-**
-** On success, a handle for a previously open file at *id is
-** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is
-** returned.
-**
-** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
-** *id unchanged.
-*/
-static int unixOpenDirectory(
- OsFile *id,
- const char *zDirname
-){
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- if( pFile==0 ){
- /* Do not open the directory if the corresponding file is not already
- ** open. */
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
- SET_THREADID(pFile);
- assert( pFile->dirfd<0 );
- pFile->dirfd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
- if( pFile->dirfd<0 ){
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
- TRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", pFile->dirfd, zDirname);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
-** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
-** temporary files.
-**
-** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command.
-*/
-char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
-
-/*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to
-** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
-*/
-int sqlite3UnixTempFileName(char *zBuf){
- static const char *azDirs[] = {
- 0,
- "/var/tmp",
- "/usr/tmp",
- "/tmp",
- ".",
- };
- static const unsigned char zChars[] =
- "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
- "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
- "0123456789";
- int i, j;
- struct stat buf;
- const char *zDir = ".";
- azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
- for(i=0; ioffset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
-** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset.
-*/
-static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, void *pBuf, int cnt){
- int got;
- i64 newOffset;
-#ifdef USE_PREAD
- got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, id->offset);
-#else
- newOffset = lseek(id->h, id->offset, SEEK_SET);
- if( newOffset!=id->offset ){
- return -1;
- }
- got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
-#endif
- if( got>0 ){
- id->offset += got;
- }
- return got;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
-*/
-static int unixRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
- int got;
- assert( id );
- TIMER_START;
- got = seekAndRead((unixFile*)id, pBuf, amt);
- TIMER_END;
- TRACE5("READ %-3d %5d %7d %d\n", ((unixFile*)id)->h, got,
- last_page, TIMER_ELAPSED);
- SEEK(0);
- SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
- if( got==amt ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else if( got<0 ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
- }else{
- memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
- return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
-** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset.
-*/
-static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
- int got;
- i64 newOffset;
-#ifdef USE_PREAD
- got = pwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, id->offset);
-#else
- newOffset = lseek(id->h, id->offset, SEEK_SET);
- if( newOffset!=id->offset ){
- return -1;
- }
- got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
-#endif
- if( got>0 ){
- id->offset += got;
- }
- return got;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
-*/
-static int unixWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
- int wrote = 0;
- assert( id );
- assert( amt>0 );
- TIMER_START;
- while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite((unixFile*)id, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
- amt -= wrote;
- pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
- }
- TIMER_END;
- TRACE5("WRITE %-3d %5d %7d %d\n", ((unixFile*)id)->h, wrote,
- last_page, TIMER_ELAPSED);
- SEEK(0);
- SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
- SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
- if( amt>0 ){
- if( wrote<0 ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_FULL;
- }
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
-*/
-static int unixSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
- assert( id );
- SEEK(offset/1024 + 1);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( offset ) SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
-#endif
- ((unixFile*)id)->offset = offset;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
-*/
-int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Use the fdatasync() API only if the HAVE_FDATASYNC macro is defined.
-** Otherwise use fsync() in its place.
-*/
-#ifndef HAVE_FDATASYNC
-# define fdatasync fsync
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
-** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently
-** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change.
-*/
-#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
-# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
-#else
-# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
-** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make
-** it work better.
-**
-** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful
-** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
-** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
-** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
-*/
-static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
- int rc;
-
- /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and
- ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
- ** gets called with the correct arguments.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
- sqlite3_sync_count++;
-#endif
-
- /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
- ** no-op
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#else
-
-#if HAVE_FULLFSYNC
- if( fullSync ){
- rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
- }else{
- rc = 1;
- }
- /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
- * It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local
- * file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
- * isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync
- * and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.
- * It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid
- * the fcntl call every time sync is called.
- */
- if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
-
-#else
- if( dataOnly ){
- rc = fdatasync(fd);
- }else{
- rc = fsync(fd);
- }
-#endif /* HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) */
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
-**
-** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
-** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the
-** file data is synced.
-**
-** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
-** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
-** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
-** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next
-** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
-** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
-** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
-*/
-static int unixSync(OsFile *id, int dataOnly){
- int rc;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- assert( pFile );
- TRACE2("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h);
- rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, pFile->fullSync, dataOnly);
- SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
- if( rc ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC;
- }
- if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
- TRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd,
- HAVE_FULLFSYNC, pFile->fullSync);
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
- /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is
- ** turned off or unavailable. If a full_fsync occurred above,
- ** then the directory sync is superfluous.
- */
- if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !pFile->fullSync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){
- /*
- ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning
- ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems.
- ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal. So it seems
- ** better to ignore the error. Ticket #1657
- */
- /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */
- }
-#endif
- close(pFile->dirfd); /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory */
- pFile->dirfd = -1; /* when we are done. */
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
-** than UNIX.
-**
-** This is used to make sure the master journal file has truely been deleted
-** before making changes to individual journals on a multi-database commit.
-** The F_FULLFSYNC option is not needed here.
-*/
-int sqlite3UnixSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
- return SQLITE_OK;
-#else
- int fd;
- int r;
- fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
- TRACE3("DIRSYNC %-3d (%s)\n", fd, zDirname);
- if( fd<0 ){
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
- r = fsync(fd);
- close(fd);
- SimulateIOError( r=1 );
- if( r ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
-*/
-static int unixTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){
- int rc;
- assert( id );
- rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, nByte);
- SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
- if( rc ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
-*/
-static int unixFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
- int rc;
- struct stat buf;
- assert( id );
- rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
- SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
- if( rc!=0 ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
- }
- *pSize = buf.st_size;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
-** non-zero. If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then
-** return zero.
-*/
-static int unixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
- int r = 0;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
- assert( pFile );
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */
-
- /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
- if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
- r = 1;
- }
-
- /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
- */
- if( !r ){
- struct flock lock;
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
- lock.l_len = 1;
- lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
- fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock);
- if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
- r = 1;
- }
- }
-
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- TRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r);
-
- return r;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
-** of the following:
-**
-** (1) SHARED_LOCK
-** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-** (3) PENDING_LOCK
-** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-** SHARED -> RESERVED
-** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-*/
-static int unixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
- /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
- ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
- ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
- ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
- ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
- ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
- **
- ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
- ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
- ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
- **
- ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
- ** byte'. If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
- ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
- **
- ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
- ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
- ** 'reserved byte'.
- **
- ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
- ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
- ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
- ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
- ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
- ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
- ** after a crash.
- **
- ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
- ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
- ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
- ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
- ** database.
- **
- ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
- ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
- ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
- ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
- */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- struct lockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock;
- struct flock lock;
- int s;
-
- assert( pFile );
- TRACE7("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
- locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
- locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt , getpid());
-
- /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
- ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
- ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
- */
- if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
- TRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
- locktypeName(locktype));
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
- */
- assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-
- /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
- */
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
-
- /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
- */
- rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- return rc;
- }
- pLock = pFile->pLock;
-
- /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different OsFile*
- ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
- */
- if( (pFile->locktype!=pLock->locktype &&
- (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK))
- ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto end_lock;
- }
-
- /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
- ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
- ** return SQLITE_OK.
- */
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK &&
- (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
- assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( pFile->locktype==0 );
- assert( pLock->cnt>0 );
- pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
- pLock->cnt++;
- pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
- goto end_lock;
- }
-
- lock.l_len = 1L;
-
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-
- /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
- ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
- ** be released.
- */
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK
- || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypeh, F_SETLK, &lock);
- if( s ){
- rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto end_lock;
- }
- }
-
-
- /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
- ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
- */
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
- assert( pLock->cnt==0 );
- assert( pLock->locktype==0 );
-
- /* Now get the read-lock */
- lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
- lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
- s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
-
- /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
- lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
- lock.l_len = 1L;
- lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
- if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
- goto end_lock;
- }
- if( s ){
- rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else{
- pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
- pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
- pLock->cnt = 1;
- }
- }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){
- /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
- ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else{
- /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is
- ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
- ** already.
- */
- assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
- lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
- switch( locktype ){
- case RESERVED_LOCK:
- lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
- break;
- case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK:
- lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
- lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
- }
- s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
- if( s ){
- rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- }
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- pLock->locktype = locktype;
- }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
- pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
- }
-
-end_lock:
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- TRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype),
- rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int unixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
- struct lockInfo *pLock;
- struct flock lock;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
- assert( pFile );
- TRACE7("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
- pFile->locktype, pFile->pLock->locktype, pFile->pLock->cnt, getpid());
-
- assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
- if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
- pLock = pFile->pLock;
- assert( pLock->cnt!=0 );
- if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
- assert( pLock->locktype==pFile->locktype );
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
- lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
- lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
- if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){
- /* This should never happen */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
- }
- }
- lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
- lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
- if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)==0 ){
- pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
- }
- }
- if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
- struct openCnt *pOpen;
-
- /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an
- ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
- ** the lock.
- */
- pLock->cnt--;
- if( pLock->cnt==0 ){
- lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
- if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)==0 ){
- pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
- }
- }
-
- /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file. When the
- ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
- ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
- */
- pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
- pOpen->nLock--;
- assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
- if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; inPending; i++){
- close(pOpen->aPending[i]);
- }
- free(pOpen->aPending);
- pOpen->nPending = 0;
- pOpen->aPending = 0;
- }
- }
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
-*/
-static int unixClose(OsFile **pId){
- unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;
-
- if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK;
- unixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK);
- if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
- id->dirfd = -1;
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
-
- if( id->pOpen->nLock ){
- /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
- ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file
- ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending. It will be automatically closed when
- ** the last lock is cleared.
- */
- int *aNew;
- struct openCnt *pOpen = id->pOpen;
- aNew = realloc( pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) );
- if( aNew==0 ){
- /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */
- }else{
- pOpen->aPending = aNew;
- pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending] = id->h;
- pOpen->nPending++;
- }
- }else{
- /* There are no outstanding locks so we can close the file immediately */
- close(id->h);
- }
- releaseLockInfo(id->pLock);
- releaseOpenCnt(id->pOpen);
-
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- id->isOpen = 0;
- TRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", id->h);
- OpenCounter(-1);
- sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
- *pId = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-#pragma mark AFP Support
-
-/*
- ** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
- */
-typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
-struct afpLockingContext {
- unsigned long long sharedLockByte;
- char *filePath;
-};
-
-struct ByteRangeLockPB2
-{
- unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */
- unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */
- unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
- unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
- unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
- int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
-};
-
-#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)
-
-/* return 0 on success, 1 on failure. To match the behavior of the
- normal posix file locking (used in unixLock for example), we should
- provide 'richer' return codes - specifically to differentiate between
- 'file busy' and 'file system error' results */
-static int _AFPFSSetLock(const char *path, int fd, unsigned long long offset,
- unsigned long long length, int setLockFlag)
-{
- struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb;
- int err;
-
- pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
- pb.startEndFlag = 0;
- pb.offset = offset;
- pb.length = length;
- pb.fd = fd;
- TRACE5("AFPLOCK setting lock %s for %d in range %llx:%llx\n",
- (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), fd, offset, length);
- err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
- if ( err==-1 ) {
- TRACE4("AFPLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", path, errno,
- strerror(errno));
- return 1; // error
- } else {
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
- ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
- ** non-zero. If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then
- ** return zero.
- */
-static int afpUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
- int r = 0;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
- assert( pFile );
- afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-
- /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
- if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
- r = 1;
- }
-
- /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
- */
- if ( !r ) {
- // lock the byte
- int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
- if (failed) {
- /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
- r = 1;
- } else {
- /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
- ** the original state */
- _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
- }
- }
- TRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r);
-
- return r;
-}
-
-/* AFP-style locking following the behavior of unixLock, see the unixLock
-** function comments for details of lock management. */
-static int afpUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype)
-{
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
- int gotPendingLock = 0;
-
- assert( pFile );
- TRACE5("LOCK %d %s was %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
- locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), getpid());
- /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
- ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
- ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
- */
- if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
- TRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
- locktypeName(locktype));
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
- */
- assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-
- /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
- */
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
-
- /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
- */
- rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
- ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
- ** be released.
- */
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK
- || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypefilePath, pFile->h,
- PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
- if (failed) {
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- goto afp_end_lock;
- }
- }
-
- /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
- ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
- */
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
- int lk, failed;
- int tries = 0;
-
- /* Now get the read-lock */
- /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
- lk = random();
- context->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
- failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h,
- SHARED_FIRST+context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
-
- /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
- if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)) {
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
- goto afp_end_lock;
- }
-
- if( failed ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- } else {
- pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
- }
- }else{
- /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is
- ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
- ** already.
- */
- int failed = 0;
- assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
- if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) {
- /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
- failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
- }
- if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
- /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
-
- /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to
- ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnixUnlock
- */
- if (!_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST +
- context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0)) {
- /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
- failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST,
- SHARED_SIZE, 1);
- if (failed && _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST +
- context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) {
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* this should never happen */
- }
- } else {
- /* */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* this should never happen */
- }
- }
- if( failed && rc == SQLITE_OK){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- }
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
- }
-
-afp_end_lock:
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- TRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype),
- rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
- ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype
- ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
- **
- ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
- ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
- */
-static int afpUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
- struct flock lock;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-
- assert( pFile );
- TRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
- pFile->locktype, getpid());
-
- assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
- if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
- if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
- int failed = 0;
-
- /* unlock the exclusive range - then re-establish the shared lock */
- if (pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
- failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST,
- SHARED_SIZE, 0);
- if (!failed) {
- /* successfully removed the exclusive lock */
- if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+
- context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) {
- /* failed to re-establish our shared lock */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* This should never happen */
- }
- } else {
- /* This should never happen - failed to unlock the exclusive range */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
- }
- }
- }
- if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK) {
- if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)){
- /* failed to release the pending lock */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
- }
- }
- if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK) {
- if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0)) {
- /* failed to release the reserved lock */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
- }
- }
- }
- if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
- int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h,
- SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
- if (failed) {
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
- }
- }
- if (rc == SQLITE_OK)
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
- ** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context
- */
-static int afpUnixClose(OsFile **pId) {
- unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;
-
- if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK;
- afpUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK);
- /* free the AFP locking structure */
- if (id->lockingContext != NULL) {
- if (((afpLockingContext *)id->lockingContext)->filePath != NULL)
- sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(((afpLockingContext*)id->lockingContext)->filePath);
- sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id->lockingContext);
- }
-
- if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
- id->dirfd = -1;
- close(id->h);
- id->isOpen = 0;
- TRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", id->h);
- OpenCounter(-1);
- sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
- *pId = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-#pragma mark flock() style locking
-
-/*
- ** The flockLockingContext is not used
- */
-typedef void flockLockingContext;
-
-static int flockUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id) {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
- if (pFile->locktype == RESERVED_LOCK) {
- return 1; // already have a reserved lock
- } else {
- // attempt to get the lock
- int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
- if (!rc) {
- // got the lock, unlock it
- flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
- return 0; // no one has it reserved
- }
- return 1; // someone else might have it reserved
- }
-}
-
-static int flockUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
- // if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
- // Just adjust level and punt on outta here.
- if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- // grab an exclusive lock
- int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
- if (rc) {
- // didn't get, must be busy
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- } else {
- // got it, set the type and return ok
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-}
-
-static int flockUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
- assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
-
- // no-op if possible
- if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- // shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive
- if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) {
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- // no, really, unlock.
- int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
- if (rc)
- return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
- else {
- pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-}
-
-/*
- ** Close a file.
- */
-static int flockUnixClose(OsFile **pId) {
- unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;
-
- if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK;
- flockUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK);
-
- if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
- id->dirfd = -1;
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
-
- close(id->h);
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- id->isOpen = 0;
- TRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", id->h);
- OpenCounter(-1);
- sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
- *pId = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#pragma mark Old-School .lock file based locking
-
-/*
- ** The dotlockLockingContext structure contains all dotlock (.lock) lock
- ** specific state
- */
-typedef struct dotlockLockingContext dotlockLockingContext;
-struct dotlockLockingContext {
- char *lockPath;
-};
-
-
-static int dotlockUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id) {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- dotlockLockingContext *context =
- (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-
- if (pFile->locktype == RESERVED_LOCK) {
- return 1; // already have a reserved lock
- } else {
- struct stat statBuf;
- if (lstat(context->lockPath,&statBuf) == 0)
- // file exists, someone else has the lock
- return 1;
- else
- // file does not exist, we could have it if we want it
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-static int dotlockUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- dotlockLockingContext *context =
- (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-
- // if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
- // Just adjust level and punt on outta here.
- if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
-
- /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
- utimes(context->lockPath,NULL);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- // check to see if lock file already exists
- struct stat statBuf;
- if (lstat(context->lockPath,&statBuf) == 0){
- return SQLITE_BUSY; // it does, busy
- }
-
- // grab an exclusive lock
- int fd = open(context->lockPath,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600);
- if (fd < 0) {
- // failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- close(fd);
-
- // got it, set the type and return ok
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int dotlockUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- dotlockLockingContext *context =
- (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-
- assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
-
- // no-op if possible
- if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- // shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive
- if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) {
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- // no, really, unlock.
- unlink(context->lockPath);
- pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- ** Close a file.
- */
-static int dotlockUnixClose(OsFile **pId) {
- unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;
-
- if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK;
- dotlockUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK);
- /* free the dotlock locking structure */
- if (id->lockingContext != NULL) {
- if (((dotlockLockingContext *)id->lockingContext)->lockPath != NULL)
- sqlite3ThreadSafeFree( ( (dotlockLockingContext *)
- id->lockingContext)->lockPath);
- sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id->lockingContext);
- }
-
- if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
- id->dirfd = -1;
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
-
- close(id->h);
-
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- id->isOpen = 0;
- TRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", id->h);
- OpenCounter(-1);
- sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
- *pId = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-#pragma mark No locking
-
-/*
- ** The nolockLockingContext is void
- */
-typedef void nolockLockingContext;
-
-static int nolockUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id) {
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int nolockUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int nolockUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- ** Close a file.
- */
-static int nolockUnixClose(OsFile **pId) {
- unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;
-
- if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK;
- if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
- id->dirfd = -1;
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
-
- close(id->h);
-
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- id->isOpen = 0;
- TRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", id->h);
- OpenCounter(-1);
- sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
- *pId = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
-/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Return a pointer
-** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc().
-** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
-** is no longer needed.
-*/
-char *sqlite3UnixFullPathname(const char *zRelative){
- char *zFull = 0;
- if( zRelative[0]=='/' ){
- sqlite3SetString(&zFull, zRelative, (char*)0);
- }else{
- char *zBuf = sqliteMalloc(5000);
- if( zBuf==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- zBuf[0] = 0;
- sqlite3SetString(&zFull, getcwd(zBuf, 5000), "/", zRelative,
- (char*)0);
- sqliteFree(zBuf);
- }
-
-#if 0
- /*
- ** Remove "/./" path elements and convert "/A/./" path elements
- ** to just "/".
- */
- if( zFull ){
- int i, j;
- for(i=j=0; zFull[i]; i++){
- if( zFull[i]=='/' ){
- if( zFull[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
- if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='/' ){
- i += 1;
- continue;
- }
- if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='.' && zFull[i+3]=='/' ){
- while( j>0 && zFull[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
- i += 3;
- continue;
- }
- }
- zFull[j++] = zFull[i];
- }
- zFull[j] = 0;
- }
-#endif
-
- return zFull;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of the fullsync flag in the given file descriptor.
-*/
-static void unixSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int v){
- ((unixFile*)id)->fullSync = v;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the underlying file handle for an OsFile
-*/
-static int unixFileHandle(OsFile *id){
- return ((unixFile*)id)->h;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return an integer that indices the type of lock currently held
-** by this handle. (Used for testing and analysis only.)
-*/
-static int unixLockState(OsFile *id){
- return ((unixFile*)id)->locktype;
-}
-
-/*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
-** for unix.
-*/
-static const IoMethod sqlite3UnixIoMethod = {
- unixClose,
- unixOpenDirectory,
- unixRead,
- unixWrite,
- unixSeek,
- unixTruncate,
- unixSync,
- unixSetFullSync,
- unixFileHandle,
- unixFileSize,
- unixLock,
- unixUnlock,
- unixLockState,
- unixCheckReservedLock,
-};
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
- ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
- ** for unix with AFP style file locking.
- */
-static const IoMethod sqlite3AFPLockingUnixIoMethod = {
- afpUnixClose,
- unixOpenDirectory,
- unixRead,
- unixWrite,
- unixSeek,
- unixTruncate,
- unixSync,
- unixSetFullSync,
- unixFileHandle,
- unixFileSize,
- afpUnixLock,
- afpUnixUnlock,
- unixLockState,
- afpUnixCheckReservedLock,
-};
-
-/*
- ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
- ** for unix with flock() style file locking.
- */
-static const IoMethod sqlite3FlockLockingUnixIoMethod = {
- flockUnixClose,
- unixOpenDirectory,
- unixRead,
- unixWrite,
- unixSeek,
- unixTruncate,
- unixSync,
- unixSetFullSync,
- unixFileHandle,
- unixFileSize,
- flockUnixLock,
- flockUnixUnlock,
- unixLockState,
- flockUnixCheckReservedLock,
-};
-
-/*
- ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
- ** for unix with dotlock style file locking.
- */
-static const IoMethod sqlite3DotlockLockingUnixIoMethod = {
- dotlockUnixClose,
- unixOpenDirectory,
- unixRead,
- unixWrite,
- unixSeek,
- unixTruncate,
- unixSync,
- unixSetFullSync,
- unixFileHandle,
- unixFileSize,
- dotlockUnixLock,
- dotlockUnixUnlock,
- unixLockState,
- dotlockUnixCheckReservedLock,
-};
-
-/*
- ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
- ** for unix with dotlock style file locking.
- */
-static const IoMethod sqlite3NolockLockingUnixIoMethod = {
- nolockUnixClose,
- unixOpenDirectory,
- unixRead,
- unixWrite,
- unixSeek,
- unixTruncate,
- unixSync,
- unixSetFullSync,
- unixFileHandle,
- unixFileSize,
- nolockUnixLock,
- nolockUnixUnlock,
- unixLockState,
- nolockUnixCheckReservedLock,
-};
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
-/*
-** Allocate memory for a new unixFile and initialize that unixFile.
-** Write a pointer to the new unixFile into *pId.
-** If we run out of memory, close the file and return an error.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
- ** When locking extensions are enabled, the filepath and locking style
- ** are needed to determine the unixFile pMethod to use for locking operations.
- ** The locking-style specific lockingContext data structure is created
- ** and assigned here also.
- */
-static int allocateUnixFile(
- int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
- OsFile **pId, /* Write completed initialization here */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */
- int delFlag /* Delete-on-or-before-close flag */
-){
- sqlite3LockingStyle lockingStyle;
- unixFile *pNew;
- unixFile f;
- int rc;
-
- lockingStyle = sqlite3DetectLockingStyle(zFilename, h);
- if ( lockingStyle == posixLockingStyle ) {
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
- rc = findLockInfo(h, &f.pLock, &f.pOpen);
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- if( rc ){
- close(h);
- unlink(zFilename);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- } else {
- // pLock and pOpen are only used for posix advisory locking
- f.pLock = NULL;
- f.pOpen = NULL;
- }
- if( delFlag ){
- unlink(zFilename);
- }
- f.dirfd = -1;
- f.fullSync = 0;
- f.locktype = 0;
- f.offset = 0;
- f.h = h;
- SET_THREADID(&f);
- pNew = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(unixFile) );
- if( pNew==0 ){
- close(h);
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
- releaseLockInfo(f.pLock);
- releaseOpenCnt(f.pOpen);
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- *pId = 0;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- *pNew = f;
- switch(lockingStyle) {
- case afpLockingStyle:
- /* afp locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
- ** the afpLockingContext */
- pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3AFPLockingUnixIoMethod;
- pNew->lockingContext =
- sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(sizeof(afpLockingContext));
- ((afpLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->filePath =
- sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(strlen(zFilename) + 1);
- strcpy(((afpLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->filePath,
- zFilename);
- srandomdev();
- break;
- case flockLockingStyle:
- /* flock locking doesn't need additional lockingContext information */
- pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3FlockLockingUnixIoMethod;
- break;
- case dotlockLockingStyle:
- /* dotlock locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
- ** the dotlockLockingContext */
- pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3DotlockLockingUnixIoMethod;
- pNew->lockingContext = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(
- sizeof(dotlockLockingContext));
- ((dotlockLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->lockPath =
- sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(strlen(zFilename) + strlen(".lock") + 1);
- sprintf(((dotlockLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->lockPath,
- "%s.lock", zFilename);
- break;
- case posixLockingStyle:
- /* posix locking doesn't need additional lockingContext information */
- pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3UnixIoMethod;
- break;
- case noLockingStyle:
- case unsupportedLockingStyle:
- default:
- pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3NolockLockingUnixIoMethod;
- }
- *pId = (OsFile*)pNew;
- OpenCounter(+1);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-}
-#else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-static int allocateUnixFile(
- int h, /* Open file descriptor on file being opened */
- OsFile **pId, /* Write the resul unixFile structure here */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */
- int delFlag /* If true, delete the file on or before closing */
-){
- unixFile *pNew;
- unixFile f;
- f.pLock = NULL;
- f.pOpen = NULL;
- f.pMethod = NULL;
- f.isOpen = 0;
- int rc;
-
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
- rc = findLockInfo(h, &f.pLock, &f.pOpen);
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- if( delFlag ){
- unlink(zFilename);
- }
- if( rc ){
- close(h);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- TRACE3("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename);
- f.dirfd = -1;
- f.fullSync = 0;
- f.locktype = 0;
- f.offset = 0;
- f.h = h;
- SET_THREADID(&f);
- pNew = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(unixFile) );
- if( pNew==0 ){
- close(h);
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
- releaseLockInfo(f.pLock);
- releaseOpenCnt(f.pOpen);
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- *pId = 0;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- *pNew = f;
- pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3UnixIoMethod;
- *pId = (OsFile*)pNew;
- OpenCounter(+1);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
-/***************************************************************************
-** Everything above deals with file I/O. Everything that follows deals
-** with other miscellanous aspects of the operating system interface
-****************************************************************************/
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-#include
-void *sqlite3UnixDlopen(const char *zFilename){
- return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
-}
-void *sqlite3UnixDlsym(void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
- return dlsym(pHandle, zSymbol);
-}
-int sqlite3UnixDlclose(void *pHandle){
- return dlclose(pHandle);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-
-/*
-** Get information to seed the random number generator. The seed
-** is written into the buffer zBuf[256]. The calling function must
-** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
-*/
-int sqlite3UnixRandomSeed(char *zBuf){
- /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
- ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
- ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
- ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
- ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
- ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
- ** in the random seed.
- **
- ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means
- ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the
- ** tests repeatable.
- */
- memset(zBuf, 0, 256);
-#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
- {
- int pid, fd;
- fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY);
- if( fd<0 ){
- time_t t;
- time(&t);
- memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
- pid = getpid();
- memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(time_t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
- }else{
- read(fd, zBuf, 256);
- close(fd);
- }
- }
-#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
-** The argument is the number of milliseconds we want to sleep.
-*/
-int sqlite3UnixSleep(int ms){
-#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
- usleep(ms*1000);
- return ms;
-#else
- sleep((ms+999)/1000);
- return 1000*((ms+999)/1000);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Static variables used for thread synchronization.
-**
-** inMutex the nesting depth of the recursive mutex. The thread
-** holding mutexMain can read this variable at any time.
-** But is must hold mutexAux to change this variable. Other
-** threads must hold mutexAux to read the variable and can
-** never write.
-**
-** mutexOwner The thread id of the thread holding mutexMain. Same
-** access rules as for inMutex.
-**
-** mutexOwnerValid True if the value in mutexOwner is valid. The same
-** access rules apply as for inMutex.
-**
-** mutexMain The main mutex. Hold this mutex in order to get exclusive
-** access to SQLite data structures.
-**
-** mutexAux An auxiliary mutex needed to access variables defined above.
-**
-** Mutexes are always acquired in this order: mutexMain mutexAux. It
-** is not necessary to acquire mutexMain in order to get mutexAux - just
-** do not attempt to acquire them in the reverse order: mutexAux mutexMain.
-** Either get the mutexes with mutexMain first or get mutexAux only.
-**
-** When running on a platform where the three variables inMutex, mutexOwner,
-** and mutexOwnerValid can be set atomically, the mutexAux is not required.
-** On many systems, all three are 32-bit integers and writing to a 32-bit
-** integer is atomic. I think. But there are no guarantees. So it seems
-** safer to protect them using mutexAux.
-*/
-static int inMutex = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
-static pthread_t mutexOwner; /* Thread holding mutexMain */
-static int mutexOwnerValid = 0; /* True if mutexOwner is valid */
-static pthread_mutex_t mutexMain = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; /* The mutex */
-static pthread_mutex_t mutexAux = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; /* Aux mutex */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following pair of routine implement mutual exclusion for
-** multi-threaded processes. Only a single thread is allowed to
-** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
-**
-** SQLite uses only a single Mutex. There is not much critical
-** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
-**
-** As of version 3.3.2, this mutex must be recursive.
-*/
-void sqlite3UnixEnterMutex(){
-#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
- pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux);
- if( !mutexOwnerValid || !pthread_equal(mutexOwner, pthread_self()) ){
- pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux);
- pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexMain);
- assert( inMutex==0 );
- assert( !mutexOwnerValid );
- pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux);
- mutexOwner = pthread_self();
- mutexOwnerValid = 1;
- }
- inMutex++;
- pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux);
-#else
- inMutex++;
-#endif
-}
-void sqlite3UnixLeaveMutex(){
- assert( inMutex>0 );
-#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
- pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux);
- inMutex--;
- assert( pthread_equal(mutexOwner, pthread_self()) );
- if( inMutex==0 ){
- assert( mutexOwnerValid );
- mutexOwnerValid = 0;
- pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexMain);
- }
- pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux);
-#else
- inMutex--;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the mutex is currently held.
-**
-** If the thisThrd parameter is true, return true only if the
-** calling thread holds the mutex. If the parameter is false, return
-** true if any thread holds the mutex.
-*/
-int sqlite3UnixInMutex(int thisThrd){
-#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
- int rc;
- pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux);
- rc = inMutex>0 && (thisThrd==0 || pthread_equal(mutexOwner,pthread_self()));
- pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux);
- return rc;
-#else
- return inMutex>0;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Remember the number of thread-specific-data blocks allocated.
-** Use this to verify that we are not leaking thread-specific-data.
-** Ticket #1601
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_tsd_count = 0;
-# ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
- static pthread_mutex_t tsd_counter_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
-# define TSD_COUNTER(N) \
- pthread_mutex_lock(&tsd_counter_mutex); \
- sqlite3_tsd_count += N; \
- pthread_mutex_unlock(&tsd_counter_mutex);
-# else
-# define TSD_COUNTER(N) sqlite3_tsd_count += N
-# endif
-#else
-# define TSD_COUNTER(N) /* no-op */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If called with allocateFlag>0, then return a pointer to thread
-** specific data for the current thread. Allocate and zero the
-** thread-specific data if it does not already exist.
-**
-** If called with allocateFlag==0, then check the current thread
-** specific data. Return it if it exists. If it does not exist,
-** then return NULL.
-**
-** If called with allocateFlag<0, check to see if the thread specific
-** data is allocated and is all zero. If it is then deallocate it.
-** Return a pointer to the thread specific data or NULL if it is
-** unallocated or gets deallocated.
-*/
-ThreadData *sqlite3UnixThreadSpecificData(int allocateFlag){
- static const ThreadData zeroData = {0}; /* Initializer to silence warnings
- ** from broken compilers */
-#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
- static pthread_key_t key;
- static int keyInit = 0;
- ThreadData *pTsd;
-
- if( !keyInit ){
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
- if( !keyInit ){
- int rc;
- rc = pthread_key_create(&key, 0);
- if( rc ){
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- return 0;
- }
- keyInit = 1;
- }
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- }
-
- pTsd = pthread_getspecific(key);
- if( allocateFlag>0 ){
- if( pTsd==0 ){
- if( !sqlite3TestMallocFail() ){
- pTsd = sqlite3OsMalloc(sizeof(zeroData));
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
- sqlite3_isFail = 0;
-#endif
- if( pTsd ){
- *pTsd = zeroData;
- pthread_setspecific(key, pTsd);
- TSD_COUNTER(+1);
- }
- }
- }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0
- && memcmp(pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData))==0 ){
- sqlite3OsFree(pTsd);
- pthread_setspecific(key, 0);
- TSD_COUNTER(-1);
- pTsd = 0;
- }
- return pTsd;
-#else
- static ThreadData *pTsd = 0;
- if( allocateFlag>0 ){
- if( pTsd==0 ){
- if( !sqlite3TestMallocFail() ){
- pTsd = sqlite3OsMalloc( sizeof(zeroData) );
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
- sqlite3_isFail = 0;
-#endif
- if( pTsd ){
- *pTsd = zeroData;
- TSD_COUNTER(+1);
- }
- }
- }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0
- && memcmp(pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData))==0 ){
- sqlite3OsFree(pTsd);
- TSD_COUNTER(-1);
- pTsd = 0;
- }
- return pTsd;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
-** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
-*/
-int sqlite3UnixCurrentTime(double *prNow){
-#ifdef NO_GETTOD
- time_t t;
- time(&t);
- *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
-#else
- struct timeval sNow;
- struct timezone sTz; /* Not used */
- gettimeofday(&sNow, &sTz);
- *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( sqlite3_current_time ){
- *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
- }
-#endif
- return 0;
-}
-
-#endif /* OS_UNIX */
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_win.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_win.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b3c4771b..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/os_win.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1746 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#if OS_WIN /* This file is used for windows only */
-
-#include
-
-#ifdef __CYGWIN__
-# include
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
-*/
-#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
-# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
-*/
-#include "os_common.h"
-
-/*
-** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
-** reduced API.
-*/
-#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-# define OS_WINCE 1
-# define AreFileApisANSI() 1
-#else
-# define OS_WINCE 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
-** with some code of our own.
-*/
-#if OS_WINCE
-typedef struct winceLock {
- int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */
- BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
- BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
- BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
-} winceLock;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The winFile structure is a subclass of OsFile specific to the win32
-** portability layer.
-*/
-typedef struct winFile winFile;
-struct winFile {
- IoMethod const *pMethod;/* Must be first */
- HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */
- unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
- short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
-#if OS_WINCE
- WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */
- HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */
- HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
- winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
- winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */
-#endif
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Do not include any of the File I/O interface procedures if the
-** SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO macro is defined (indicating that there database
-** will be in-memory only)
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-
-/*
-** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
-** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win95
-** or WinNT.
-**
-** 0: Operating system unknown.
-** 1: Operating system is Win95.
-** 2: Operating system is WinNT.
-**
-** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
-** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
-*/
-int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
-
-/*
-** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
-** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
-**
-** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
-** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that
-** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to
-** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
-** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
-** the LockFileEx() API.
-*/
-#if OS_WINCE
-# define isNT() (1)
-#else
- static int isNT(void){
- if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
- OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
- sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
- GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
- sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
- }
- return sqlite3_os_type==2;
- }
-#endif /* OS_WINCE */
-
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?).
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqliteMalloc.
-*/
-static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
- int nChar;
- WCHAR *zWideFilename;
-
- nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
- zWideFilename = sqliteMalloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
- if( zWideFilename==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar);
- if( nChar==0 ){
- sqliteFree(zWideFilename);
- zWideFilename = 0;
- }
- return zWideFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert microsoft unicode to UTF-8. Space to hold the returned string is
-** obtained from sqliteMalloc().
-*/
-static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
- int nByte;
- char *zFilename;
-
- nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- zFilename = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
- if( zFilename==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
- 0, 0);
- if( nByte == 0 ){
- sqliteFree(zFilename);
- zFilename = 0;
- }
- return zFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the
-** current codepage settings for file apis.
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
-** from sqliteMalloc.
-*/
-static WCHAR *mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
- int nByte;
- WCHAR *zMbcsFilename;
- int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
-
- nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
- zMbcsFilename = sqliteMalloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
- if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte);
- if( nByte==0 ){
- sqliteFree(zMbcsFilename);
- zMbcsFilename = 0;
- }
- return zMbcsFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert microsoft unicode to multibyte character string, based on the
-** user's Ansi codepage.
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
-** sqliteMalloc().
-*/
-static char *unicodeToMbcs(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
- int nByte;
- char *zFilename;
- int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
-
- nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- zFilename = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
- if( zFilename==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
- 0, 0);
- if( nByte == 0 ){
- sqliteFree(zFilename);
- zFilename = 0;
- }
- return zFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8. Space to hold the
-** returned string is obtained from sqliteMalloc().
-*/
-static char *mbcsToUtf8(const char *zFilename){
- char *zFilenameUtf8;
- WCHAR *zTmpWide;
-
- zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
- if( zTmpWide==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
- sqliteFree(zTmpWide);
- return zFilenameUtf8;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the
-** returned string is obtained from sqliteMalloc().
-*/
-static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){
- char *zFilenameMbcs;
- WCHAR *zTmpWide;
-
- zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
- if( zTmpWide==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
- sqliteFree(zTmpWide);
- return zFilenameMbcs;
-}
-
-#if OS_WINCE
-/*************************************************************************
-** This section contains code for WinCE only.
-*/
-/*
-** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function. So create a
-** substitute.
-*/
-#include
-struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
-{
- static struct tm y;
- FILETIME uTm, lTm;
- SYSTEMTIME pTm;
- i64 t64;
- t64 = *t;
- t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
- uTm.dwLowDateTime = t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF;
- uTm.dwHighDateTime= t64 >> 32;
- FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
- FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
- y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
- y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
- y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
- y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
- y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
- y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
- y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
- return &y;
-}
-
-/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */
-#define GetTempPathA(a,b)
-
-#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
-#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
-#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f) winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f)
-
-#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-offsetof(winFile,h)]
-
-/*
-** Acquire a lock on the handle h
-*/
-static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
- DWORD dwErr;
- do {
- dwErr = WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
- } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
-}
-/*
-** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
-*/
-#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)
-
-/*
-** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
-** descriptor pFile
-*/
-static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
- WCHAR *zTok;
- WCHAR *zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
- BOOL bInit = TRUE;
-
- /* Initialize the local lockdata */
- ZeroMemory(&pFile->local, sizeof(pFile->local));
-
- /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
- ** to derive a mutex name. */
- zTok = CharLowerW(zName);
- for (;*zTok;zTok++){
- if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
- }
-
- /* Create/open the named mutex */
- pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
- if (!pFile->hMutex){
- sqliteFree(zName);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
- winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
- /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are
- ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
- ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
- */
- CharUpperW(zName);
- pFile->hShared = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
- PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
- zName);
-
- /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it
- ** must be zero-initialized */
- if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
- bInit = FALSE;
- }
-
- sqliteFree(zName);
-
- /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
- if (pFile->hShared){
- pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared,
- FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
- /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
- if (!pFile->shared){
- CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
- pFile->hShared = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
- if (pFile->hShared == NULL){
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
- pFile->hMutex = NULL;
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
- if (bInit) {
- ZeroMemory(pFile->shared, sizeof(winceLock));
- }
-
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
-*/
-static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
- if (pFile->hMutex){
- /* Acquire the mutex */
- winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
- /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
- are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
- if (pFile->local.nReaders){
- pFile->shared->nReaders --;
- }
- if (pFile->local.bReserved){
- pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
- }
- if (pFile->local.bPending){
- pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
- }
- if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
- pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
- }
-
- /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
- UnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
- CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
-
- /* Done with the mutex */
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
- pFile->hMutex = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** An implementation of the LockFile() API of windows for wince
-*/
-static BOOL winceLockFile(
- HANDLE *phFile,
- DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
- DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
-){
- winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
- BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
-
- if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
- winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
- /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
- if (dwFileOffsetLow == SHARED_FIRST
- && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
- if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
- pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
- pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- /* Want a read-only lock? */
- else if ((dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
- dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE) &&
- nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
- if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
- pFile->local.nReaders ++;
- if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
- pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
- }
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- /* Want a pending lock? */
- else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
- /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
- if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
- pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
- pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
- /* Want a reserved lock? */
- else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
- if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
- pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
- pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- return bReturn;
-}
-
-/*
-** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of windows for wince
-*/
-static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
- HANDLE *phFile,
- DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
- DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
-){
- winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
- BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
-
- if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
- winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
- /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
- if (dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
- dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE){
- /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
- if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
- pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
- pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
-
- /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
- else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
- pFile->local.nReaders --;
- if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
- {
- pFile->shared->nReaders --;
- }
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- /* Releasing a pending lock */
- else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
- if (pFile->local.bPending){
- pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
- pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
- /* Releasing a reserved lock */
- else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
- if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
- pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
- pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
- return bReturn;
-}
-
-/*
-** An implementation of the LockFileEx() API of windows for wince
-*/
-static BOOL winceLockFileEx(
- HANDLE *phFile,
- DWORD dwFlags,
- DWORD dwReserved,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
- DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh,
- LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped
-){
- /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call
- ** to winceLockFile */
- if (lpOverlapped->Offset == SHARED_FIRST &&
- dwFlags == 1 &&
- nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
- return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-/*
-** End of the special code for wince
-*****************************************************************************/
-#endif /* OS_WINCE */
-
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
-** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result
-** is obtained from sqliteMalloc and must be freed by the calling
-** function.
-*/
-static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
- void *zConverted = 0;
- if( isNT() ){
- zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
- }else{
- zConverted = utf8ToMbcs(zFilename);
- }
- /* caller will handle out of memory */
- return zConverted;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the named file.
-**
-** Note that windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
-** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
-** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
-** whatever it is it does. While this other process is holding the
-** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this
-** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up
-** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
-** up and returning an error.
-*/
-#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
-int sqlite3WinDelete(const char *zFilename){
- int cnt = 0;
- int rc;
- void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( isNT() ){
- do{
- rc = DeleteFileW(zConverted);
- }while( rc==0 && GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)!=0xffffffff
- && cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS && (Sleep(100), 1) );
- }else{
-#if OS_WINCE
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-#else
- do{
- rc = DeleteFileA(zConverted);
- }while( rc==0 && GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)!=0xffffffff
- && cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS && (Sleep(100), 1) );
-#endif
- }
- sqliteFree(zConverted);
- TRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename);
- return rc!=0 ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
-*/
-int sqlite3WinFileExists(const char *zFilename){
- int exists = 0;
- void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( isNT() ){
- exists = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted) != 0xffffffff;
- }else{
-#if OS_WINCE
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-#else
- exists = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted) != 0xffffffff;
-#endif
- }
- sqliteFree(zConverted);
- return exists;
-}
-
-/* Forward declaration */
-static int allocateWinFile(winFile *pInit, OsFile **pId);
-
-/*
-** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing. If that
-** fails, try opening it read-only. If the file does not exist,
-** try to create it.
-**
-** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
-** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
-** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only. The function returns
-** SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
-** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
-*/
-int sqlite3WinOpenReadWrite(
- const char *zFilename,
- OsFile **pId,
- int *pReadonly
-){
- winFile f;
- HANDLE h;
- void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- assert( *pId==0 );
-
- if( isNT() ){
- h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
- GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
- FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
- NULL,
- OPEN_ALWAYS,
- FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
- NULL
- );
- if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
- h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
- GENERIC_READ,
- FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
- NULL,
- OPEN_ALWAYS,
- FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
- NULL
- );
- if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
- sqliteFree(zConverted);
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
- *pReadonly = 1;
- }else{
- *pReadonly = 0;
- }
-#if OS_WINCE
- if (!winceCreateLock(zFilename, &f)){
- CloseHandle(h);
- sqliteFree(zConverted);
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
-#endif
- }else{
-#if OS_WINCE
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-#else
- h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
- GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
- FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
- NULL,
- OPEN_ALWAYS,
- FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
- NULL
- );
- if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
- h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
- GENERIC_READ,
- FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
- NULL,
- OPEN_ALWAYS,
- FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
- NULL
- );
- if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
- sqliteFree(zConverted);
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
- *pReadonly = 1;
- }else{
- *pReadonly = 0;
- }
-#endif /* OS_WINCE */
- }
-
- sqliteFree(zConverted);
-
- f.h = h;
-#if OS_WINCE
- f.zDeleteOnClose = 0;
-#endif
- TRACE3("OPEN R/W %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
- return allocateWinFile(&f, pId);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
-** The file will be opened for both reading and writing. To avoid
-** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
-** previously existed. Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
-** link.
-**
-** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
-** the file when it is closed.
-**
-** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
-**
-** Sometimes if we have just deleted a prior journal file, windows
-** will fail to open a new one because there is a "pending delete".
-** To work around this bug, we pause for 100 milliseconds and attempt
-** a second open after the first one fails. The whole operation only
-** fails if both open attempts are unsuccessful.
-*/
-int sqlite3WinOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId, int delFlag){
- winFile f;
- HANDLE h;
- DWORD fileflags;
- void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- assert( *pId == 0 );
- fileflags = FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
-#if !OS_WINCE
- if( delFlag ){
- fileflags |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
- }
-#endif
- if( isNT() ){
- int cnt = 0;
- do{
- h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
- GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
- 0,
- NULL,
- CREATE_ALWAYS,
- fileflags,
- NULL
- );
- }while( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && cnt++ < 2 && (Sleep(100), 1) );
- }else{
-#if OS_WINCE
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-#else
- int cnt = 0;
- do{
- h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
- GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
- 0,
- NULL,
- CREATE_ALWAYS,
- fileflags,
- NULL
- );
- }while( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && cnt++ < 2 && (Sleep(100), 1) );
-#endif /* OS_WINCE */
- }
-#if OS_WINCE
- if( delFlag && h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
- f.zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
- zConverted = 0;
- }
- f.hMutex = NULL;
-#endif
- sqliteFree(zConverted);
- if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
- f.h = h;
- TRACE3("OPEN EX %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
- return allocateWinFile(&f, pId);
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
-**
-** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
-*/
-int sqlite3WinOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId){
- winFile f;
- HANDLE h;
- void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- assert( *pId==0 );
- if( isNT() ){
- h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
- GENERIC_READ,
- 0,
- NULL,
- OPEN_EXISTING,
- FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
- NULL
- );
- }else{
-#if OS_WINCE
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-#else
- h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
- GENERIC_READ,
- 0,
- NULL,
- OPEN_EXISTING,
- FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
- NULL
- );
-#endif
- }
- sqliteFree(zConverted);
- if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- }
- f.h = h;
-#if OS_WINCE
- f.zDeleteOnClose = 0;
- f.hMutex = NULL;
-#endif
- TRACE3("OPEN RO %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
- return allocateWinFile(&f, pId);
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
-** file. This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
-** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
-** to disk.
-**
-** This routine is only meaningful for Unix. It is a no-op under
-** windows since windows does not support hard links.
-**
-** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is
-** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is
-** returned.
-**
-** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
-** *id unchanged.
-*/
-static int winOpenDirectory(
- OsFile *id,
- const char *zDirname
-){
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
-** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
-** temporary files.
-*/
-char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
-
-/*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to
-** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
-*/
-int sqlite3WinTempFileName(char *zBuf){
- static char zChars[] =
- "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
- "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
- "0123456789";
- int i, j;
- char zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
- if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
- strncpy(zTempPath, sqlite3_temp_directory, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30);
- zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30] = 0;
- }else if( isNT() ){
- char *zMulti;
- WCHAR zWidePath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
- GetTempPathW(SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30, zWidePath);
- zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
- if( zMulti ){
- strncpy(zTempPath, zMulti, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30);
- zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30] = 0;
- sqliteFree(zMulti);
- }else{
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }else{
- char *zUtf8;
- char zMbcsPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
- GetTempPathA(SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30, zMbcsPath);
- zUtf8 = mbcsToUtf8(zMbcsPath);
- if( zUtf8 ){
- strncpy(zTempPath, zUtf8, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30);
- zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30] = 0;
- sqliteFree(zUtf8);
- }else{
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- for(i=strlen(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){}
- zTempPath[i] = 0;
- for(;;){
- sprintf(zBuf, "%s\\"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
- j = strlen(zBuf);
- sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
- for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
- zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
- }
- zBuf[j] = 0;
- if( !sqlite3OsFileExists(zBuf) ) break;
- }
- TRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
-**
-** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
-** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but windows is notorious
-** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If
-** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As
-** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
-** giving up and returning an error.
-*/
-#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
-static int winClose(OsFile **pId){
- winFile *pFile;
- int rc = 1;
- if( pId && (pFile = (winFile*)*pId)!=0 ){
- int rc, cnt = 0;
- TRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h);
- do{
- rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h);
- }while( rc==0 && cnt++ < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) );
-#if OS_WINCE
- winceDestroyLock(pFile);
- if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
- DeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
- sqliteFree(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
- }
-#endif
- OpenCounter(-1);
- sqliteFree(pFile);
- *pId = 0;
- }
- return rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
-*/
-static int winRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
- DWORD got;
- assert( id!=0 );
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
- TRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, ((winFile*)id)->locktype);
- if( !ReadFile(((winFile*)id)->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){
- return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
- }
- if( got==(DWORD)amt ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
- return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
-*/
-static int winWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
- int rc = 0;
- DWORD wrote;
- assert( id!=0 );
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
- SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
- TRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, ((winFile*)id)->locktype);
- assert( amt>0 );
- while( amt>0 && (rc = WriteFile(((winFile*)id)->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0
- && wrote>0 ){
- amt -= wrote;
- pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
- }
- if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){
- return SQLITE_FULL;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
-*/
-#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
-# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
-*/
-static int winSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
- LONG upperBits = (LONG)(offset>>32);
- LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
- DWORD rc;
- assert( id!=0 );
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( offset ) SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
-#endif
- SEEK(offset/1024 + 1);
- rc = SetFilePointer(((winFile*)id)->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
- TRACE3("SEEK %d %lld\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, offset);
- if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){
- return SQLITE_FULL;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
-*/
-static int winSync(OsFile *id, int dataOnly){
- assert( id!=0 );
- TRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, ((winFile*)id)->locktype);
- if( FlushFileBuffers(((winFile*)id)->h) ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_IOERR;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
-** than UNIX.
-*/
-int sqlite3WinSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
-*/
-static int winTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){
- LONG upperBits = (LONG)(nByte>>32);
- assert( id!=0 );
- TRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, nByte);
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
- SetFilePointer(((winFile*)id)->h, (LONG)nByte, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
- SetEndOfFile(((winFile*)id)->h);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
-*/
-static int winFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
- DWORD upperBits, lowerBits;
- assert( id!=0 );
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
- lowerBits = GetFileSize(((winFile*)id)->h, &upperBits);
- *pSize = (((i64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
-*/
-#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
-# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Acquire a reader lock.
-** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
-** is Win95 or WinNT.
-*/
-static int getReadLock(winFile *id){
- int res;
- if( isNT() ){
- OVERLAPPED ovlp;
- ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST;
- ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0;
- ovlp.hEvent = 0;
- res = LockFileEx(id->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY, 0, SHARED_SIZE,0,&ovlp);
- }else{
- int lk;
- sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
- id->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
- res = LockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST+id->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
- }
- return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Undo a readlock
-*/
-static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
- int res;
- if( isNT() ){
- res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
- }else{
- res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
- }
- return res;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/*
-** Check that a given pathname is a directory and is writable
-**
-*/
-int sqlite3WinIsDirWritable(char *zDirname){
- int fileAttr;
- void *zConverted;
- if( zDirname==0 ) return 0;
- if( !isNT() && strlen(zDirname)>MAX_PATH ) return 0;
-
- zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zDirname);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( isNT() ){
- fileAttr = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
- }else{
-#if OS_WINCE
- return 0;
-#else
- fileAttr = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
-#endif
- }
- sqliteFree(zConverted);
- if( fileAttr == 0xffffffff ) return 0;
- if( (fileAttr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) != FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
-** of the following:
-**
-** (1) SHARED_LOCK
-** (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-** (3) PENDING_LOCK
-** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-** UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-** SHARED -> RESERVED
-** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine
-** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
-** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You
-** must go straight to locking level 0.
-*/
-static int winLock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */
- int res = 1; /* Result of a windows lock call */
- int newLocktype; /* Set id->locktype to this value before exiting */
- int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-
- assert( pFile!=0 );
- TRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
- pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
-
- /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
- ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
- ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
- */
- if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-
- /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
- */
- assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-
- /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
- ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
- ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
- */
- newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
- if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK
- || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
- ){
- int cnt = 3;
- while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
- /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. The pending lock might be
- ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
- */
- TRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt);
- Sleep(1);
- }
- gotPendingLock = res;
- }
-
- /* Acquire a shared lock
- */
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
- assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
- res = getReadLock(pFile);
- if( res ){
- newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
- }
- }
-
- /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
- */
- if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
- assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- res = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- if( res ){
- newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
- }
- }
-
- /* Acquire a PENDING lock
- */
- if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
- newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
- gotPendingLock = 0;
- }
-
- /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
- */
- if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
- assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
- res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
- TRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res);
- res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
- if( res ){
- newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
- }else{
- TRACE2("error-code = %d\n", GetLastError());
- }
- }
-
- /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
- ** release it now.
- */
- if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- }
-
- /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
- ** return the appropriate result code.
- */
- if( res ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- TRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
- locktype, newLocktype);
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
- pFile->locktype = newLocktype;
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
-** non-zero, otherwise zero.
-*/
-static int winCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
- int rc;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- assert( pFile!=0 );
- if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
- rc = 1;
- TRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc);
- }else{
- rc = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- if( rc ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- }
- rc = !rc;
- TRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
-** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
-** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
-*/
-static int winUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
- int type;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- assert( pFile!=0 );
- assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
- TRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype,
- pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
- type = pFile->locktype;
- if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){
- /* This should never happen. We should always be able to
- ** reacquire the read lock */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
- }
- }
- if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- }
- if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
- unlockReadLock(pFile);
- }
- if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
- UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
- }
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Return a pointer
-** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc().
-** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
-** is no longer needed.
-*/
-char *sqlite3WinFullPathname(const char *zRelative){
- char *zFull;
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
- int nByte;
- nByte = strlen(zRelative) + MAX_PATH + 1001;
- zFull = sqliteMalloc( nByte );
- if( zFull==0 ) return 0;
- if( cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull) ) return 0;
-#elif OS_WINCE
- /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
- zFull = sqliteStrDup(zRelative);
-#else
- int nByte;
- void *zConverted;
- zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative);
- if( isNT() ){
- WCHAR *zTemp;
- nByte = GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
- zTemp = sqliteMalloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
- if( zTemp==0 ){
- sqliteFree(zConverted);
- return 0;
- }
- GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
- sqliteFree(zConverted);
- zFull = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
- sqliteFree(zTemp);
- }else{
- char *zTemp;
- nByte = GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
- zTemp = sqliteMalloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
- if( zTemp==0 ){
- sqliteFree(zConverted);
- return 0;
- }
- GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
- sqliteFree(zConverted);
- zFull = mbcsToUtf8(zTemp);
- sqliteFree(zTemp);
- }
-#endif
- return zFull;
-}
-
-/*
-** The fullSync option is meaningless on windows. This is a no-op.
-*/
-static void winSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int v){
- return;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the underlying file handle for an OsFile
-*/
-static int winFileHandle(OsFile *id){
- return (int)((winFile*)id)->h;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return an integer that indices the type of lock currently held
-** by this handle. (Used for testing and analysis only.)
-*/
-static int winLockState(OsFile *id){
- return ((winFile*)id)->locktype;
-}
-
-/*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
-** for win32.
-*/
-static const IoMethod sqlite3WinIoMethod = {
- winClose,
- winOpenDirectory,
- winRead,
- winWrite,
- winSeek,
- winTruncate,
- winSync,
- winSetFullSync,
- winFileHandle,
- winFileSize,
- winLock,
- winUnlock,
- winLockState,
- winCheckReservedLock,
-};
-
-/*
-** Allocate memory for an OsFile. Initialize the new OsFile
-** to the value given in pInit and return a pointer to the new
-** OsFile. If we run out of memory, close the file and return NULL.
-*/
-static int allocateWinFile(winFile *pInit, OsFile **pId){
- winFile *pNew;
- pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
- if( pNew==0 ){
- CloseHandle(pInit->h);
-#if OS_WINCE
- sqliteFree(pInit->zDeleteOnClose);
-#endif
- *pId = 0;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- *pNew = *pInit;
- pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3WinIoMethod;
- pNew->locktype = NO_LOCK;
- pNew->sharedLockByte = 0;
- *pId = (OsFile*)pNew;
- OpenCounter(+1);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
-}
-
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
-/***************************************************************************
-** Everything above deals with file I/O. Everything that follows deals
-** with other miscellanous aspects of the operating system interface
-****************************************************************************/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-void *sqlite3WinDlopen(const char *zFilename){
- HANDLE h;
- void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
- if( zConverted==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- if( isNT() ){
- h = LoadLibraryW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
- }else{
-#if OS_WINCE
- return 0;
-#else
- h = LoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
-#endif
- }
- sqliteFree(zConverted);
- return (void*)h;
-
-}
-void *sqlite3WinDlsym(void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
-#if OS_WINCE
- /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on wince. */
- return GetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
-#else
- /* All other windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
- ** an Ansi string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
- return GetProcAddress((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
-#endif
-}
-int sqlite3WinDlclose(void *pHandle){
- return FreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-
-/*
-** Get information to seed the random number generator. The seed
-** is written into the buffer zBuf[256]. The calling function must
-** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
-*/
-int sqlite3WinRandomSeed(char *zBuf){
- /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
- ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
- ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
- ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
- ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
- ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
- ** in the random seed.
- **
- ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means
- ** that we always use the same random number sequence.* This makes the
- ** tests repeatable.
- */
- memset(zBuf, 0, 256);
- GetSystemTime((LPSYSTEMTIME)zBuf);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
-*/
-int sqlite3WinSleep(int ms){
- Sleep(ms);
- return ms;
-}
-
-/*
-** Static variables used for thread synchronization
-*/
-static int inMutex = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS
- static DWORD mutexOwner;
- static CRITICAL_SECTION cs;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following pair of routines implement mutual exclusion for
-** multi-threaded processes. Only a single thread is allowed to
-** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
-**
-** SQLite uses only a single Mutex. There is not much critical
-** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
-**
-** Version 3.3.1 and earlier used a simple mutex. Beginning with
-** version 3.3.2, a recursive mutex is required.
-*/
-void sqlite3WinEnterMutex(){
-#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS
- static int isInit = 0;
- while( !isInit ){
- static long lock = 0;
- if( InterlockedIncrement(&lock)==1 ){
- InitializeCriticalSection(&cs);
- isInit = 1;
- }else{
- Sleep(1);
- }
- }
- EnterCriticalSection(&cs);
- mutexOwner = GetCurrentThreadId();
-#endif
- inMutex++;
-}
-void sqlite3WinLeaveMutex(){
- assert( inMutex );
- inMutex--;
-#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS
- assert( mutexOwner==GetCurrentThreadId() );
- LeaveCriticalSection(&cs);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the mutex is currently held.
-**
-** If the thisThreadOnly parameter is true, return true if and only if the
-** calling thread holds the mutex. If the parameter is false, return
-** true if any thread holds the mutex.
-*/
-int sqlite3WinInMutex(int thisThreadOnly){
-#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS
- return inMutex>0 && (thisThreadOnly==0 || mutexOwner==GetCurrentThreadId());
-#else
- return inMutex>0;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
-** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
-*/
-int sqlite3WinCurrentTime(double *prNow){
- FILETIME ft;
- /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of
- 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5).
- */
- double now;
-#if OS_WINCE
- SYSTEMTIME time;
- GetSystemTime(&time);
- SystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft);
-#else
- GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
-#endif
- now = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0;
- *prNow = (now + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( sqlite3_current_time ){
- *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
- }
-#endif
- return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remember the number of thread-specific-data blocks allocated.
-** Use this to verify that we are not leaking thread-specific-data.
-** Ticket #1601
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3_tsd_count = 0;
-# define TSD_COUNTER_INCR InterlockedIncrement(&sqlite3_tsd_count)
-# define TSD_COUNTER_DECR InterlockedDecrement(&sqlite3_tsd_count)
-#else
-# define TSD_COUNTER_INCR /* no-op */
-# define TSD_COUNTER_DECR /* no-op */
-#endif
-
-
-
-/*
-** If called with allocateFlag>1, then return a pointer to thread
-** specific data for the current thread. Allocate and zero the
-** thread-specific data if it does not already exist necessary.
-**
-** If called with allocateFlag==0, then check the current thread
-** specific data. Return it if it exists. If it does not exist,
-** then return NULL.
-**
-** If called with allocateFlag<0, check to see if the thread specific
-** data is allocated and is all zero. If it is then deallocate it.
-** Return a pointer to the thread specific data or NULL if it is
-** unallocated or gets deallocated.
-*/
-ThreadData *sqlite3WinThreadSpecificData(int allocateFlag){
- static int key;
- static int keyInit = 0;
- static const ThreadData zeroData = {0};
- ThreadData *pTsd;
-
- if( !keyInit ){
- sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
- if( !keyInit ){
- key = TlsAlloc();
- if( key==0xffffffff ){
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- return 0;
- }
- keyInit = 1;
- }
- sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
- }
- pTsd = TlsGetValue(key);
- if( allocateFlag>0 ){
- if( !pTsd ){
- pTsd = sqlite3OsMalloc( sizeof(zeroData) );
- if( pTsd ){
- *pTsd = zeroData;
- TlsSetValue(key, pTsd);
- TSD_COUNTER_INCR;
- }
- }
- }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0
- && memcmp(pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData))==0 ){
- sqlite3OsFree(pTsd);
- TlsSetValue(key, 0);
- TSD_COUNTER_DECR;
- pTsd = 0;
- }
- return pTsd;
-}
-#endif /* OS_WIN */
diff --git a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/pager.c b/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/pager.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e7c2141..00000000
--- a/dlls/sqlite/sqlite-source/pager.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3923 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
-**
-** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements
-** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
-** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file
-** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
-** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
-** another is writing.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: pager.c 3426 2007-03-21 20:19:37Z damagedsoul $
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include "pager.h"
-#include
-#include
-
-/*
-** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off
-*/
-#if 0
-#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
-#define TRACE1(X) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
-#define TRACE2(X,Y) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
-#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
-#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,W) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W)
-#define TRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W,V)
-#else
-#define TRACE1(X)
-#define TRACE2(X,Y)
-#define TRACE3(X,Y,Z)
-#define TRACE4(X,Y,Z,W)
-#define TRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following two macros are used within the TRACEX() macros above
-** to print out file-descriptors.
-**
-** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as it's argument. The
-** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an OsFile
-** struct as it's argument.
-*/
-#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
-#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
-
-/*
-** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following
-** states:
-**
-** PAGER_UNLOCK The page cache is not currently reading or
-** writing the database file. There is no
-** data held in memory. This is the initial
-** state.
-**
-** PAGER_SHARED The page cache is reading the database.
-** Writing is not permitted. There can be
-** multiple readers accessing the same database
-** file at the same time.
-**
-** PAGER_RESERVED This process has reserved the database for writing
-** but has not yet made any changes. Only one process
-** at a time can reserve the database. The original
-** database file has not been modified so other
-** processes may still be reading the on-disk
-** database file.
-**
-** PAGER_EXCLUSIVE The page cache is writing the database.
-** Access is exclusive. No other processes or
-** threads can be reading or writing while one
-** process is writing.
-**
-** PAGER_SYNCED The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE
-** after all dirty pages have been written to the
-** database file and the file has been synced to
-** disk. All that remains to do is to remove the
-** journal file and the transaction will be
-** committed.
-**
-** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time a
-** sqlite3pager_get() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED.
-** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(),
-** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time
-** that sqlite3pager_write() is called, the state transitions to
-** PAGER_RESERVED. (Note that sqlite_page_write() can only be
-** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must
-** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.)
-** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs when before any changes
-** are made to the database file. After an sqlite3pager_rollback()
-** or sqlite_pager_commit(), the state goes back to PAGER_SHARED.
-*/
-#define PAGER_UNLOCK 0
-#define PAGER_SHARED 1 /* same as SHARED_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_RESERVED 2 /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE 4 /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_SYNCED 5
-
-/*
-** If the SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK macro is set to true at compile-time,
-** then failed attempts to get a reserved lock will invoke the busy callback.
-** This is off by default. To see why, consider the following scenario:
-**
-** Suppose thread A already has a shared lock and wants a reserved lock.
-** Thread B already has a reserved lock and wants an exclusive lock. If
-** both threads are using their busy callbacks, it might be a long time
-** be for one of the threads give up and allows the other to proceed.
-** But if the thread trying to get the reserved lock gives up quickly
-** (if it never invokes its busy callback) then the contention will be
-** resolved quickly.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK
-# define SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This macro rounds values up so that if the value is an address it
-** is guaranteed to be an address that is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.
-*/
-#define FORCE_ALIGNMENT(X) (((X)+7)&~7)
-
-/*
-** Each in-memory image of a page begins with the following header.
-** This header is only visible to this pager module. The client
-** code that calls pager sees only the data that follows the header.
-**
-** Client code should call sqlite3pager_write() on a page prior to making
-** any modifications to that page. The first time sqlite3pager_write()
-** is called, the original page contents are written into the rollback
-** journal and PgHdr.inJournal and PgHdr.needSync are set. Later, once
-** the journal page has made it onto the disk surface, PgHdr.needSync
-** is cleared. The modified page cannot be written back into the original
-** database file until the journal pages has been synced to disk and the
-** PgHdr.needSync has been cleared.
-**
-** The PgHdr.dirty flag is set when sqlite3pager_write() is called and
-** is cleared again when the page content is written back to the original
-** database file.
-*/
-typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
-struct PgHdr {
- Pager *pPager; /* The pager to which this page belongs */
- Pgno pgno; /* The page number for this page */
- PgHdr *pNextHash, *pPrevHash; /* Hash collision chain for PgHdr.pgno */
- PgHdr *pNextFree, *pPrevFree; /* Freelist of pages where nRef==0 */
- PgHdr *pNextAll; /* A list of all pages */
- PgHdr *pNextStmt, *pPrevStmt; /* List of pages in the statement journal */
- u8 inJournal; /* TRUE if has been written to journal */
- u8 inStmt; /* TRUE if in the statement subjournal */
- u8 dirty; /* TRUE if we need to write back changes */
- u8 needSync; /* Sync journal before writing this page */
- u8 alwaysRollback; /* Disable dont_rollback() for this page */
- short int nRef; /* Number of users of this page */
- PgHdr *pDirty, *pPrevDirty; /* Dirty pages */
- u32 notUsed; /* Buffer space */
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- u32 pageHash;
-#endif
- /* pPager->pageSize bytes of page data follow this header */
- /* Pager.nExtra bytes of local data follow the page data */
-};
-
-/*
-** For an in-memory only database, some extra information is recorded about
-** each page so that changes can be rolled back. (Journal files are not
-** used for in-memory databases.) The following information is added to
-** the end of every EXTRA block for in-memory databases.
-**
-** This information could have been added directly to the PgHdr structure.
-** But then it would take up an extra 8 bytes of storage on every PgHdr
-** even for disk-based databases. Splitting it out saves 8 bytes. This
-** is only a savings of 0.8% but those percentages add up.
-*/
-typedef struct PgHistory PgHistory;
-struct PgHistory {
- u8 *pOrig; /* Original page text. Restore to this on a full rollback */
- u8 *pStmt; /* Text as it was at the beginning of the current statement */
-};
-
-/*
-** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) if( P->xCodec!=0 ){ P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X); }
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)(P->xCodec!=0?P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X):D))
-#else
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) /* NO-OP */
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)D)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Convert a pointer to a PgHdr into a pointer to its data
-** and back again.
-*/
-#define PGHDR_TO_DATA(P) ((void*)(&(P)[1]))
-#define DATA_TO_PGHDR(D) (&((PgHdr*)(D))[-1])
-#define PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(G,P) ((void*)&((char*)(&(G)[1]))[(P)->pageSize])
-#define PGHDR_TO_HIST(P,PGR) \
- ((PgHistory*)&((char*)(&(P)[1]))[(PGR)->pageSize+(PGR)->nExtra])
-
-/*
-** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** Pager.errCode may be set to SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, SQLITE_PROTOCOL
-** or SQLITE_FULL. Once one of the first three errors occurs, it persists
-** and is returned as the result of every major pager API call. The
-** SQLITE_FULL return code is slightly different. It persists only until the
-** next successful rollback is performed on the pager cache. Also,
-** SQLITE_FULL does not affect the sqlite3pager_get() and sqlite3pager_lookup()
-** APIs, they may still be used successfully.
-*/
-struct Pager {
- u8 journalOpen; /* True if journal file descriptors is valid */
- u8 journalStarted; /* True if header of journal is synced */
- u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
- u8 noReadlock; /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */
- u8 stmtOpen; /* True if the statement subjournal is open */
- u8 stmtInUse; /* True we are in a statement subtransaction */
- u8 stmtAutoopen; /* Open stmt journal when main journal is opened*/
- u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */
- u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
- u8 full_fsync; /* Use F_FULLFSYNC when available */
- u8 state; /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */
- u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary file */
- u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */
- u8 needSync; /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */
- u8 dirtyCache; /* True if cached pages have changed */
- u8 alwaysRollback; /* Disable dont_rollback() for all pages */
- u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
- u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
- int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */
- int dbSize; /* Number of pages in the file */
- int origDbSize; /* dbSize before the current change */
- int stmtSize; /* Size of database (in pages) at stmt_begin() */
- int nRec; /* Number of pages written to the journal */
- u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
- int stmtNRec; /* Number of records in stmt subjournal */
- int nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
- int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */
- int nPage; /* Total number of in-memory pages */
- int nMaxPage; /* High water mark of nPage */
- int nRef; /* Number of in-memory pages with PgHdr.nRef>0 */
- int mxPage; /* Maximum number of pages to hold in cache */
- u8 *aInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */
- u8 *aInStmt; /* One bit for each page in the database */
- char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */
- char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */
- char *zDirectory; /* Directory hold database and journal files */
- OsFile *fd, *jfd; /* File descriptors for database and journal */
- OsFile *stfd; /* File descriptor for the statement subjournal*/
- BusyHandler *pBusyHandler; /* Pointer to sqlite.busyHandler */
- PgHdr *pFirst, *pLast; /* List of free pages */
- PgHdr *pFirstSynced; /* First free page with PgHdr.needSync==0 */
- PgHdr *pAll; /* List of all pages */
- PgHdr *pStmt; /* List of pages in the statement subjournal */
- PgHdr *pDirty; /* List of all dirty pages */
- i64 journalOff; /* Current byte offset in the journal file */
- i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
- i64 stmtHdrOff; /* First journal header written this statement */
- i64 stmtCksum; /* cksumInit when statement was started */
- i64 stmtJSize; /* Size of journal at stmt_begin() */
- int sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- int nHit, nMiss, nOvfl; /* Cache hits, missing, and LRU overflows */
- int nRead,nWrite; /* Database pages read/written */
-#endif
- void (*xDestructor)(void*,int); /* Call this routine when freeing pages */
- void (*xReiniter)(void*,int); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
- void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
- void *pCodecArg; /* First argument to xCodec() */
- int nHash; /* Size of the pager hash table */
- PgHdr **aHash; /* Hash table to map page number to PgHdr */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- Pager *pNext; /* Linked list of pagers in this thread */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** If SQLITE_TEST is defined then increment the variable given in
-** the argument
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-# define TEST_INCR(x) x++
-#else
-# define TEST_INCR(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data
-** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check.
-**
-** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
-** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is begin
-** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
-** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made
-** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional
-** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
-** journal and ignore it.
-**
-** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
-** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both
-** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
-** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
-** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important,
-** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
-** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the
-** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
-** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which
-** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
-*/
-static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
- 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
-};
-
-/*
-** The size of the header and of each page in the journal is determined
-** by the following macros.
-*/
-#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
-
-/*
-** The journal header size for this pager. In the future, this could be
-** set to some value read from the disk controller. The important
-** characteristic is that it is the same size as a disk sector.
-*/
-#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
-
-/*
-** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
-** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
-** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
-** out code that would never execute.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-# define MEMDB 0
-#else
-# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The default size of a disk sector
-*/
-#ifndef PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE
-# define PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE 512
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
-** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
-** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file
-** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
-** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() for details.
-*/
-/* #define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) (PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize)) */
-#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)
-
-/*
-** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
-*/
-#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
-
-/*
-** Enable reference count tracking (for debugging) here:
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- int pager3_refinfo_enable = 0;
- static void pager_refinfo(PgHdr *p){
- static int cnt = 0;
- if( !pager3_refinfo_enable ) return;
- sqlite3DebugPrintf(
- "REFCNT: %4d addr=%p nRef=%-3d total=%d\n",
- p->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), p->nRef, p->pPager->nRef
- );
- cnt++; /* Something to set a breakpoint on */
- }
-# define REFINFO(X) pager_refinfo(X)
-#else
-# define REFINFO(X)
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Change the size of the pager hash table to N. N must be a power
-** of two.
-*/
-static void pager_resize_hash_table(Pager *pPager, int N){
- PgHdr **aHash, *pPg;
- assert( N>0 && (N&(N-1))==0 );
- aHash = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(aHash[0])*N );
- if( aHash==0 ){
- /* Failure to rehash is not an error. It is only a performance hit. */
- return;
- }
- sqliteFree(pPager->aHash);
- pPager->nHash = N;
- pPager->aHash = aHash;
- for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
- int h;
- if( pPg->pgno==0 ){
- assert( pPg->pNextHash==0 && pPg->pPrevHash==0 );
- continue;
- }
- h = pPg->pgno & (N-1);
- pPg->pNextHash = aHash[h];
- if( aHash[h] ){
- aHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPg;
- }
- aHash[h] = pPg;
- pPg->pPrevHash = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer
-** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
-** error code is something goes wrong.
-**
-** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
-*/
-static int read32bits(OsFile *fd, u32 *pRes){
- unsigned char ac[4];
- int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac));
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- *pRes = (ac[0]<<24) | (ac[1]<<16) | (ac[2]<<8) | ac[3];
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
-*/
-static void put32bits(char *ac, u32 val){
- ac[0] = (val>>24) & 0xff;
- ac[1] = (val>>16) & 0xff;
- ac[2] = (val>>8) & 0xff;
- ac[3] = val & 0xff;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
-*/
-static int write32bits(OsFile *fd, u32 val){
- char ac[4];
- put32bits(ac, val);
- return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4);
-}
-
-/*
-** Read a 32-bit integer at offset 'offset' from the page identified by
-** page header 'p'.
-*/
-static u32 retrieve32bits(PgHdr *p, int offset){
- unsigned char *ac;
- ac = &((unsigned char*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(p))[offset];
- return (ac[0]<<24) | (ac[1]<<16) | (ac[2]<<8) | ac[3];
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function should be called when an error occurs within the pager
-** code. The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the
-** second the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function.
-** The value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
-**
-** If the second argument is SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT or SQLITE_PROTOCOL,
-** the error becomes persistent. All subsequent API calls on this Pager
-** will immediately return the same error code.
-*/
-static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
- int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
- assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
- if(
- rc2==SQLITE_FULL ||
- rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ||
- rc2==SQLITE_CORRUPT ||
- rc2==SQLITE_PROTOCOL
- ){
- pPager->errCode = rc;
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-/*
-** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
-*/
-static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
- u32 hash = 0;
- int i;
- unsigned char *pData = (unsigned char *)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPage);
- for(i=0; ipPager->pageSize; i++){
- hash = (hash+i)^pData[i];
- }
- return hash;
-}
-
-/*
-** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
-** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
-*/
-#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
-static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- assert( !pPg->pageHash || pPager->errCode || MEMDB || pPg->dirty ||
- pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
-}
-
-#else
-#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
-** The master journal file name is read from the end of the file and
-** written into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). *pzMaster is
-** set to point at the memory and SQLITE_OK returned. The caller must
-** sqliteFree() *pzMaster.
-**
-** If no master journal file name is present *pzMaster is set to 0 and
-** SQLITE_OK returned.
-*/
-static int readMasterJournal(OsFile *pJrnl, char **pzMaster){
- int rc;
- u32 len;
- i64 szJ;
- u32 cksum;
- int i;
- unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
-
- *pzMaster = 0;
-
- rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ<16 ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pJrnl, szJ-16);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = read32bits(pJrnl, &len);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = read32bits(pJrnl, &cksum);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pJrnl, szJ-16-len);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- *pzMaster = (char *)sqliteMalloc(len+1);
- if( !*pzMaster ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, *pzMaster, len);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqliteFree(*pzMaster);
- *pzMaster = 0;
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
- for(i=0; (u32)ijournalOff;
- if( c ){
- offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
- }
- assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
- assert( offset>=c );
- assert( (offset-c)